B.E (ECE).

Degree Programme - 2022-23

SYLLABI

FOR

B.E. DEGREE PROGRAMME

IN

ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

FOR THE STUDENTS ADMITTED IN THE

ACADEMIC YEAR 2022-23 ONWARDS

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

THIAGARAJAR COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING
(A Government Aided Autonomous Institution Affiliated to Anna University)
MADURAI – 625 015, TAMILNADU
Phone : 0452 – 2482240, 41
Fax : 0452 2483427
Web : www.tce.edu
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Vision and Mission of the Department

Vision:
To empower the Electronics and Communication Engineering students with
technological excellence, professional commitment and social responsibility.

Mission:

ME1. Attaining academic excellence in Electronics and Communication Engineering

through dedication to duty, innovation in learning and research, state of the art
laboratories and industry driven skill development.
ME2. Establishing suitable environment for the students to develop professionalism
and face life challenges with ethical integrity.
ME3. Nurturing the students to understand the societal needs and equip them with
technical expertise to provide appropriate solutions.
ME4. Providing breeding ground to obtain entrepreneurial skills and leadership
qualities for self and social growth.

Program Educational Objectives (PEOs):

PEO1. Graduates will be capable of developing specification and design procedures,

prototyping and test methodologies for modern electronics and communication
systems and gadgets that perform analog and digital processing functions.
PEO2. Graduates will be able to work and adapt to changes in allied areas of Electronics
and Communication Engineering through personal success and life long learning.
PEO3. Graduates will be able to identify technological requirements for the society and
provide cost effective solutions.
− These objectives will be evidenced by professional visibility (publications,
presentations, inventions, patents and awards), entrepreneurial activities,
international activities (participation in international conferences, collaborative
research and employment abroad)
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Program Outcomes:
Engineering Graduates will be able to:

1. Engineering knowledge: Apply the knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering

fundamentals, and an engineering specialization to the solution of complex engineering
problems.
2. Problem analysis: Identify, formulate, review research literature, and analyze complex
engineering problems reaching substantiated conclusions using first principles of
mathematics, natural sciences, and engineering sciences.
3. Design/development of solutions: Design solutions for complex engineering problems
and design system components or processes that meet the specified needs with
appropriate consideration for the public health and safety, and the cultural, societal, and
environmental considerations.
4. Conduct investigations of complex problems: Use research-based knowledge and
research methods including design of experiments, analysis and interpretation of data,
and synthesis of the information to provide valid conclusions.
5. Modern tool usage: Create, select, and apply appropriate techniques, resources, and
modern engineering and IT tools including prediction and modeling to complex
engineering activities with an understanding of the limitations.
6. The engineer and society: Apply reasoning informed by the contextual knowledge to
assess societal, health, safety, legal and cultural issues and the consequent
responsibilities relevant to the professional engineering practice.
7. Environment and sustainability: Understand the impact of the professional engineering
solutions in societal and environmental contexts, and demonstrate the knowledge of, and
need for sustainable development.
8. Ethics: Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and responsibilities and
norms of the engineering practice.
9. Individual and team work: Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or
leader in diverse teams, and in multidisciplinary settings.
10. Communication: Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with the
engineering community and with society at large, such as, being able to comprehend and
write effective reports and design documentation, make effective presentations, and give
and receive clear instructions.
11. Project management and finance: Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the
engineering and management principles and apply these to one’s own work, as a member
and leader in a team, to manage projects and in multidisciplinary environments.
12. Life-long learning: Recognize the need for, and have the preparation and ability to
engage in independent and life-long learning in the broadest context of technological
change.

Program Specific Outcomes:

Engineering Graduates will be able to

PSO1. Design circuits and systems for complex engineering problems in Electronics and
Communication and allied areas.
PSO2. Apply research methodologies to provide solutions for contemporary problems in the
areas including RF, Signal Processing, Image Processing, VLSI, Optical
Communication, Networks and Embedded Systems for given specifications.
PSO3. Actively contribute as a member or leader in diverse teams, and communicate
effectively on complex engineering activities and involve in life-long learning, by
applying reasoning and ethical principles.
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

PEO- Mission Mapping:

ME1 ME2 ME3 ME4
PEO1 S M M L
PEO2 L S M M
PEO3 M L S M

PEO-PO-PSO Mapping:
P P P P P P P P P P P P PS PS PS
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
PEO
1
PEO
2
PEO
3

PO-GA Mapping:
GA1 GA2 GA3 GA4 GA5 GA6 GA7 GA8 GA9 GA10 GA11 GA12
PO1
PO2
PO3
PO4
PO5
PO6
PO7
PO8
PO9
PO10
PO11
PO12

TCE PROFICIENCY SCALE (CDIO Curriculum Framework)

TCE Proficiency Cognitive Affective Psychomotor
Proficiency
Scale (TPS)
TPS1 To have been exposed to Remember Receive Perception,
Set
TPS2 To be able to interpret and Understand Respond Guided
imitate Response
TPS3 To be skilled in the practice Apply Value Mechanism
or implement
TPS4 To be able to participate in Analyse Organise Complex
and contribute Overt
Responses
TPS5 To be able to judge and Evaluate Organise Adaptation
adapt
TPS6 To be able to lead and Create Characterize Origination
innovate
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

THIAGARAJAR COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING: MADURAI – 625 015

B. E. DEGREE PROGRAMME
(Electronics and Communication Engineering)

CREDIT DISTRIBUTION
(For the students admitted in the Academic Year 2022-23 onwards)

Sl. Credits
Category
No. Regular Lateral Entry
A. Foundation Courses (FC) 54 - 66 23 – 35
Humanities and Social Sciences including
a. 09 - 12 06 - 09
Management Courses (HSMC)
b. Basic Science Courses (BSC) 24 - 27 09 - 11
c. Engineering Science Courses (ESC) 21 - 27 08 - 15
B. Professional Core Courses (PCC) 55 44
C. Professional Elective Courses (PEC) 24 - 39 24 – 39
a. Programme Specific Elective (PSE) 15 - 24 15 – 24
b. Programme Elective for Expanded Scope
09 - 15 09 – 15
(PEES)
D. Open Elective Courses (OEC) 06 - 12 06 – 12
a. Interdisciplinary Elective (IE) 03 - 06 03 – 06
b. Basic Science Elective (BSE) 03 - 06 03 – 06
E. Project Work (PW) 12 12
F. Internship and Mandatory Audit Courses as Non-Credit Non-Credit
per Regulatory authorities and not and not
included in included in
CGPA CGPA
Minimum Credits to be earned for the award of the 160 120
Degree From A to E From A to E
and the and the
successful successful
completion of completion of
F F
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

SCHEDULING OF COURSES FOR STUDENTS JOINED FROM ACADEMIC YEAR 2022-23 ONWARDS (B.E. ECE Programme) *
CDIO Audit
Theory / Theory cum Practical / Practical
Se courses Courses
m (Mandator Credit
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 y Non-
credit}
22MA110 22PH120 22CH130 22EG140 22EC160 22EG170 22PH180 22CH190 22EC190 22CHAA0
Calculus Physics Chemistry Technical Computer Aided English Physics Chemistry Engineering Environm
I for (BSC-3) (BSC-3) English Engg. Graphics Laboratory Laborator Laboratory Exploration ental 20
Engineers (HSMC-2) (TCP) (ESC-3) (HSMC-1) y (BSC-1) (TCP) Science
(BSC-4) (BSC-1) (ESC-2) (AC-0)
22EC210 22EC220 22EC230 22EC240 22EC250 22EC260
Matrices Electronic Electric Digital Circuit Field Theory Problem
and Linear Devices and Design (TCP) and Solving
II Algebra (ESC-3) Magnetic (PCC-4) Transmission using 20
(BSC-3) Circuits Lines Computers
(PCC-4) (PCC-3) (TCP)
(ESC-3)
22EC310 22EC320 22EC330 22EC340 22EC350 22EC360 22ES390
Probability Analog Network Computer Signals and Object Design
and Circuit Analysis Organization Systems Oriented Thinking
III Statistics Design and and (PCC-4) Programmi (ESC-3) 24
(BSC-3) (TCP) Synthesis Microprocesso ng
(PCC-4) (BSC-3) r (TCP) (PCC- (ESC-3)
4)
22EC410 22EC420 22EC430 22EC440 22EC450 22EC460 22CHAB0
Optimizati Mixed RF Circuit Microcontroller Discrete-Time Data Constituti
on Signal Design s and Signal Science on of
20
IV (BSC-3) Circuit (TCP) Embedded Processing (ESC-2) India (AC-
Design (PCC-4) Systems (TCP) 0)
(PCC-3) (TCP) (PCC-4)
(PCC-4)

Passed in BoS Meeting 27.04.2024 Approved in 67th Academic Council Meeting 25.05.2024
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

22EC510 22EC520 22EC530 22EC540 22EC550 22EC570 22EC580 22YYGX0 22EC590 22CHAC0
Data VLSI Antennas Sensors and Analog and Data Analog Interdiscipli Project-I Essence
Communic Circuits and Wave Instrumentatio Digital Communic and nary (PW-3) of Indian
ation and Propagati n Communication ation Digital Elective Knowledg
V Networks Systems on (TCP) (BSC-2) (PCC-3) Networking Communi (IE-3) e 22
(ESC-3) (PCC-3) (PCC-3) Laboratory cation (AC-0)
(ESC-1) Laborator
y
(PCC-1)
22EC610 22EC620 22ECXY0 22EC630 22YYBX0 22EG660 22EC690
Accounting Image PEC-1 Optical and Basic Professiona Project-II
and Processin (3) Wireless Science l (PW-3)
VI 22
Finance g (TCP) Communication Elective Communic
(HSMC-4) (PCC-3) (TCP) (BSE-3) ation
(PCC-4) (HSMC-2)
22ECXY0 22ECXY0 22ECXY0 22ECXY0 22ECXY0 22EC640 22EC790
PEC-2 PEC-3 PEC-4 PEC-5 PEC-6 Systems Project-III
\VII 20
(3) (3) (3) (3) (3) Software (PW-3)
(ESC-2)
22ECXY0 22ECXY0 22ECXY0 22EC890
VIII PEC-7 PEC-8 PEC-9 Project-IV 12
(3) (3) (3) (PW-3)

*This schedule shows an optimal way of completing the B.E. Degree programme successfully in 4 Years Total Credits for Curricular Activities: 160

Passed in BoS Meeting 27.04.2024 Approved in 67th Academic Council Meeting 25.05.2024
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

THIAGARAJAR COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING: MADURAI – 625 015

B. E. DEGREE PROGRAMME
(Electronics and Communication Engineering)

COURSES OF STUDY
(For the students admitted in the Academic Year 2022-23 onwards)

FIRST SEMESTER
Course Name of the Course Category No. of Hours Credits
Code / Week
L T P
THEORY
22MA110 Calculus for Engineers BSC 3 1 - 4
22PH120 Physics BSC 3 - - 3
22CH130 Chemistry BSC 3 - - 3
22EG140 Technical English HSMC 2 - - 2
THEORY CUM PRACTICAL
22EC160 Computer Aided Engineering ESC 2 - 2 3
Graphics
22EC190 Engineering Exploration ESC 1 - 2 2
PRACTICAL
22EG170 English Laboratory HSMC - - 2 1
22PH180 Physics Laboratory BSC - - 2 1
22CH190 Chemistry Laboratory BSC - - 2 1
Total 14 1 10 20

SECOND SEMESTER
Course Name of the Course Category No. of Hours Credits
Code / Week
L T P
THEORY
22EC210 Matrices and Linear Algebra BSC 2 1 - 3
22EC220 Electronic Devices ESC 2 1 - 3
22EC230 Electric and Magnetic Circuits PCC 3 1 - 4
22EC250 Field Theory and Transmission PCC 2 1 - 3
Lines
THEORY CUM PRACTICAL
22EC240 Digital Circuit Design PCC 3 - 2 4
22EC260 Problem Solving using Computers ESC 2 - 2 3
AUDIT COURSE
22CHAA0 Environmental Science BSC 1 - 1 0
Total 15 4 5 20

THIRD SEMESTER
Course Name of the Course Category No. of Hours Credits
Code / Week
L T P
THEORY
22EC310 Probability and Statistics BSC 2 1 - 3
22EC330 Network Analysis and Synthesis BSC 2 1 - 3
22EC350 Signals and Systems PCC 3 1 - 4
22EC360 Object Oriented Programming ESC 3 - - 3
22ES490 Design Thinking ESC 1 - 2 3
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

THEORY CUM PRACTICAL

22EC320 Analog Circuit Design PCC 3 - 2 4
22EC340 Computer Organization and PCC 3 - 2 4
Microprocessor
Total 17 3 6 24

FOURTH SEMESTER
Course Name of the Course Category No. of Hours Credits
Code / Week
L T P
THEORY
22EC410 Optimization BSC 2 1 - 3
22EC420 Mixed Signal Circuit Design PCC 3 - - 3
22EC460 Data Science ESC 2 - - 2
THEORY CUM PRACTICAL
22EC430 RF Circuit Design PCC 3 - 2 4
22EC440 Microcontrollers and Embedded PCC 3 - 2 4
Systems
22EC450 Discrete-Time Signal Processing PCC 3 - 2 4
Total 16 1 6 20

Third and Fourth Semester Mathematics course for Lateral Entry Students
Course Name of the Course Category No. of Hours Credits
Code / Week
L T P
THEORY
22MA310 Essentials of Matrices and Calculus BSC 2 1 - 3
22ECL10 Vector Spaces, Probability and BSC 2 1 - 3
Optimization

FIFTH SEMESTER
Course Name of the Course Category No. of Hours Credits
Code / Week
L T P
THEORY
22EC510 Data Communication Networks ESC 3 - - 3
22EC520 VLSI Circuits and Systems PCC 3 - - 3
22EC540 Sensors and Instrumentation BSC 2 - - 2
22EC550 Analog and Digital Communication PCC 2 1 - 3
22YYGX0 Interdisciplinary Elective IE 3 - - 3
THEORY CUM PRACTICAL
22EC530 Antennas and Wave Propagation PCC 2 - 2 3
PRACTICAL
22EC570 Data Communication Networking ESC - - 2 1
Laboratory
22EC580 Analog and Digital Communication PCC - - 2 1
Laboratory
PROJECT
22EC590 Project-I PW - - 6 3
Total 15 1 12 22
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

SIXTH SEMESTER
Course Name of the Course Category No. of Hours Credits
Code / Week
L T P
THEORY
22EC810 Accounting and Finance HSMC 4 - - 4
22ECXY0 PEC-1 PEC 3 - - 3
22YYBX0 Basic Science Elective BSE 3 - - 3
THEORY CUM PRACTICAL
22EC620 Image Processing PCC 2 - 2 3
22EC630 Optical and Wireless PCC 3 - 2 4
Communication
22EG660 Professional Communication HSMC - 1 2 2
PROJECT
22EC690 Project-II PW - - 6 3
Total 15 1 12 22

BSC : Basic Science Courses P : Practical

PCC : Professional Core Courses Note:
ESC : Engineering Science Courses 1 Hour Lecture is equivalent to 1 credit
1 Hour Tutorial is equivalent to 1 credit
L : Lecture 2 Hours Practical is equivalent to 1 credit
T : Tutorial
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

THIAGARAJAR COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING: MADURAI – 625 015

B. E. DEGREE PROGRAMME
(Electronics and Communication Engineering)
SCHEME OF EXAMINATIONS
(For the Students admitted in the academic year 2022-23 onwards)
FIRST SEMESTER
. Course Name of the Duration Marks Minimum
# Code Course of Marks for
Terminal Pass
Exam. in Conti Terminal Max. Termin Tota
Hrs. nuous Exam ** Marks al l
Asses Exam
sment
*
THEORY
1 22MA110 Calculus for 3 40 60 100 27 50
Engineers
2 22PH120 Physics 3 40 60 100 27 50
3 22CH130 Chemistry 3 40 60 100 27 50
4 22EG140 Technical 3 40 60 100 27 50
English
THEORY CUM PRACTICAL
5 22EC160 Computer 3 50 50 100 25 50
Aided
Engineering
Graphics
6 22EC190 Engineering 3 50 50 100 25 50
Exploration
PRACTICAL
7 22EG170 English 3 60 40 100 18 50
Laboratory
8 22PH180 Physics 3 60 40 100 18 50
Laboratory
9 22CH190 Chemistry 3 60 40 100 18 50
Laboratory

SECOND SEMESTER
Min. Marks for
Duration Marks
Course Name of the Pass
of TE
Code Course Max.
in Hrs. CA* TE TE Total
Marks
THEORY
22EC210 Matrices and 3 40 60 100 27 50
Linear Algebra
22EC220 Electronic Devices 3 40 60 100 27 50
22EC230 Electric and 3 40 60 100 27 50
Magnetic Circuits
22EC250 Field Theory and 3 40 60 100 27 50
Transmission Lines
THEORY CUM PRACTICAL
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

22EC240 Digital Circuit 3 50 50 100 25 50

Design
22EC260 Problem Solving 3 50 50 100 25 50
using Computers
AUDIT COURSE
22CHAA0 Environmental - 50 50 100 25 50
Science

THIRD SEMESTER
Min. Marks for
Duration of Marks
Course Pass
Name of the Course TE
Code Max.
in Hrs. CA* TE TE Total
Marks
THEORY
22EC310 Probability and Statistics 3 40 60 100 27 50
22MA310 Essentials of Matrices and 3 40 60 100 27 50
(for LE Calculus
students)
22EC330 Network Analysis and 3 40 60 100 27 50
Synthesis
22EC350 Signals and Systems 3 40 60 100 27 50
22EC360 Object-Oriented 3 40 60 100 27 50
Programming
THEORY CUM PRACTICAL
22EC320 Analog Circuit Design 3 50 50 100 22.5 50
22EC340 Computer Organization and 3 50 50 100 22.5 50
Microprocessor

FOURTH SEMESTER
Min. Marks for
Duration Marks
Course Pass
Name of the Course of TE
Code Max.
in Hrs. CA* TE TE Total
Marks
THEORY
22EC410 Optimization 3 40 60 100 27 50
22ECL10 Vector Spaces, Probability 3 40 60 100 27 50
(for LE and Optimization
students)
22EC420 Mixed Signal Circuit Design 3 40 60 100 27 50
22EC460 Data Science 3 40 60 100 27 50
22ES490 Design Thinking 3 40 60 100 27 50
THEORY CUM PRACTICAL
22EC430 RF Circuit Design 3 50 50 100 22.5 50
22EC440 Microcontrollers and 3 50 50 100 22.5 50
Embedded Systems
22EC450 Discrete-Time Signal 3 50 50 100 22.5 50
Processing
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

FIFTH SEMESTER
Min. Marks
Duration Marks
Course for Pass
Name of the Course of TE
Code Max.
in Hrs. CA* TE TE Total
Marks
THEORY
22EC510 Data Communication 3 40 60 100 27 50
Networks
22EC520 VLSI Circuits and 3 40 60 100 27 50
Systems
22EC540 Sensors and 3 40 60 100 27 50
Instrumentation
22EC550 Analog and Digital 3 40 60 100 27 50
Communication
22YYGX0 Interdisciplinary 3 40 60 100 27 50
Elective
THEORY CUM PRACTICAL
22EC530 Antennas and Wave 3 50 50 100 25 50
Propagation
PRACTICAL
22EC570 Data Communication 3 60 40 100 18 50
Networking Laboratory
22EC580 Analog and Digital 3 60 40 100 18 50
Communication
Laboratory
PROJECT
22EC590 Project-I - 50 50 100 25 50

SIXTH SEMESTER
Min. Marks
Duration Marks
Course for Pass
Name of the Course of TE
Code Max.
in Hrs. CA* TE TE Total
Marks
THEORY
22EC810 Accounting and 3 40 60 100 27 50
Finance
22ECXY0 PEC-1 3 40 60 100 27 50
22YYBX0 Basic Science 3 40 60 100 27 50
Elective
THEORY CUM PRACTICAL
22EC620 Image Processing 3 50 50 100 25 50
22EC630 Optical and Wireless 3 50 50 100 25 50
Communication
22EG660 Professional 3 50 50 100 25 50
Communication
PROJECT-II
22EC690 Project-II - 50 50 100 25 50

TE – Terminal Examination, CA – Continuous Assessment

*CA evaluation pattern will differ from course to course and for different tests. This will have
to be declared in advance to students. The department will put a process in place to ensure
that the actual test paper follow the declared pattern
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

CURRICULUM AND DETAILED SYLLABI

FOR

B. E. DEGREE PROGRAMME
(Electronics and Communication Engineering)

FIRST SEMESTER

FOR THE STUDENTS ADMITTED IN THE

ACADEMIC YEAR 2022-23

THIAGARAJAR COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING

(A Government Aided Autonomous Institution Affiliated to Anna University)
MADURAI – 625 015, TAMILNADU

Phone : 0452 – 2482240, 41

Fax : 0452 2483427
Web : www.tce.edu
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Category L T P Credit
22MA110 CALCULUS FOR ENGINEERS BSC 3 1 0 4

Preamble
This course aims to provide technical competence of modeling engineering problems using
calculus. In this course, the calculus concepts are taught geometrically, numerically,
algebraically and verbally. Students will apply the main tools for analyzing and describing the
behavior of functions of single and multi-variables: limits, derivatives, integrals of single and
multi-variables to model and solve complex engineering problems using analytical methods
and MATLAB.
Prerequisite
NIL
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to
TCE Expected Expected
COs Course Outcomes Proficiency Proficiency Attainment
Scale in % Level %
Cognize the concept of functions, limits and
CO1 TPS2 75 70
continuity
Compute derivatives and apply them in
CO2 TPS3 70 65
solving engineering problems
Employ partial derivatives to find maxima
CO3 TPS3 70 65
minima of functions of multi variables
Demonstrate the techniques of integration
CO4 to find the surface area of revolution of a TPS3 70 65
curve.
Utilize double integrals to evaluate area
CO5 TPS3 70 65
enclosed between two curves.
Apply triple integrals to find volume
CO6 TPS3 70 65
enclosed between surfaces
Mapping with Programme Outcomes
COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

CO1 M L L L
CO2 S M L L L
CO3 S M L L L
CO4 S M L L L
CO5 S M L L L
CO6 S M L L L
S- Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting 04.06.2022 Approved in 63rd Academic Council Meeting 25.06.2022
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Assessment Pattern
Assessment 1 Assessment 2
Terminal
Written Written
CO Assignment Assignment 2
Test 1 Test 2
1 (%) (%) (%)
(%) (%)
TOTAL
TPS 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
(%)
CO1 20% - - - 10% - 10%
CO2 32% 50% - - - - 16% 16%
CO3 36% - - - - 18% 18%
CO4 12% - 39% - - 25% 25%
CO5 - - 35% 50% - - 17% 17%
CO6 - - 26% - - 14% 14%
MATLAB - 50% - 50%
TOTAL 100% 100% 100% 100% - 10% 90% 100 %
* Assignment 1: (i)Application Problems in CO1, CO2 and CO3 (50%).
(ii) MATLAB Onramp & Introduction to symbolic Math with MATLAB (50%).
**Assignment 2: (i) Application Problems in CO4, CO5 and CO6 (50%).
(ii) Application problems using MATLAB. (50%).
Syllabus
DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS
Functions - New functions from old functions - Limit of a function - Continuity - Limits at infinity
- Derivative as a function - Maxima and Minima of functions of one variable – Mean value
theorem - Effect of derivatives on the shape of a graph- Application problems in engineering
using MATLAB.
FUNCTIONS OF SEVERAL VARIABLES:
Function of several variables- Level curves and level surfaces - Partial derivatives – Chain rule
- Maxima and minima of functions of two variables –Method of Lagrange’s Multipliers -
Application problems in engineering using MATLAB.
INTEGRAL CALCULUS:
The definite integral – Fundamental theorem of Calculus – Indefinite integrals and the Net
Change Theorem – Improper integrals – Area of surface of revolution - Volume of solid of
revolution -Application problems in engineering using MATLAB.
MULTIPLE INTEGRALS:
Iterated integrals-Double integrals over general regions-Double integrals in polar coordinates-
Applications of double integrals (density, mass, moments & moments of inertia problems only)-
triple integrals- triple integrals in cylindrical coordinates- triple integrals in spherical
coordinates-change of variables in multiple integrals - Application problems in engineering
using MATLAB.
Text Book
1) James Stewart, "Calculus Early Transcendentals", 9 th Edition, Cengage Learning, New
Delhi, 2019.
a. DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS: [Sections: 1.3, 2.2, 2.5, 2,6,2.8, 4.1, 4.2 and
4.3.]
b. FUNCTIONS OF SEVERAL VARIABLES: [Sections: 14.1,14.3,14.5,14.7
and 14.8.]
c. INTEGRAL CALCULUS: [Sections: 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 7.8, 8.2 and 6.2.]
d. MULTIPLE INTEGRAL: [Sections: 15.1-15.4, 15.6-15.9]
2) Lecture Notes on Calculus Through Engineering Application Problems and Solutions,
Department of Mathematics, Thiagarajar College of Engineering, Madurai.
Reference Books& web resources
1) George B. Thomas, "Thomas Calculus: early Transcendentals", 14 thedition, Pearson, New
Delhi, 2018.

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting 04.06.2022 Approved in 63rd Academic Council Meeting 25.06.2022
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

2) Howard Anton, Irl Bivens and Stephen Davis, “Calculus: Early Transcendentals”, 12the,
John Wiley & Sons, 2021.
3) Kuldeep Singh, "Engineering Mathematics Through Applications", 2 nd edition, Blooms
berry publishing, 2019.
4) Kuldip S. Rattan, Nathan W. Klingbeil, Introductory Mathematics for Engineering
Applications, 2nd e John Wiley& Sons , 2021.
Course Contents and Lecture Schedule
Module No. of
Topic
No. Periods
1 DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS
1.1 Functions and New functions from old functions 2
1.2 Limit of a function &Continuity of a function 1
Tutorial 1
1.3 Limits at infinity 1
1.4 Derivative as a function 2
Tutorial 1
1.5 Maxima and Minima of functions of single variable 2
The Mean value theorem and effect of derivatives on the 1
1.6
shape of a graph of a function
Tutorial 1
Application problems in engineering using MATLAB 1
1.7
2 FUNCTIONS OF SEVERAL VARIABLES
2.1 Level curves and level surfaces 2
2.2 Partial derivatives – Chain rule 1
Tutorial 1
2.3 Maxima and minima of functions of two variables 2
2.4 Method of Lagrange’s Multipliers 1
Tutorial 1
Application problems in engineering using MATLAB 1
2.5
3 INTEGRAL CALCULUS
3.1 The definite integral 1
3.2 Fundamental theorem of Calculus 2
Tutorial 1
3.3 Indefinite integrals and the Net Change Theorem 1
3.4 Improper integrals 2
Tutorial 1
3.5 Area of surface of revolution 1
3.6 Volume of solid of revolution. 2
3.7 Application problems in engineering using MATLAB 1
4 MULTIPLE INTEGRALS
4.1 Iterated integrals 1
4.2 Double integrals over general regions 2
Tutorial 1
4.3 Double integrals in polar coordinates 1
Applications of double integrals (density, mass, moments & 2
4.4
moments of inertia problems only)

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting 04.06.2022 Approved in 63rd Academic Council Meeting 25.06.2022
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Module No. of
Topic
No. Periods
Tutorial 1
4.5 Triple integrals 1
4.6 Triple integrals in cylindrical coordinates 1
4.7 Triple integrals in spherical coordinates 1
Tutorial 1
4.8 Change of variables in multiple integrals 1
4.9 Application problems in engineering using MATLAB 1
Total 48
Course Designer(s):
1. Dr.B.Vellaikannan, [email protected]
2. Dr.C.S.Senthilkumar, [email protected]
3. Dr.S.P.Suriya Prabha, [email protected]
4. Dr.S.Saravanakumar, [email protected]
5. Dr.M.Sundar, [email protected]

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting 04.06.2022 Approved in 63rd Academic Council Meeting 25.06.2022
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Category L T P Credit
22PH120 PHYSICS
BSC 3 0 0 3

Preamble
The course work aims in imparting fundamental knowledge of mechanics, oscillations and
waves and optics, electromagnetism and quantum mechanics which are essential in
understanding and explaining engineering devices.
Prerequisite
None
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to

TCE Expected Expected

Course Outcome Proficiency Proficiency Attainment
Scale (%) Level (%)
CO1 Apply the vector calculus approach and TPS3 85 80
Newton’s law in polar coordinates to solve
problems in mechanics
CO2 Solve for the solutions and describe the TPS3 85 80
behaviour of a damped harmonic oscillator
and waves.
CO3 Introduce Schrodinger equation to arrive at TPS3 85 80
the energy values of particle in a box and
linear harmonic oscillator
CO4 Use the principle of quantum mechanics for TPS2 85 80
quantum mechanical tunnelling, quantum
confinement and quantum computation
CO5 Use the laws of electrostatics and TPS3 85 80
magnetostatics to explain electromagnetic
wave propagation
CO6 Explain the fundamentals of optical TPS2 85 80
phenomena and its applications

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 S M L - - - - - L L - -
CO2 S M L - - - - - L L - -
CO3 S M L - - - - - L L - -
CO4 M L - - - - - L L - -
CO5 S M L - - - - - L L - -
CO6 M L
S- Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting 04.06.2022 Approved in 63rd Academic Council Meeting 25.06.2022
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Assessment Pattern
Assessment - I Assessment - II
CAT – I Assg. I * CAT – II Assg. II * Terminal Exam
(%) (%) (%) (%) (%)
TPS Scale
1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
CO
CO1 8 15 22 6 6 10
CO2 8 10 15 100 4 3 10
CO3 4 5 13 - - 15 - 2 15
CO4 4 15 - 100 4 6 -
CO5 - - 35 - 3 15
CO6 16 15 - 6 10 -
Total 20 30 50 100 20 30 50 100 20 30 50
*Assignment I, II –Quiz/ Puzzle/ Case analysis/ Problem-solving/ Presentation/ Writing tasks
Syllabus
Mechanics of Particles:
Scalars and vectors under rotation transformation - Coordinate system - Cartesian, Polar,
Spherical, Cylindrical - Newton’s second law of motion - Forces in nature - Central forces -
Conservative and non-conservative forces - Work - Energy theorem - Conservation of angular
momentum - Satellite manoeuvres
Oscillations and Waves:
Simple harmonic oscillators - Energy decay in a Damped harmonic oscillator - Q factor-
Impedance matching- Wave groups and group velocity - Non dispersive Transverse and
Longitudinal waves - Waves with dispersion - Water waves - Acoustic waves - Earthquake
and Tsunami waves
Quantum Mechanics:
Wave nature of particles - wave function - probability current density and expectation values -
Schrodinger wave equation - Uncertainty principle - Particle in a box in 1D - Linear harmonic
oscillator - Quantum tunnelling – Quantum confinement in 0D, 1D, 2D systems - Scanning
tunnelling microscope - Quantum Cascade lasers - Quantum computation (qubit) -
Entanglement - Teleportation
Electromagnetic Fields and Waves:
Electric potential and Electric field of a charged disc - Magnetic Vector potential - Maxwell’s
equation - Equation of continuity – Poynting Vector - Energy and momentum of EM waves -
CT/MRI scan
Optics:
Ray paths in inhomogeneous medium and its solutions – Applications - Fibre optics -
Numerical Aperture& Acceptance angle - Fibre optic sensors - Liquid Level & Medical
Applications - Interference in non-reflecting films - Fabry-Perot interferometer - Diffraction -
Fraunhofer diffraction due to double slit.
Text Books
1. Principles of Physics, Halliday, Resnick and Jearl Walker, 9th Edition, Wiley, 2011.
2. Paul A. Tipler and G. Mosca, Physics for Scientists and Engineers, 6th Edition,
Freeman, 2008.

Reference Books & web resources

MECHANICS OF PARTICLES
Paul A. Tipler and Gene Mosca, Physics for Scientists and Engineers, 6th Edition,
Freeman, 2008 (Chapters – 4, 9 & 10).
Manoj K. Harbola, Engineering Mechanics, 2nd Edition, Cengage, 2018.

OSCILLATIONS AND WAVES

1. Paul A. Tipler and Gene Mosca, Physics for Scientists and Engineers, 6th Edition,
Freeman, 2008 (Chapters – 14 & 15).
2. H. J. Pain, The Physics of Vibrations and Waves, 6th Edition, John Wiley, 2005

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting 04.06.2022 Approved in 63rd Academic Council Meeting 25.06.2022
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

(Chapters 2, 5 & 6).

ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS AND WAVES

1. Principles of Physics, Halliday, Resnick and Jearl Walker, 9th Edition, Wiley, 2011
(Chapters - 23, 24, 32 & 33)
2. Paul M. Fishbane, Stephen G. Gasiorowicz and Stephen T. Thornton, Physics for
Scientists and Engineers with Modern Physics, 3rd Edition, Pearson, 2005 (Chapters
- 26, 28, 31 & 34).

OPTICS
1. Paul A. Tipler and Gene Mosca, Physics for Scientists and Engineers, 6th Edition,
Freeman, 2008 (Chapters – 31 & 33).
2. Ajoy Ghatak, Optics, 5th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2012 (Chapters – 3, 18, 20)

QUANTUM MECHANICS
1. Paul A. Tipler and Gene Mosca, Physics for Scientists and Engineers, 6th Edition,
Freeman, 2008 (Chapters – 34 & 35).
2. Stephen T. Thornton and Andrew Rex, Modern Physics for Scientists and Engineers,
4th Edition, Cengage, 2013. (Chapters - 5 & 6).
3. R. Shankar, Fundamentals of Physics – I, II, Yale University Press, 2014, 2016.

Course Contents and Lecture Schedule

Module Topic No. of
No. Periods
1 Mechanics of Particles 8
1.1 Scalars and vectors under rotation transformation 2
1.2 Coordinate system - Cartesian, Polar, Spherical, Cylindrical 2
1.3 Newton’s second law of motion - Forces in nature - Central forces 2
1.4 Conservative and non-conservative forces - Work - Energy theorem - 2
Conservation of angular momentum - Satellite manoeuvres
2 Oscillations and Waves 6
2.1 Simple harmonic oscillators - Energy decay in a Damped harmonic oscillator 2
2.2 Q factor- Impedance matching – Wave groups and group velocity 2
CAT-I after 12 contact hours
2.3 Non-dispersive transverse and Longitudinal waves 1
2.4 Waves with dispersion- Water waves -Acoustic waves – 1
Earthquake and Tsunami waves
3 Quantum Mechanics 10
3.1 Wave nature of particles - wave function -probability current density and 3
expectation values - Schrodinger wave equation
3.2 Uncertainty principle - Particle in a box in 1D – Linear harmonic oscillator 3
3.3 Quantum tunnelling – Quantum confinement in 0D, 1D, 2D systems - 4
Scanning tunnelling microscope – Quantum Cascade lasers –
Quantum computation (qubit) – Entanglement - Teleportation
CAT-II after 12 contact hours
4 Electromagnetic Fields and Waves 6
4.1 Electric potential and Electric field of a charged disc 1
4.2 Magnetic Vector potential – Maxwell’s Equations 2
4.3 Equation of continuity-Poynting Vector-Energy and momentum of EM waves 2
4.4 CT/MRI scan 1
5 Optics 6
5.1 Ray paths in inhomogeneous medium & its solutions–Applications – 2
Fiber optics

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting 04.06.2022 Approved in 63rd Academic Council Meeting 25.06.2022
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

5.2 Numerical Aperture& Acceptance angle - Fiber optic sensors - Liquid Level 2
& Medical Applications
5.3 Interference in non-reflecting films - Fabry- Perot interferometer - Diffraction 2
- Two slit Fraunhofer diffraction
CAT-III after 12 contact hours
Total 36
Course Designer(s):
1. Dr. M. Mahendran, Professor, [email protected]
2. Mr. V. Veeraganesh, Assistant Professor, [email protected]
3. Dr. A L. Subramaniyan, Assistant Professor, [email protected]
4. Dr. A. Karuppusamy, Assistant Professor, [email protected]

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting 04.06.2022 Approved in 63rd Academic Council Meeting 25.06.2022
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Category L T P Credit
22CH130 CHEMISTRY
BSC 3 0 0 3

Preamble
The objective of this course is to bestow basic concepts of chemistry and its applications in
engineering domain. It imparts knowledge on properties and treatment methods of water,
spectroscopic techniques and their applications. This course provides exposure on
electrochemical techniques for corrosion control, surface coatings and energy storage devices
and also emphasis the properties and applications of engineering materials.
Prerequisite
Nil
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO Course Outcome TCE Expected Expected
Proficiency Proficiency Attainment
Scale in % Level %
CO1 Explain the essential water quality TPS2 70 70
parameters of water
CO2 Determine hardness of water and identify TPS3 70 70
suitable water treatment method
CO3 Explain the electrochemical process TPS2 70 70
involved in energy storage devices and
corrosion of metals
CO4 Interpret the electrochemical principles in TPS3 70 70
modern energy storage devices and
corrosion control methods
CO5 Identify the appropriate spectroscopic TPS3 70 70
technique for various applications
CO6 Select the materials based on the TPS3 70 70
properties for Engineering applications

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1. M L - - - - - - - - - -
CO2. S M L - - - L - - - - -
CO3. M L - - - - - - - - - -
CO4. S M L - - - - - L - - -
CO5. S M L - - - L - L - - -
CO6. S M L - - - - - - - - -
S- Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting 04.06.2022 Approved in 63rd Academic Council Meeting 25.06.2022
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Assessment Pattern
CO CAT1 CAT2 Terminal

TPS 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3
Scale
CO1 4 20 0 2 8
CO2 4 0 20 2 4 10
CO3 4 20 0 2 8
CO4 8 0 20 2 4 10
CO5 12 20 20 6 8 10
CO6 8 20 20 6 8 10
*Terminal examination should cover all Course Outcomes in the appropriate TPS Scale level.

CO Assignment 1* Assignment 2*

TPS Scale 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6

CO1
CO2 20
CO3
CO4 20
CO5 20
CO6 20
*Assessment type: Quiz / Test /Presentation
Syllabus
Water: Water-sources- physical - characteristics - alkalinity - hardness of water – types -
determination of hardness by EDTA method. Boiler trouble-Softening of water: lnternal and
External treatment methods. Waste water treatment process. Electrochemical technologies
for energy storage and surface engineering: Electrochemistry and Energy storage: Basics
of electrochemistry. Batteries - Primary and Secondary batteries. Fuel cells. Hydrogen
generation and storage. Corrosion and Surface Engineering–Basics –Corrosion - causes-
factors- types - corrosion of metal and computer components- Corrosion control. Electroplating
- Electroless process. Spectroscopic technique and applications: Principle, instrumentation,
and applications: X-ray-diffraction - UV–Visible spectroscopy- Atomic Absorption Spectroscopy
- Fluorescence spectroscopy - Inductively Coupled Plasma - Optical Emission Spectroscopy-
Infra-red spectroscopy - Nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy. Engineering materials:
Bonding and their influences on the property of materials - melting point - brittleness, ductility –
thermal, electrical, and ionic conductivity - optical – magnetic properties, hydrophobic,
hydrophilic. Polymer composites - structure and properties- applications. Ceramics and
advanced ceramics - types-properties-applications-Nano-materials – Synthesis, structure,
and properties –applications.

Text Book
1. P.C. Jain and Monica Jain, A Textbook of Engineering Chemistry, Dhanpat Rai
publications, New Delhi, 16thedition, 2015.
Reference Books& web resources
• S.S. Dara and S.S. Umare, “A Textbook of Engineering Chemistry”, S.Chand & Company,
12thEdition, Reprint, 2013.
• Shashi Chawla, “ A text book of Engineering Chemistry”, Dhanpat Rai & Co.(pvt) ltd, 3 rd
edition, reprint 2011.
• C. N. Banwell and E.M. McCash, “Fundamentals of Molecular Spectroscopy”, Tata
McGraw-Hill (India), 5thEdition, 2013.

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting 04.06.2022 Approved in 63rd Academic Council Meeting 25.06.2022
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

• W.F. Smith, Principles of Materials Science and Engineering: An Introduction; Tata Mc-
Graw Hill, 2008.
• V. Raghavan, Introduction to Materials Science and Engineering; PHI, Delhi, 2005.
• M. Akay, 2015, An introduction to polymer matrix composites,”
from: https://www.academia.edu/37778336/An_introduction_to_polymer_matrix_composi
tes
Course Contents and Lecture Schedule

Module No. of
Topic
No. Periods
1 Water

1.1 Importance of water, sources, standards for drinking water, 1

(WHO, BIS & ICMR standards) physical, chemical & biological
characteristics, Alkalinity (principle only)
1.2 Hardness of water - types, units. Determination of hardness by 2
EDTA method and numerical problems
1.3 boiler trouble: Scale and sludge formation, boiler corrosion, 1
priming and foaming, caustic embrittlement
1.4 lnternal treatment methods: Carbonate, Phosphate, Colloidal, 1
Calgon conditioning
1.5 softening of water: External treatment methods: Lime-soda 2
process (concept only), zeolite process, ion exchange process
1.6 Desalination- reverse osmosis, electro dialysis, solar and 1
multistage flash distillation, nano-filtration
1.7 Waste water treatment – primary, secondary, and tertiary 1
treatment
2 Electrochemical technologies for energy storage and surface engineering

2.1 Electrochemistry and Energy storage: Introduction– Basics of 1

electrochemistry – Redox process, EMF
2.2 Energy storage – Batteries, Battery quality parameters 1

2.3 Primary battery – Dry cell and Alkaline cell 1

2.4 Secondary battery – Lead-acid battery, Lithium-ion battery 1

2.5 Fuel cells – Fundamentals, types and applications. Hydrogen 1

generation and storage
2.6 Corrosion and Surface Engineering- Basics –Corrosion - 1
causes- factors- types
2.7 chemical, electrochemical corrosion (galvanic, differential 1
aeration), corrosion of metal and computer components-
2.8 Corrosion control - material selection and design aspects - 1
electrochemical protection – sacrificial anode method and
impressed current cathodic method
2.9 Electroplating –Introduction, Process, Applications (Gold and 1
nickel plating). Electroless plating – Principle, process,
Applications (PCB manufacturing)
3 Spectroscopic technique and applications

3.1 Introduction to Electromagnetic Radiation, Types of atomic and 1

molecular spectra
Principle, Instrumentation and Applications: 1

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting 04.06.2022 Approved in 63rd Academic Council Meeting 25.06.2022
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Module No. of
Topic
No. Periods
3.2 X-ray-diffraction

3.3 UV–Visible spectroscopy, Atomic Absorption Spectroscopy 2

3.4 Fluorescence spectroscopy, Inductively Coupled Plasma - 2

Optical Emission Spectroscopy
3.5 Infra-red spectroscopy 2

3.6 Nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy – Magnetic 1

resonance imaging
4 Engineering materials

4.1 Bonding and its influence on the property of materials 1

4.2 Properties of materials- melting point - brittleness, ductility - 1

thermal, electrical and ionic conductivity
4.3 optical – magnetic properties, hydrophobic, hydrophilic 1
4.4 Polymer composites - structure and properties 1

4.5 applications -automotive, aerospace, marine, biomedical, and 1

defense
4.6 Ceramics and advanced ceramics - types-properties 1

4.7 applications- medicine, electrical, electronics, space 1

4.8 Nano-materials – Synthesis, structure and properties 1
4.9 applications - sensors, drug delivery, photo and electro- 1
catalysis, and pollution control
Total 36

Course Designer(s):
1. Dr.M.Kottaisamy [email protected]
2. Dr.V.Velkannan [email protected]
3. Dr S. Sivailango [email protected]
4. Dr.M.Velayudham [email protected]
5. Dr.R.KodiPandyan [email protected]
6. Dr. A. Ramalinga Chandrasekar [email protected]
7. Dr. B. Shankar [email protected]

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting 04.06.2022 Approved in 63rd Academic Council Meeting 25.06.2022
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Category L T P Credit
22CH140 TECHNICAL ENGLISH
HSMC 2 0 0 2

Preamble
The course aims at fostering the students’ ability to communicate effectively in various
academic, professional, and social settings through oral and written forms. Besides imparting
the basic skills namely Listening, Speaking, Reading and Writing (LSRW), significant
emphasis is placed on enriching their analytical, descriptive, and creative skills, enabling them
to develop and demonstrate a holistic English language proficiency.
Prerequisite
NIL
Course Outcomes

On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to

TCE Expected Expected
COs Course Outcomes Proficiency Proficiency Attainment
Scale in % Level %
CO1 Relate the fundamentals of language in Understand 70% 80%
terms of vocabulary, grammar and
pronunciation in technical communication.
CO2 Infer ideas from technical and general Understand 70% 80%
contexts by identifying main ideas, specific
details, predicting and note making
CO3 Make use of language in professional and Apply 60% 70%
social contexts with clarity and conciseness.
CO4 Identify specific contexts in technical writing, Apply 60% 70%
where appropriate lexical and grammatical
functions are applied
CO5 Develop the skills such as understanding, Apply 60% 70%
evaluating, analysing and summarising the
text and graphical representations.
CO6 Organise ideas with coherence, cohesion Apply 70% 80%
and precision in formal written
communication
Mapping with Programme Outcomes
COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 M S S
CO2 M S S
CO3 L M S S
CO4 M S S
CO5 M S S
CO6 L M S S
S- Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting 04.06.2022 Approved in 63rd Academic Council Meeting 25.06.2022
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Assessment Pattern
Assessment 1 Assessment 2
Terminal
Written Test Assignment Written Assignment
CO
1 (%) 1 (%) Test 2 (%) 2 (%) (%)

TPS 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
CO1 24% - - 10% -
CO2 34% 100% - - 20%
CO3 14% 24% - - - 20%
CO4 14% - 34% - - 10%
CO5 14% - 100% - - 20%
CO6 - 42% - - 20%
TOTAL 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
* Assignment 1: Speaking activities in CO1, CO2, and CO3 (100%).
**Assignment 2: Writing activities in CO4, CO5, and CO6 (100%).
***Terminal examination should cover all Course Outcomes in the appropriate TPS Scale
level.
Syllabus:
MODULE- I - Basics of Language (CO1)
Vocabulary - Word Building, Prefix, Suffix and Root Words, Basics of Grammar – Parts of
Speech, Tenses, Phonetics - Phonemes, Syllables and Stress.

MODULE- II– Reading (CO2)

Reading- Skimming and Scanning of Short Comprehension Passages and Answering
Questions or Cloze exercises based on the text prescribed for extensive reading, Note-
Making.

MODULE- III–Functional English (CO3)

Framing Questions (WH and Yes/No), Modals, Manual Writing, Recommendations Writing,
Agenda and Minutes of Meeting.

MODULE-IV – Technical Notions (CO4)

Technical Notions - Subject-Verb Agreement, Relative Clause, Phrasal Verbs, Impersonal
Passive Voice, Noun Compounds, Classifications and Definitions, Cause and Effect, Purpose
and Function, Numerical Adjectives.

MODULE-V – Analytical Writing and Business Correspondence (CO5 & CO6)

Summary Writing, Interpretation of Graphics, Jumbled Sentences, Paragraph Writing, Formal
Letters (Seeking Permission for Industrial Visit / internship / Bonafide), E-mail Writing (BEC
Vantage Writing Task I)
Suggested Reading:
Books:
1. Murphy, Raymond, English Grammar in Use with Answers; Reference and Practice for
Intermediate Students, Cambridge: CUP, 2004
2. Jones, Daniel. An English Pronouncing Dictionary, Cambridge: CUP, 2006
3. Brook-Hart, Guy. Cambridge English- Business Benchmark-Upper Intermediate,
CUP,2013.
4. Dhanavel, S.P. English and Communication Skills for Students of Science & Engineering,
Orient BlackSwan, Chennai: 2016.
5. Swan, Michael. Practical English Usage.4thEdn. OUP. 2017.
6. Elbow, Peter. Writing with Power: Techniques for Mastering the Writing Process. New
York, Oxford University Press, 1998.

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting 04.06.2022 Approved in 63rd Academic Council Meeting 25.06.2022
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Extensive Reading:
1. Anthology of Select Five Short Stories
2. Tagore, Rabindranath. Chitra, a Play in One Act. London, Macmillan and Co., 1914.
Websites:
1. www.englishclub.com
2. owl.english.purdue.edu
3. www.oxfordonlineenglish.com
4.www.bbclearningenglish.com
5. tcesrenglish.blogspot.com
Course Contents and Lecture Schedule
S.No Topic No. of Hours
1. Word Building, Prefix, Suffix and Root Words 1
2. Parts of Speech 1
3. Tenses 1
4. Skimming and Scanning of Short Comprehension Passages 1
5. Manual Writing 1
6. Recommendations 1
7. Note-Making 1
8. Subject-Verb Agreement 1
9. Phonemes 1
10. Syllables and Stress 1
Answering Questions or Cloze exercises based on the text prescribed
11. 1
for extensive reading
12. Noun Compounds, Classifications and Definitions 1
13. Cause and Effect, Purpose and Function 1
14. Summary Writing 1
15. Interpretation of Graphics 1
16. Jumbled Sentences 1
Formal Letters (Seeking Permission for Industrial Visit/internship/
17. 1
Bonafide)
18. Phrasal Verbs and Impersonal Passive Voice 1
19. Numerical Adjectives 1
20. Framing Questions (WH and Yes/No) and Modals 1
21. Agenda and Minutes of Meeting 1
22. Relative Clause 1
23. E-mail Writing (BEC Vantage Writing Task I) 1
24. Paragraph Writing 1
Total 24
Course Designers:
1. Dr.A.Tamilselvi [email protected]
2. Dr. S. Rajaram [email protected]
3. Dr.G. JeyaJeevakani [email protected]
4. Dr. R. TamilSelvi [email protected]

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting 04.06.2022 Approved in 63rd Academic Council Meeting 25.06.2022
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

COMPUTER AIDED ENGINEERING Category L T P Credit

22EC160
GRAPHICS ESC 2 0 2 3
Preamble
Engineering Graphics is referred as language of engineers. An engineer needs to
understand the geometry of any object through its orthographic or pictorial projections. The
knowledge on engineering graphics is essential in proposing new product designs through
drawings and in reading or understanding the existing drawings. This course covers manual
drawing of points, straight lines and Computer aided Drawing of orthographic projection of planes
& solids and isometric projection of simple and combined solids.
Prerequisite
Basic knowledge about geometry of objects.
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO# TPS Expected Expected
Course Outcomes Scale Proficiency Attainment
in % Level %
CO1 Draw Geometric constructions and projections of
points (in all quadrants) and projection of Straight TPS 3
70 70
lines (in first quadrant) inclined to one reference
plane. (Manual Drawing).
CO2 Draw the orthographic views (Front view, Top view
and side view) of objects from the given isometric TPS 3 70 70
view. (Manual Drawing).
CO3 Draw the orthographic projections (Elevation and
Plan) of plane surfaces inclined to any one reference TPS 3 70 70
plane using CAD software.
CO4 Draw the orthographic projections (Elevation and
Plan) of regular solids (Prisms, Pyramids, Cylinder
70 70
and Cone) with axis inclined to any one reference TPS 3
plane using CAD software.
CO5 Draw the isometric views of regular solids and
combined solids (Prisms, Pyramids, Cylinder, Cone, TPS 3
70 70
frustum of pyramid, frustum of cone) using CAD
software, by 3-D modelling.
CO6 Draw the isometric views of irregular solids from
orthographic views using CAD software, by 3-D TPS 3 70 70
modelling.
Mapping with Programme Outcomes
COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO PO11 PO12
10
CO1 S M S M M - - - M M - -
CO2 S M S M M - - - M M - -
CO3 S M S M M - - - M M - -
CO4 S M S M M - - - M M - -
CO5 S M S M M - - - M M - -
CO6 S M S M M - - - M M - -
Overall 3 2 3 2 2 0 0 0 2 2 0 0
S M S M M - - - M M - -
S- Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting 04.06.2022 Approved in 63rd Academic Council Meeting 25.06.2022
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Assessment Pattern
Continuous Terminal
Bloom’s Category /TPS Scale
Assessment Test Examination
Remember / 1
Understand / 2
Apply / 3 100 100
Analyse / 4
Evaluate / 5
Create / 6

Marks Allocation for Internal Assessment:

Sl. Description Marks

No
1 Submission of Drawing 60
sheets
2 Test 40
Total 100*
* The total marks secured out of 100 will be
converted to 50 marks.
Syllabus
Introduction - Significance of engineering graphics, Use of drawing instruments, Standards,
Lettering and dimensioning, Scales. Orthographic Projection- Principles of orthographic
projections, First angle projection, Orthographic projection of objects from pictorial views.

Geometric constructions and projections of points (in all quadrants) and projections of straight
lines (in first quadrant) inclined to one reference plane. (Manual Drawing).

Drawing orthographic views (Front view, Top view and side view) of objects from the given
isometric view (Manual Drawing).

Projections (Elevation and Plan) of plane surfaces in first quadrant, inclined to any one reference
plane by rotating object method using Computer Aided Drafting software.

Projection (Elevation and Plan) of regular solids (Prisms, Pyramids, Cylinder and Cone) in first
quadrant, by rotating object method when the axis is inclined to one of the reference planes using
Computer Aided Drafting software.

Isometric views of regular solids and combined solids (Prisms, Pyramids, Cylinder, Cone, frustum
of pyramid, frustum of cone in vertical positions only) using CAD software, by 3-D modelling.

Isometric views of irregular solids from orthographic views by 3-D modelling using Computer Aided
Drafting software.
Text Book
• Bhatt N.D., Panchal V.M. and Ingle P.R., (2014) “Engineering Drawing”, Charotar
Publishing House.
• CAD Software Theory and User Manuals (Technical Drawing with AutoCAD).
Reference Books
1. Shah M.B, and Rana B.C (2009) “Engineering Drawing and Computer Graphics”, Pearson
Education.
2. B.V.R. Gupta and M. Raja Roy, Engineering Drawing with AutoCAD, 3 rd Edition,
I.K.International Publications, 2009.

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting 04.06.2022 Approved in 63rd Academic Council Meeting 25.06.2022
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

3. Natarajan K.V., “A text book of Engineering Graphics”, Dhanalakshmi Publishers,

Chennai, 2012.
4. Basant Agarwal and Agarwal C.M., “Engineering Drawing”, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing
Company Limited, New Delhi, 2019.
5. Venugopal K. and Prabhu Raja V., “Engineering Graphics”, New Age International (P)
Limited, 2011.
6. Gopalakrishna K.R., “Engineering Drawing” (Vol. I&II combined), Subhas Publications,
Bangalore, 2017.
Course Contents and Lecture Schedule
Lecture Practice
# Topic
Hours Hours
Introduction- Significance of engineering graphics, Use of drawing
1 instruments –Standards, Lettering and dimensioning, Scales, 1 1
Orthographic Projection-Principles of orthographic projections,
Geometric constructions, Projection (Elevation and Plan) of points
located in all quadrants, Projection (Elevation and Plan) of straight
2 3 3
lines (in first quadrant) inclined to one reference plane (HP / VP).
(Manual Drawing).
Drawing orthographic views (Front view, Top view and side view) of
3 2 2
objects from the given isometric view (Manual Drawing).
Projection (Elevation and Plan) of plane surfaces in first quadrant,
4 inclined to HP by rotating object method using Computer Aided 3 3
Drafting software.
Projection (Elevation and Plan) of plane surfaces in first quadrant,
5 inclined to VP by rotating object method using Computer Aided 3 3
Drafting software.
Projection (Elevation and Plan) of regular solids (Prisms, Pyramids,
6 Cylinder and cone) in first quadrant, by rotating object method when 3 3
the axis is inclined to HP using CAD software.
Projection (Elevation and Plan) of regular solids (Prisms, Pyramids,
7 Cylinder and cone) in first quadrant, by rotating object method when 3 3
the axis is inclined to VP using CAD software.
Isometric projection – Principle, isometric scale, Isometric views and
Isometric views of single simple solids and combined solids (Prisms,
8 Pyramids, Cylinder, Cone, frustum of pyramid, frustum of cone in 3 3
vertical positions only) using CAD software.
Isometric views of irregular solids from orthographic views by 3-D
9 3 3
modelling using Computer Aided Drafting software.
TOTAL 24 24

Marks Allocation for Continuous Assessment:

Sl. No Description Marks
1 Manual Drawing sheets (A4) submission 15

2 Computer Aided Drafting (CAD) Exercises 20

3 Continuous Assessment Test (CAT) using CAD 15
software
Total 50

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting 04.06.2022 Approved in 63rd Academic Council Meeting 25.06.2022
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Question Pattern for Terminal Examination (Using CAD software only):

Question
Description Type Marks
Number
Projection (Elevation and Plan) of points in all
1 quadrants and straight lines (in first quadrant) Either or type 10
inclined to any one reference plane.
Orthographic views (Front view, Top view and
2 side view) of objects from the given isometric Either or type 10
view.
Projection (Elevation and Plan) of plane surfaces
3 (in first quadrant) inclined to any one reference Either or type 20
plane.
Projection (Elevation and Plan) of solids (in first
4 Either or type 20
quadrant) inclined to any one reference plane.
3-D modelling of combined solids (Prisms,
Pyramids, Cylinder, Cone, frustum of pyramid,
5 Either or type 20
frustum of cone in vertical positions only) and
their isometric view.
3-D modelling of irregular solids from
6 Either or type 20
orthographic views and their isometric view.
Total 100
Note:
1. One test or two tests will be conducted locally by respective Faculty In - charges
during regular class hours to account for continuous assessment test (CAT)
marks.
2. Terminal Practical examination (3 hrs) will be conducted centrally by the
office of Controller of Examinations.
Course Designers:
• Dr. M.Balamurali, [email protected]
• Dr. A.Samuel Raja, [email protected]
• Dr. B.Yogameena, [email protected]
• Dr. B.Sathyabama, [email protected]

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting 04.06.2022 Approved in 63rd Academic Council Meeting 25.06.2022
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Category L T P Credit
22EC190 ENGINEERING EXPLORATION
ESC 1 0 2 2

Preamble
The Course Electronics and Communication Engineering Exploration provide an introduction
to Engineering and specifically to Electronics and Communication Engineering fields. It is
designed to help the student to learn about engineering and how it affects our everyday lives.
The students develop their fundamental understanding of critical concepts of Electronic
controls in Consumer products and about Telecommunication through practical sessions.
Prerequisite
Nil
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO Course Outcome TCE Expected Expected
Proficiency Proficiency Attainment
Scale in % Level %
CO1 Explain technological & engineering TPS2 70 70
development, change and impacts of
engineering
CO2 Demonstrate the basic concepts of TPS3 70 70
Electronics and functional blocks of
communication system
CO3 Interpret the role of Electronic controls in TPS3 70 70
Domestic appliances
CO4 Apply the concept of Electronics and TPS3 70 70
Communication Engineering Design
Process for building an electronic hardware
Mapping with Programme Outcomes
COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1. M L - - - - - - - - - -
CO2. S M L - L L L - L L - -
CO3. M L - - - - - - - - - -
CO4. M L - - - - - - - - - -
S- Strong; M-Medium; L-Low
Assessment Pattern
Assesment-2 Terminal
Assesment-1
Examination
THEORY PRACTICAL PRACTICAL
CO Case study CAT-1
TPS 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
Scale
CO1 50 50
CO2 50 50
CO3 40 40
CO4 60 60

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting 04.06.2022 Approved in 63rd Academic Council Meeting 25.06.2022
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Syllabus
What is Engineering: Engineering Requirement, Engineering disciplines, Engineering
advancements. Electronics and Communication Engineering: Evolution, Theme areas,
Concepts in Electronics- Active and Passive Components, Signals and EM spectrum–
Functional blocks of Wired and Wireless Communication, Communication systems/devices –
PSTN, Mobile phone. Consumer Electronics- Electrical and Electronic aspects, Electronic
controls in Domestic appliances, Audio and Video systems; Engineering Design: Problem
definition, idea generation through brainstorming and researching, solution creation through
evaluating and communicating, test/analysis, final solution and design improvement.

List of Experiments:

1. Identification of components, sources and measuring instruments - experimenting with

active and passive components: resistor (voltage division/current division), capacitors
and inductors
2. Domestic electrical wiring
3. Practicing soldering and de-soldering
4. Schematic and Layout preparation using CAD tool
5. Practicing PCB fabrication
6. Mini project based on Engineering Design Process demonstrating electronic controls
in Domestic appliances
Reference Books
• Ryan A.Brown, Joshua W.Brown and Michael Berkihiser: “Engineering Fundamentals:
Design, Principles, and Careers”, Goodheart-Willcox Publisher, Second Edition, 2014.
• Saeed Moaveni, “Engineering Fundamentals: An Introduction to Engineering”, Cengage
learning, Fourth Edition, 2011.
• Lynford L. Goddard, Young Mo Kang, Steven J. McKeown, Alexandra Haser, Cori C.
Johnson, Madison N. Wilson, “A Project-Based Exploration of Electrical and Computer
Engineering” Goddard Independent Publishing, Second Edition, 2020.
• Bali S.P, “Consumer Electronics”, Pearson Education, 2017.
• William D.Stanley amd John.M. Jeffords, “ Electronic Communications Principles and
Systems”, Cengage Learning, 2009 (India Edition).
Course Contents and Lecture Schedule
Module No. of
Topic
No. Periods
1 Engineering
1.1 Engineering Requirement, Engineering disciplines, Engineering 1
advancements
1.2 Electronics and Communication – Evolution, Theme areas 1
1.3 Active and Passive Components 1
2 Tele Communication System
2.1 Functional blocks of Wired and Wireless Communication 1
2.2 Communication System/devices – PSTN, Mobile phone 2
3 Consumer Electronics
3.1 Electrical and Electronic aspects in Domestic appliances 1
3.2 Electronic controls in Domestic appliances 1
3.3 Audio and Video systems 1
4 Engineering Design Process
4.1 Problem definition 1
4.2 Idea generation through brainstorming and researching
4.3 Solution creation through evaluating and 1
communicating

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting 04.06.2022 Approved in 63rd Academic Council Meeting 25.06.2022
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Module No. of
Topic
No. Periods
4.4 Test/Analysis 1
4.5 Final solution and design improvement
Theory 12
Practical 24
Total 36
Course Designers:
• Dr M N Suresh, [email protected]
• Dr V Vinoth Thyagarajan, [email protected]
• Dr N Ayyanar, [email protected]
• Dr M Senthilarasi, [email protected]

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting 04.06.2022 Approved in 63rd Academic Council Meeting 25.06.2022
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Category L T P Credit
22EG170 ENGLISH LABORATORY
HSMC 0 0 2 1
Preamble
This practical course enables the students to develop and evaluate their basic English
language skills through individualized learning process at the Language Lab, using English
Software and online resources. In addition, it facilitates students with the need-based student-
centric presentation sessions in a multi-media driven classroom environment.
Prerequisite
NIL
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to
TCE
COs Course Outcomes Proficiency
Scale
Interpret words correctly through listening and watching general and
CO1 TPS1
technical online contents
Develop appropriate pronunciation skills through listening and
CO2 TPS3
speaking practices
Build and apply a wide range of lexicons in general and technical TPS3
CO3
presentations
Identify and apply the key ideas and spoken English features learnt TPS3
CO4
through auditory and visual listening tools
Experiment with inventiveness by creating a blog, vlog, or YouTube TPS3
CO5
channel.
CO6 Prepare and deliver oral and written presentations using digital tools. TPS3
Mapping with Programme Outcomes
COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 M S S
CO2 M S M
CO3 L M S S
CO4 L M S M
CO5 L M S S
CO6 L S S S
Assessment Pattern
Students’ performance will be assessed in the language lab/ classroom as given below:
• Spoken Task - General / Technical Presentation / Picture Description :20 Marks
• Listening Task –(MCQs, Gap Filling Exercises) :10 Marks
• Written Test - Phonetics, Grammar, Vocabulary, Reading :20 Marks
External: Online Exam- Phonetics, Grammar, Vocabulary, Reading (45 Minutes): 50 Marks
Listening Test : 20 Marks
Submission of Students’ Record on Practical Tasks in the Class and Lab :10 Marks
BEC Vantage Speaking Tasks I and II : 20 Marks

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting 04.06.2022 Approved in 63rd Academic Council Meeting 25.06.2022
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

List of Experiments
S.No Topic Hours
LAB ACTIVITIES (12 Hours)
1 Listening to TED Talks/ Podcasts/ Product Advertisements/ News Bulletins. 2
Phonetics – Tutorials through Online Repositories, English Movie Clips and
2 Software in the Lab(S-net) 2

3 Vocabulary Development through Movies / Short Films/ Documentaries 2

Language Development through English software S-net and Online Content (Tenses,
2
4 Voices, SV Agreement, Prepositions, Coherence Markers, Relative Clauses, Modals,
Punctuation)
2
5 Reading Comprehension – I (General / Technical, BEC Vantage Reading Task III)
Punctuation
Creating a Blog/Vlog/YouTube Channel –Uploading MP3/MP4 – Practice 1
6
(Movie/Book/ Gadget Review, General/Tech Talks, Interview with Celebrities)
7 Revision – Model Online Aptitude Test 1
CLASSROOM ACTIVITIES (12 Hours)
8 Introduction of Spoken English Features 1
9 Self-introduction and Introducing others 1
10 Spoken
Video Comprehension – Brainstorming
English Practice through Cambridge / Oxford Online Videos / Movies
and Note-Taking 2
11 Role-Play, Picture/Movie Description 1
12 Reporting the events from Media / Newspapers – Discussion 1
13 Interactive Games for Language Development 1
14 Reading / Note Making (Extensive Reading – News Paper Reports) 1
15 Presentation – I (Book /Movie Review, Story Telling, General Presentations) 2
16 Presentation – II (Technical Presentations) 2
Total 24
Software Used:
1. English Software S Net
2. Business English Certificate-Vantage- Practice Software
Teaching Resources and Websites:
1. Open Online Repositories from Oxford / Cambridge / British Council/ Voice of
America
2. Free Video Downloads from YouTube
3. www.ted.com
4. tcesrenglish.blogspot.com
Course Designers:
1. Dr.A.Tamilselvi [email protected]
2. Dr. S. Rajaram [email protected]
3. Dr.RS. Swarnalakshmi [email protected]
4. Mrs. M. Sarpparaje [email protected]

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting 04.06.2022 Approved in 63rd Academic Council Meeting 25.06.2022
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Category L T P Credit
22PH180 PHYSICS LABORATORY
BSC 0 0 2 1

Preamble
This course ensures that students are able to apply the basic physics concepts and carry out
the experiments to determine the various physical parameters related to the material
• Learn the necessary theory to understand the concept involved in the experiment.
• Acquire the skills to carry out the experiment.
• Tabulate the observed data and use the formula to evaluate the required quantities.
• Plot the data in a graph and use it for calculation.
Prerequisite
NIL
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to
TCE Expected Expected
Course Outcome Proficiency Proficiency Attainment
Scale (%) Level (%)
CO1 Analyze the mechanical & electrical TPS3 85 90
oscillations and determine their resonance
frequency
CO2 Analyse the interference and diffraction TPS3 85 90
patterns for micron sized objects
CO3 Investigate the V-I characteristics of TPS3 85 90
photodiode, phototransistor under dark and
bright illumination conditions
CO4 Determine the Planck’s constant using LEDs TPS3 85 90
CO5 Plot the VI characteristics of solar cell and TPS3 85 90
find the fill factor
CO6 Determine the reversibility of classical and TPS3 85 90
quantum logic gates
CO7 Identify the variation of magnetic field with TPS3 85 90
distance for circular coils

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1. S M L - M - - - S - - L
CO2. S M L - M - - - S - - L
CO3 S M L - M - - - S - - L
CO4 S M L - M - - - S - - L
CO5 S M L - M - - - S - - L
CO6 S M L - M - - - S - - L
CO7 S M L - M - - - S - - L
S- Strong; M-Medium; L-Low
List of Experiments
1. Quantum Logic Gate-Toffoli gate
2. Study of Optoelectronic Devices- Photodiode, Phototransistor.
3. Solar cell VI characteristics, fill factor & Optical Fibre - Determination of numerical
aperture.

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting 04.06.2022 Approved in 63rd Academic Council Meeting 25.06.2022
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

4. Torsional pendulum – Determination of rigidity modulus of wire and moment of inertia

of regular objects.
5. Laser Diffraction - Determination of wave length of the laser using grating and
determination of micro particle size. (Observing diffraction pattern due to single and
double slit)
6. Air wedge – Determination of thickness of a thin sheet/wire.
7. Determination of Planck’s constant through V-I characteristics of LED.
8. Determination of magnetic field-Stewart and Gees.
9. LCR Circuit – Determination of resonant frequency

Course Designer(s):
1. Dr N. Sankarasubramanian, Professor, [email protected]
2. Dr A. L . Subramaniyan, Assistant Professor, [email protected]
3. Dr P.K. Kannan, Assistant Professor, [email protected]

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting 04.06.2022 Approved in 63rd Academic Council Meeting 25.06.2022
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Category L T P Credit
22CH190 CHEMISTRY LABORATORY
BSC 0 0 2 1

Preamble
This course aims to provide the students, a basic practical knowledge in chemistry. The
objective of this course is to develop intellectual and psychomotor skills of the students by
providing hands on experience in quantitative, electrochemical and photo-chemical analysis.
Prerequisite
Nil
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO Course Outcome TCE
Proficiency
Scale
CO1 Estimate the chemical water quality parameters of sample water / TPS3
effluent
CO2 Demonstrate presence of calcium ions in milk sample TPS3
CO3 Determine the surface tension of solvent mixtures TPS3
CO4 Estimate pH and acid content of samples using pH metric and TPS3
conductometric titrations
CO5 Illustrate the strength of oxidisable materials present in given TPS3
sample by potentiometric method
CO6 Determine Fe2+ ion in effluent using colorimetric method TPS3
CO7 Calculate the efficiency of electroplating TPS3
CO8 Determine the rate of corrosion of metal & alloy using potentio- TPS3
dynamic polarisation method
Mapping with Programme Outcomes
COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1. S M L - M - - - L - - -
CO2. S M L - M - - - L - - -
CO3. S M L - M - - - L - - -
CO4. S M L - M - - - L - - -
CO5. S M L - M - - - L - - -
CO6. S M L - M - - - L - - -
CO7. S M L - M - - - L - - -
CO8. S M L - M - - - L - - -
S- Strong; M-Medium; L-Low
List of Experiments/Activities with CO Mapping
Experimental List CO
Quantitative Analysis
Estimation of total hardness of water sample CO1
Estimation of COD of industrial effluent CO1
Determination of calciumion inmilk sample CO2

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting 04.06.2022 Approved in 63rd Academic Council Meeting 25.06.2022
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Determination of surface tension of solvent mixture CO3

Electrochemical and Photochemical Analysis
Determination of the Phosphoric acid content in soft drinks using CO4
conductometric titration
Determination of pH of soil by pH metric titration CO4
Potentiometric redox titration (K2Cr2O7vs FAS, KMnO4vs FAS) CO5
Estimation of iron content in water sample using colorimeter CO6
Estimation of current density of electroplating process using Hull cell CO7
Determination of rate of corrosion of metal and alloy using potentiodynamic CO8
polarisation technique (TAFEL)

Learning Resources
1. Vogel’s Textbook of Quantitative Chemical Analysis (8THedition, 2014)
2. LaboratoryManual – Department of Chemistry, Thiagarajar College of Engineering
(2022)
Course Designers:
1. Dr.M.Kottaisamy [email protected]
2. Dr.V.Velkannan [email protected]
3. Dr. S. Sivailango [email protected]
4. Dr.M.Velayudham [email protected]
5. Dr.R.Kodi Pandyan [email protected]
6. Dr.A.Ramalinga chandrasekar [email protected]
7. Dr. B. Shankar [email protected]

Passed in Board of Studies Meeting 04.06.2022 Approved in 63rd Academic Council Meeting 25.06.2022
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

CURRICULUM AND DETAILED SYLLABI

FOR

B. E. DEGREE PROGRAMME
(Electronics and Communication Engineering)

SECOND SEMESTER

FOR THE STUDENTS ADMITTED IN THE

ACADEMIC YEAR 2022-23

THIAGARAJAR COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING

(A Government Aided Autonomous Institution Affiliated to Anna University)
MADURAI – 625 015, TAMILNADU

Phone : 0452 – 2482240, 41

Fax : 0452 2483427
Web : www.tce.edu

Passed in BoS Meeting 03.12.2022 Approved in 64th Academic council Meeting 11.01.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

MATRICES AND LINEAR Category L T P Credit

22EC210
ALGEBRA BSC 2 1 0 3

Preamble
Mathematical functions can be viewed in many different ways and one way of viewing them is
through vectors. Most of the algebraic manipulation of functions from an m dimensional space
to an n dimensional space can be done using matrices and the tools from linear algebra. This
course aims at giving through knowledge on matrices and linear algebra and enables the
students to solve problems occurring in an n dimensional space.
Prerequisite
NIL
Course Outcomes
COs Course Outcomes TCE Expected Expected
Proficiency Proficiency Attainment
Scale in % Level %
CO1 Demonstrate vector space and subspace TPS 3 70 60
CO2 Use rank nullity theorem to determine the TPS 3 70 60
dimension of the range space
CO3 Compute the nearest possible solution to the TPS 3 70 60
given system of equation
CO4 Determine an orthonormal basis for the given TPS 3 70 60
basis.
CO5 Use properties of Eigen values to determine TPS 3 70 60
Eigen values for higher powers of a matrix.
CO6 Decompose the given matrix into a product of TPS 3 70 60
unitary matrix and singular matrix and
determine the Eigen values numerically
CO7 Determine the matrix representation of a linear TPS 3 70 60
transformation and solve the linear system of
equations numerically
Mapping with Programme Outcomes
COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
10
CO1 S M L - - - - - - - - S L - -
CO2 S M L - - - - - - - - S L - -
CO3 S M L - - - - - - - - S L - -
CO4 S M L - - - - - - - - S L - -
CO5 S M L - - - - - - - - S L - -
CO6 S M L - - - - - - - - S L - -
CO7 S M L - - - - - - - - S L - -
S- Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Passed in BoS Meeting 03.12.2022 Approved in 64th Academic council Meeting 11.01.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Assessment Pattern
Assessment - I Assessment - II
CAT – I Assg. I CAT – II Assg. II Terminal Exam
TPS / (%) (%) (%) (%) (%)
CO
1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
CO1 - - 17 - - - - - - - - - - 8
CO2 3 10 15 - - - - - - - - - 6 8
CO3 - - 17 - - 100 - - - - - - - - 8
CO4 4 10 8 - - - - - - - - - 6 5
CO5 3 - 13 - - - - - - - - - - 8
CO6 - - - - - - 7 10 33 - - - 9 16
100
CO7 - - - - - - 3 10 37 - - - 9 17
Total 10 20 70 - - 100 10 20 70 - - 100 - 30 70
Syllabus
Vector Spaces: Vector space, Subspaces, linear independence of vectors, basis and
dimension, Row space and Column space, Rank and nullity theorem. [8 hours]
Orthogonality: Orthogonal subspaces, Least square problem, Inner product spaces,
Orthonormal sets, The Gram-Schmidt orthogonalization process. [7 hours]
Matrix Eigen Value Problem: Eigen values and Eigen vectors, Properties of eigen values
and eigen vectors, orthogonal matrices, Diagonalization, Quadratic forms and Canonical
Form, Singular value decomposition, Jacobi method, Power method, Determining Eigen
values using matlab. [12 hours]
Linear Transformations: Definition and Examples, Matrix Representations of Linear
Transformations, Similarity , Gauss Elimination method, Gauss Jordan method, Solving linear
system of equations using matlab [9 hours]
Text Book
• Steven.J. Leon, “Linear Algebra with Applications”, 8th edition, Pearson, 2010
• Erwin Kreszig, “Advanced Engineering Mathematics”, 9th edition, Wiley, 2017.
• Glyn James, “Advanced Modern Engineering Mathematics”, Pearson Education, New
Delhi, 2018.
• S. R. K. Iyengar, R. K. Jain, Mahinder Kumar Jain, “Numerical methods for
Scientific and Engineering Computations”, New Age International publishers, 6 th
Edition, 2012.
Reference Books& web resources
• David C. Lay, “Linear Algebra and its applications”, Pearson Addison – Addison
Wesley, 3 rd. edition, 2006.
• Grewal B.S., “Higher Engineering Mathematics”, Khanna Publishers, 44th Edition,
New Delhi, 2012.

Course Contents and Lecture Schedule

Module No. of COS

Topic
No. Periods
1 Vector Spaces
1.1 Vector space 1 CO1
1.2 Subspaces 1 CO1
Tutorial 1
1.3 Linear independence of vectors 1 CO2
1.4 Basis and dimension 1 CO2
1.5 Row space and Column space, Rank and nullity 2 CO2
theorem
Tutorial 1

Passed in BoS Meeting 03.12.2022 Approved in 64th Academic council Meeting 11.01.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

2 Orthogonality
2.1 Orthogonal subspaces 1 CO3
2.2 Least square problem 1 CO3
Tutorial 1
2.3 Inner product spaces 1 CO4
2.4 Orthonormal sets 1 CO4
2.5 The Gram-Schmidt orthogonalization process 1 CO4
Tutorial 1
3 Matrix Eigen Value Problem
3.1 Eigen values and Eigen vectors 1 CO5
3.2 Properties of Eigen values and Eigen vectors 1 CO5
Tutorial 1
3.3 Orthogonal matrices 1 CO6
3.4 Diagonalization 1 CO6
3.5 Quadratic forms and Canonical Form 1 CO6
3.6 Singular value decomposition 1 CO6
Tutorial 1
3.7 Jacobi method 1 CO6
3.8 Power method 2 CO6
Determining Eigen values using matlab 1
4 Linear Transformations
4.1 Definition and Examples 1 CO7
4.2 Matrix Representations of Linear Transformations 2 CO7
4.3 Similarity 2 CO7
Tutorial 1
4.4 Gauss Elimination method 1 CO7
4.5 Gauss Jordan method 1 CO7
Solving linear system of equations using matlab 1
Total 36

Course Designers:
• Dr. S. P. SuriyaPrabha [email protected]
• Dr. L. Muthusubramanian [email protected]
• Dr. S. Suriyakala [email protected]

Passed in BoS Meeting 03.12.2022 Approved in 64th Academic council Meeting 11.01.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Category L T P Credit
22EC220 ELECTRONIC DEVICES
ESC 2 1 0 3

Preamble
This is an introduction course to electronic devices. The course begins with a discussion on
how electron energy bands are formed in semiconductors; followed by discussions on
equilibrium statistics of electrons and holes, drift, diffusion currents, and generation and
recombination processes. It then examines the principles and operations of essential
semiconductor devices used in today's electronics: diodes, light detectors and emitters, bipolar
junction transistors and MOSFETs. It includes the need for small signal model and large signal
model of the devices which is the prerequisite for next level courses. The goal is to develop
a solid understanding of the device concepts that will be needed in a broad range of areas
from semiconductor to circuit (analog, digital and VLSI) design and engineering.
Prerequisite
NIL
Course Outcomes
CO Course Outcome Statement TPS Expected Expected
Scale Proficiency Attainment
in % Level %
CO1 Describe the energy band diagram of TPS 2
70 70
Silicon Semiconductors.
CO2 Examine the model parameters from the TPS 3
70 70
diode data Sheet
CO3 Interpret the model parameters from the TPS 3
70 70
BJT data Sheet
CO4 Calculate the current gain of the transistors TPS 3
70 70
using semiconductor parameters
CO5 Classify the types of FET based internal TPS 3
70 70
structure and operation.
CO6 Explain the internal structure and principle TPS 2
70 70
of operation of photo and power devices.
Mapping with Programme Outcomes
COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO1 S M L - L - - L L L - L M - L
CO2 S M L - L - - L L L - L M - L
CO3 S M L - L - - L L L - L M - L
CO4 S S M L L - - L L L - L S - L
CO5 M L - - - - - - L L - L S - L
CO6 S S M M L - - - - - - - S - -
S- Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Passed in BoS Meeting 03.12.2022 Approved in 64th Academic council Meeting 11.01.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Assessment Pattern
Assessment - I Assessment - II
CAT – I Assg. I * CAT – II Assg. II * Terminal Exam
(%) (%) (%) (%) (%)
TPS
Scale
1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
CO

CO1 - 20 - - - - - - 4 12
CO2 - 10 30 100 - - - - - 4 10
CO3 - 10 30 - - - - - 4 10
CO4 - - - - - 10 20 - 4 10
CO5 - - - - - 10 30 100 - 4 10
CO6 - - - - - 20 20 - 4 10
Total - 40 60 100 - 30 70 100 - 28 72
Syllabus
Semiconductors: Conductors, Semiconductors, Silicon Crystals, Intrinsic Semiconductors,
Two Types of Extrinsic Semiconductors, Energy band structure, Energy Levels, Energy
Hills PN Junction Diodes: Unbiased Diode, Forward Bias, Reverse Bias, Breakdown,
Diode current, Current equation, Transition and Diffusion capacitance, Reading Diode
datasheet, Rectifier circuit, Zener Diode. Bipolar Junction Transistors: Unbiased
Transistor, Biased Transistor, Transistor Currents, CE Connection, Base Curve, Collector
Curve, Transistor Approximations, Understanding BJT Data Sheet. Field Effect
Transistors: JFETs, Drain and Transconductance Characteristics, MOSFETs, Depletion
Mode MOSFET, Enhancement Mode MOSFET, Ohmic region, Understanding FET
Datasheet. Photo and Power Devices: Photo diode, LED, LDR, SCR, DIAC, TRIAC.
Text Book
• Albert Paul Malvino and David J Bates,” Electronic Principles”, 8th Edition, McGraw
Hills, 2020.
Reference Books & web resources
• Robert L. Boylestad, Louis Nashelsk, “Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory”, 11th
Edition, Pearson, 2013
• David A. Bell, “Electronic Devices and Circuits”, Oxford University Press, Fifth
Edition, 2008.
• Adel S. Sedra and Kenneth C. Smith, “Microelectronic Circuits”, Oxford University
Press Seventh Edition, 2015.
Course Contents and Lecture Schedule

Module No. Topic No. of Periods

1 SEMICONDUCTOR
1.1 Conductors, Semiconductors, Silicon Crystals 1
1.2 Intrinsic Semiconductors 1
1.3 Two Types of Extrinsic Semiconductors 1

1.4 Energy band structure 1

1.5 Energy Levels, Energy Hills 3

2 P-N JUNCTION
2.1 Unbiased Diode, Forward Bias, Reverse Bias, 1
2.2 Breakdown, Diode current 1
2.3 Current equation, Transition and Diffusion capacitance, 1
2.4 Reading Diode datasheet 1
2.5 Rectifier circuit 2
2.6 Zener Diode. 2

Passed in BoS Meeting 03.12.2022 Approved in 64th Academic council Meeting 11.01.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

3 BIPOLAR JUNCTION TRANSISTOR (BJT)

3.1 Unbiased Transistor 1
3.2 Biased Transistor 1
3.3 Transistor Currents, CE Connection 2
3.4 Base Curve, Collector Curve 2
3.5 Transistor Approximations 1
3.6 Understanding BJT Data Sheet. 1
4 FIELD EFFECT TRANSISTORS (FET)
4.1 JFETs 1
4.2 Drain and Transconductance Characteristics 2
4.3 MOSFETs, Depletion Mode MOSFET 1
4.4 Enhancement Mode MOSFET 1
4.5 Ohmic region 1
4.6 Understanding FET Datasheet 1
5 PHOTO AND POWER DEVICES
5.1 Photo diode, LED, LDR 3
5.2 SCR, DIAC, TRIAC 3
Total 36

Course Designers:
• Dr.N.B.Balamurugan [email protected]
• Dr. V.Vinoth Thyagarajan [email protected]
• Dr.S.Rajaram [email protected]
• Dr.D.Gracia Nirmala Rani [email protected]
• Dr.V.R.Venkatasubramani [email protected]
• Mrs J Shanthi [email protected]

Passed in BoS Meeting 03.12.2022 Approved in 64th Academic council Meeting 11.01.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Category L T P Credit
22EC230 ELECTRIC AND MAGNETIC
CIRCUITS PCC 3 1 0 4

Preamble

This course is an introduction to electrical and magnetic circuits. It starts with the basic
quantities used to characterize circuit operation (like current, voltage, and power) and then
enforce several physical laws to form the basis of DC and AC electric circuit analysis. Electric
circuits will be examined in time domain under transient and sinusoidal steady-state
conditions. Simple magnetic circuit analysis will be done with respective Laws and the
operation of transformer will also be studied.
Prerequisite
NIL
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to

CO# TPS Expected Expected

Course Outcomes Scale Proficiency Attainment
in % Level %
CO1 Apply the knowledge of basic circuit laws to TPS
70 70
simplify DC circuits. 3
CO2 TPS
Solve DC circuits by using KVL and KCL. 70 70
3
CO3 Apply network theorems for the analysis of TPS
70 70
electrical circuits. 3
CO4 Determine Complex Impedance, Power factor of TPS
70 70
single phase and Three phase AC Circuits. 3
CO5 Obtain the transient and steady-state response TPS
70 70
of electrical circuits in Time domain. 3
CO6 Apply circuit analysis methods applicable to TPS
70 70
magnetic circuits. 3

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

COs PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO P P P PS PS PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 O O O O O 3
10 11 12 1 2
CO1 S M L L L - - L M M - - S L L
CO2 S M L L L - - L M M - - S L L
CO3 S M L L - - - L M M - - S - L
CO4 S M L L - - - L M M - L S - L
CO5 S M L L - - - L M M - L S - L
CO6 S M L L - - - L M M - - S - L
Over 3 2 1 1 0 0 0 1 2 2 0 0 3 0 1
all S M L L - - - L M M - - S - L

S- Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Passed in BoS Meeting 03.12.2022 Approved in 64th Academic council Meeting 11.01.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Assessment Pattern
Assessment - I Assessment - II
CAT – I Assg. I * CAT – II Assg. II * Terminal Exam
(%) (%) (%) (%) (%)
TPS
Scale
1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
CO

CO1 - 10 10 - - 4 6
CO2 - 10 20 100 - - 4 14
CO3 - 10 40 - - 4 15
CO4 - - 8 25 - 4 15
CO5 - - 4 30 100 - - 20
CO6 - - 8 25 - 4 10
Total - 30 70 100 - 20 80 100 - 20 80

Syllabus
Electric circuit Elements and Kirchhoff’s laws: Charge, Voltage, Current and Power;
Voltage ,current sources; series and parallel circuit, Voltage and current Divider; KCL and
KVL ; DC Circuit Analysis: Mesh, super mesh, Node and super Node Analysis Theorems:
Source Transformation; Superposition; Thévenin’s and Norton's equivalent Circuits; Maximum
power transfer Theorem; Tellegen’s Theorem; Reciprocity Theorem; Δ ↔ Y conversion; AC
Components & Circuits: Inductor; Capacitor; AC sources, Complex impedance, RL, RC &
RLC series and parallel circuits and Phasors; power and Power factors; Duality in Electrical
circuits; Poly Phase circuits: Single-Phase Three-Wire Systems; Three-Phase Y-Y
Connection; The Delta Connection; AC Steady State Analysis in Time domain : Mesh,
Node Analysis & Theorems on AC circuits ; Resonance. Transient Analysis in Time domain
: Source Free, DC Driven RL, RC & RLC circuits; Magnetically coupled circuits: Self and
Mutual Inductance; Dot convention, Energy considerations, Linear transformer; Ideal
transformer and Impedance matching; Tuned circuits.
Text Book
• W. H Hayt, J. E Kemmerly and S.M Durbin, "Engineering Circuit Analysis" by 9th
Edition (2020), McGraw Hill.
Reference Books
• A. Sudhakar and Shyammohan S. Palli, “Circuits and Networks: Analysis and
Synthesis”, 5th Edition (2017), McGraw Hill.
• Charles K. Alexander, Matthew N. O. Sadiku “Fundamentals of Electric Circuits” 7th
Edition (2022), McGraw Hill.
• Mahmood Nahvi and Joseph Edminister, “Schaum's Outline of Electric Circuits”, 7 th
Edition (2017) McGraw-Hill.
• NPTEL, SC Dutta Roy, Circuit Theory, IITD,
http://nptel.iitm.ac.in/video.php?subjectId=10810204
• NPTEL Nagendra Krishnapura, Basic Electrical Circuits,
IITM, https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc20_ee64/preview
Course Contents and Lecture Schedule
Lecture
# Topic Tutorial
Hours
1 Introduction 1 -
2 Charge, Voltage, Current and Power, Voltage ,current sources 1 -
3 Series and parallel circuit, Voltage and current Divider; 1 1
4 Mesh, super mesh, Node and super Node Analysis 4 1
Theorems
5 Source Transformation; Superposition Theorem 1 1
6 Thévenin’s and Norton's equivalent Circuits; 2 1

Passed in BoS Meeting 03.12.2022 Approved in 64th Academic council Meeting 11.01.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Maximum power transfer Theorem; Tellegens Theorem;

7 2 -
Reciprocity Theorem;
8 Δ ↔ Y conversion 1 1
AC Components & Circuits:
9 Inductor; Capacitor; AC sources, 1 -
AC sources, Complex impedance, RL, RC & RLC series and
10 2 1
parallel circuits
11 Phasors; power and Power factors; 3 -
12 Duality in Electrical circuits; 1 -
Poly Phase circuits:
13 Single-Phase Three-Wire Systems; 2
14 Three-Phase Y-Y Connection; The Delta Connection 2 2
AC Steady State Analysis in Time domain:
15 Mesh, Node Analysis & Theorems on AC circuits 2 1
16 Resonance 2
Transient Analysis in Time domain
17 Source Free, 1 1
18 DC Driven RL, RC & RLC circuits 2 1
Magnetically coupled circuits:
19 Self and Mutual Inductance 1 -
20 Dot convention, Energy considerations, 1 1
21 Linear and Ideal transformer and Impedance matching 2 -
22 Tuned Circuits 1
TOTAL 36 12

Marks Allocation for Assignment:

Sl. No Description Marks
1 Assignment 1 – a) Tutorial Submission 40
b) Experimental Verification of Kirchoff’s Laws and
Theorems
2 Assignment 2 – a) Tutorial Submission 40
b) Power calculations of each electrical and
electronic appliances at Residence
Total 80

Course Designers:
• Dr. K. Hariharan, [email protected]
• Dr. B.Sathyabama, [email protected]

Passed in BoS Meeting 03.12.2022 Approved in 64th Academic council Meeting 11.01.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Category L T P Credit TE
22EC240 DIGITAL CIRCUIT DESIGN
PCC 3 0 2 4 Theory

Preamble
The course is offered as theory cum practical course in concurrent with the course on
“Electronic Devices”. Cell phones and handheld devices of various kinds offer new,
competing features almost daily. Underneath the attractive graphical user interface of all of
these devices sits a digital system that processes data in a binary format. Hence, this course
is to give hands on training for the students to understand the knowledge of basic
combinational and sequential circuits of digital systems. This course relies on extensive use
of Hardware Description Language for describing and implementing digital logic designs on
standard ICs.
Prerequisite
NIL
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO Course Outcome TCE Expected Expected
Proficiency Proficiency Attainment
Scale in % Level %
CO1 Explain the of Digital information Systems TPS2 70 70
and number systems.
CO2 Use Boolean algebra and graphical TPS3 70 70
methods to simplify the Logic functions.
CO3 Design a combinational circuit using logic TPS3 70 70
gates.
CO4 Design of synchronous sequential Circuits TPS3 70 70
for a given specification
CO5 Design of asynchronous sequential Circuits TPS3 70 70
for a given specification
CO6 Analyse the Sequential circuits in Moore / TPS4 70 70
Mealy FSM Models

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

Cos PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PS PS PS
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O2
CO1 M L - - - - L L L - L L - L
CO2 S M L - - - - L L L - L M L L
CO3 S M L - S - - L L L - L M L L
CO4 S M L L S - - L L L - L M L L
CO5 S S M L - - - L L L - L S - L
CO6 S S M L S - - L L L - L S L L
S- Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Passed in BoS Meeting 03.12.2022 Approved in 64th Academic council Meeting 11.01.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Assessment Pattern

Assessment - I Assessment - II Terminal Exam

(Theory) (%)
CAT – I CAT – II
(%) (%)
TPS
CO 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3

CO1 5 10 - 5
CO2 5 10 20 - 5 20
CO3 10 40 - 5 20
CO4 - 30 - 5 20
CO5 - 30 - 10
CO6 - 40 - 10
Total 10 30 60 - - 100 20 80

Syllabus
Theory:
Digital Information Processing: Basis of Digital System, Number systems and Codes,
Methods of base conversions, Code Converters and their Applications. Boolean Algebra
and Switching Functions: Basic postulates and fundamental theorems of Boolean
algebra; Standard representation of logic functions – Sum Of Product (SOP) and Product
Of Sum (POS) forms; NAND and NOR Implementation - Simplification of switching
functions– Karnaugh Maps and Quine- McCluskey tabular methods. Combinational Logic
Design: Adders/subtractors, Fast adder,Magnitude comparator, Multiplexer Demultiplexer,
Encoders, Decoders, Multiplier, and Parity generator and Checker, Standard IC Data Sheets
and its Descriptions, HDL implementation of combinational circuits. Synchronous
Sequential circuits: Bistable elements, Latches and flip flops- S-R, JK, D and Master-
Slave JK FF, Analysis and Design of Clocked Sequential Circuits, State Minimization and
State Assignment, Shift Registers, Counters. HDL implementation of sequential circuits.
Asynchronous Sequential Circuits: Design and Analysis of asynchronous sequential
circuits, cycles, races, and Hazard- Static and Dynamic. Design and Analysis of
Moore/Mealy FSM Models
Practical:
1. Verification of Basic and Universal Logic Gates and Boolean Laws and Theorems.
2. Introduction to HDL Coding and simulation of Logic Gates.
3. Design and Implementation of Arithmetic Circuits a. Adder b. Subtractor
4. Design and Implementation of combinational circuits – Multiplexer and Demultiplexer
using MSI chips
5. Design and Simulation of Encoder and Decoder using HDL code.
6. Design and Implementation of code converters a) Gray code to Excess-3 code.
b) BCD to Seven segment display
7. Design and Simulation of Latches and Flip-flips using HDL Code.
8. Design and Implementation of Shift Registers
9. Design and Implementation of Synchronous Mod counters
10. Design and HDL Implementation of Sequence Detectors using FSM Approaches.

Passed in BoS Meeting 03.12.2022 Approved in 64th Academic council Meeting 11.01.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Text Books
• Wakerly, John, Digital Design: Principles and Practice (5th edition), Pearson,
2021.
• M. Morris Mano and Michael D. Ciletti, “Digital Design: With an Introduction to
the Verilog HDL VHDL, and System Verilog, Sixth Edition, Pearson, 2018.
Reference Books & web resources
• D. D. Givone, Digital Principles and Design, Tata Mc-Graw Hill, New Delhi,
2017.
• Charles. H. Roth, Jr., Fundamentals of Logic Design, Enhanced Seventh
Edition,2020
• Thomas L. Floyd, Digital Fundamentals, 11th Edition, Pearson, 2015
• William I. Fletcher,” An Engineering Approach to Digital Design,1st Edition
reprint 2015.
• NPTEL course Digital Circuits: https://nptel.ac.in/courses/117106086/
Course Contents and Lecture Schedule
Module Topic No.of CO
No. Lectures
1 Digital Information Processing
1.1 Basics of Digital Systems, Software and Electronic 2 CO1
aspects of Digital Design, Digital ICs.
1.2 Number systems and Codes, Methods of base 1 CO1
conversions
1.3 Code Converters and their Applications 1 CO1
2 Boolean Algebra and Switching Functions
2.2 Basic postulates and fundamental theorems of Boolean 1 CO2
algebra
2.3 Standard representation of logic functions - SOP and POS 2 CO2
forms, NAND and NOR Implementation
2.4 Simplification of switching functions – Karnaugh Map 2 CO2
2.5 Quine-McCluskey Tabular methods 2 CO2
3 Combinational logic Design
3.1 Adders/subtractors, fast adder, magnitude comparator 2 CO3
3.2 Multiplexer Demultiplexers, encoders, decoders 2 CO3
3.3 Multiplier, Parity generator and Checker 2 CO3
3.4 Standard IC Data Sheets and its Descriptions 2 CO3
4 Synchronous Sequential Logic Design
4.1 Bistable elements, Latches 1 CO4
4.2 Flip-flops: - S-R, JK, D and T, Master Slave Flipflop 2 CO4
4.3 Analysis and Design of Clocked Sequential Circuits, State 3 CO6
Minimization and State Assignment
4.4 Shift register, Counters. 3 CO4
4.5 HDL implementation of sequential circuits. 2 CO4
5 Asynchronous Sequential Circuits
5.1 Design of asynchronous sequential circuits 2 CO5
5.2 Analysis of asynchronous sequential circuits 2 CO5
5.3 Cycles and races, Hazard- Static and Dynamic. 1 CO5
5.4 Design and Analysis of Moore/Mealy FSM Models 1 CO6
Total 36
Practical Sessions
5.1 Verification of Basic and Universal Logic Gates and Boolean 2 CO1
Laws and Theorems.

Passed in BoS Meeting 03.12.2022 Approved in 64th Academic council Meeting 11.01.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

5.2 Introduction to HDL Coding and simulation of Logic Gates. 4 CO1

5.3 Design and Implementation of Arithmetic Circuits a. Adder 2 CO3
b. Subtractor
5.4 Design and Implementation of combinational circuits – 2 CO3
Multiplexer and Demultiplexer using MSI chips
5.5 Design and Simulation of Encoder and Decoder using HDL 2 CO3
code.
5.6 Design and Implementation of code converters a) Gray code 4 CO3
to Excess-3 code. b) BCD to Seven segment display
5.7 Design and Simulation of Latches and Flip-flips using HDL 2 CO4
Code
5.8 Design and Implementation of Shift Registers 2 CO4
5.9 Design and Implementation of Synchronous Mod counters 2 CO5
6 Design and HDL Implementation of Sequence Detectors 2 CO6
using FSM Approaches.
Total 24
Course Designers:
• Dr.D.Gracia Nirmala Rani [email protected]
• Mrs.J.Shanthi [email protected]
• Dr.S.Rajaram [email protected]
• Dr.N.B.Balamurugan [email protected]
• Dr. V.Vinoth Thyagarajan [email protected]
• Dr.V.R.Venkatasubramani [email protected]

Passed in BoS Meeting 03.12.2022 Approved in 64th Academic council Meeting 11.01.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Category L T P Credit
FIELD THEORY AND
22EC250
TRANSMISSION LINES PCC 2 1 0 3

Preamble

The objective of this course is to provide a conceptual understanding of fundamentals of

electromagnetic field theory and transmission lines with an emphasis on their applications in
the design and operation of practical communication systems.
Prerequisite
NIL
Course Outcomes

On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to

CO Course Outcome TCE Expected Expected
Proficiency Proficiency Attainment
Scale in % Level %
CO1 Interpret the characteristics of two-wire TPS3 70 65
transmission line and determine its electrical
parameters
CO2 Calculate the transmission and reflection TPS3 70 65
parameters of a transmission line
CO3 Understand the fundamentals of vector TPS2 70 65
calculus and coordinate system
CO4 Apply the EM laws to solve the electrostatic TPS3 70 65
problems
CO5 Apply the EM laws to solve the TPS3 70 65
magnetostatic problems
CO6 Apply the maxwell’s equations to solve time TPS3 70 65
varying fields

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

COs PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 S M - - M L - M M - - - M M
CO2 S M - - M L - M M - - - M M
CO3 M L - - - L - L L - - - M - L
CO4 S M - - M L - M M - - - M M
CO5 S M - - M L - M M - - - M M
CO6 S M - - M L - M M - - - M M
S- Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Passed in BoS Meeting 03.12.2022 Approved in 64th Academic council Meeting 11.01.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Assessment Pattern
Assessment 1 Assessment 2
Terminal
CO Assignment Assignment
CAT- 1 (%) CAT- 2 (%)
1 (%) 2(%) (%)

TOTAL
TPS 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
(%)
CO1 - 10 30 - - - - 4 10 24
CO2 - 10 30 - 100 - - - 4 10 24
CO3 - 20 - - - - - - -
CO4 - - - - - - - 10 25 - - 4 20 24
CO5 - - - - - - - 10 25 - 100 - 4 20 24
CO6 - - - - - - - 10 20 - - 4 20 24
TOTAL 100 100 100 100 - 20 80 100
* Assignment 1: (i) Application based problems in CO1, CO2 and CO3
**Assignment 2: (ii) Application based problems in CO4, CO5 and CO6
Syllabus
Introduction – Transmission Lines, types, terminated lossless two-wire line – characteristic
impedance, propagation constant, input impedance, VSWR, reflection and transmission co-
efficients, return loss, quarter-wave transformer. Coordinate Systems - Fundamentals of
scalars and vectors, Coordinate systems. Electrostatics - Charge and Current Distributions,
Coulomb’s Law, Gauss’s Law, Electric Scalar Potential, Electric Boundary Conditions,
Capacitance, Electrostatic Potential Energy. Magnetostatic - Magnetic Forces and Torques,
Biot–Savart Law, Maxwell’s Magnetostatic Equations, Vector Magnetic Potential, Magnetic
Boundary Conditions, Inductance, Magnetic Energy. Maxwell’s equations and EM waves -
Equation of continuity, Maxwell’s equations for time varying fields, influence of medium,
boundary conditions. Wave equation, EM waves in conducting medium, Uniform plane wave
equation.
Text Books
• Fawaz T. Ulaby, Umberto Ravaioli, Fundamentals of Applied Electromagnetics,
Seventh Edition, Pearson Education, 2015.
• G. S. N. Raju, Electromagnetic Field Theory and Transmission Lines, Pearson
education 2009.
• David M. Pozar,” Microwave Engineering,” John Wiley & Sons, Fourth Edition, 2015.

Reference Books & web resources

• William H. Hayt, John A. Buck, Jaleel M. Akhtar, Engineering Electromagnetics, 9th
edition, McGraw-Hill Education, 2020.
• Matthew N. O. Sadiku, Elements of Electromagnetics, Seventh edition, Oxford
University Press, 2018.
• Nannapaneni Narayana Rao, Elements of Engineering Electromagnetics, Sixth
Edition, Pearson Prentice Hall, 2004.
• D.K. Cheng, Field and wave electromagnetics, Second edition, Pearson (India), 2002.
• John D Kraus and Daniel A Fleisch, Electromagnetics with applications, Fifth Edition,
McGraw-Hill, 1999.
• NPTEL course on 'Electromagnetic Waves in Guided and Wireless Media', by Prof.
Pradeep Kumar, IIT Kanpur.

Passed in BoS Meeting 03.12.2022 Approved in 64th Academic council Meeting 11.01.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Course Contents and Lecture Schedule

Module No. of
Topic
No. Periods
1 Introduction

1.1 Transmission Lines, types, terminated lossless two-wire line – 3

characteristic impedance, propagation constant, input impedance
1.2 VSWR, reflection and transmission co-efficients, return loss, quarter- 3
wave transformer
Tutorial 2

2 Coordinate Systems

2.1 Fundamentals of scalars and vectors, Coordinate systems 2

Tutorial 2

3 Electrostatics

3.1 Charge and Current Distributions, Coulomb’s Law, Gauss’s Law, 3

3.2 Electric Scalar Potential, Electric Boundary Conditions, Capacitance, 3

Electrostatic Potential Energy
Tutorial 2

4 Magnetostatics

4.1 Magnetic Forces and Torques, Biot–Savart Law, Maxwell’s 3

Magnetostatic Equations
4.2 Vector Magnetic Potential, Magnetic Boundary Conditions, 3
Inductance, Magnetic Energy
Tutorial 2

5 Maxwell’s equation and EM waves

5.1 Equation of continuity, Maxwell’s equations for time varying fields, 3

influence of medium
5.2 boundary conditions. Wave equation, EM waves in conducting 3
medium, Uniform plane wave equation
Tutorial 2

Total 36

Course Designers
• Dr.B.Manimegalai [email protected]
• Dr.S.Kanthamani [email protected]
• Dr.K.Vasudevan [email protected]

Passed in BoS Meeting 03.12.2022 Approved in 64th Academic council Meeting 11.01.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Category L T P Credit TE
PROBLEM SOLVING USING
22EC260
COMPUTERS ESC 2 0 2 3 Practical

Preamble
This course aims to provide students with an understanding on the role of computation in
problem solving. It focuses on problem analysis, algorithm development, top-down design,
modular programming, debugging and testing. The students will learn the required
background programming knowledge, including stream I/O, loops, functions, structures,
arrays, pointers and memory management
Prerequisite
NIL
Course Outcomes
CO Course Outcome Statement TCE Expected Expected
Proficiency Proficiency Attainment
Scale in % Level %
CO1 Use constructs of C programming language in TPS3 70% 70%
problem solving.
CO2 Develop algorithms to perform sorting, TPS3 70% 70%
searching and text processing.
CO3 Use function and recursion to establish TPS3 70% 70%
modularity in programming
CO4 Use pointers and derived data types like TPS3 70% 70%
structures and union in solving complex
problems.
CO5 Write programs to create text and database TPS3 70% 70%
files.
CO6 Apply problem solving methodology in TPS3 70% 70%
implementing mathematical and engineering
problems.
Mapping with Programme Outcomes
COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO1 S M M - S - - - S M - - M - L
CO2 S M M - S - - - S M - - M - L
CO3 S M M - S - - - S M - - M - L
CO4 S M M - S - - - S M - - M - L
CO5 S M M - S - - - S M - - M - L
CO6 S M M - S - - - S M - - M - L
S- Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Passed in BoS Meeting 03.12.2022 Approved in 64th Academic council Meeting 11.01.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Assessment Pattern
CO Assessment-1 Assessment-2 Terminal - Practical
CAT1 CAT2
TPS
1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6
Scale
CO1 - 12 28 - - - - - - - - - - - 20 - - -
CO2 - 4 16 - - - - - - - - - - - 10 - - -
CO3 - 4 36 - - - - - - - - - - - 20 - - -
CO4 - - - - - - - 12 28 - - - - - 20 - - -
CO5 - - - - - - - 4 16 - - - - - 10 - - -
CO6 - - - - - - - 4 36 - - - - - 20 - - -
Total - 20 80 - - - - 20 80 - - - - - 100 - - -
Syllabus
Theory:
Problem Solving Methodology: problem specification and analysis, algorithm design,
flowchart, programs, program testing and verification. Basics of Programming: data types
and its representation, variables, keywords, Operators, operator precedence, types of
expression, Control Structures: Selection structure, looping Structure. Array and string
handling algorithms: 1-D, 2-D arrays, strings sorting: bubble sort, searching: linear and
binary search, text processing: key word search, text editing. Modular Programming and
Functions: Function declaration, function definition, function call-call by value - call by
reference, storage classes, Recursive functions, library functions. Pointers & Memory
management: Pointers and memory addressing, Arrays and pointer, Pointers and Functions,
Pointers to pointers, pointer and string arrays, Void and function pointers, use of malloc -
realloc-free- heaps in memory management. Derived data types: structures- Arrays of
Structures – Passing Structures to Functions – Structure with Pointers, enum, typedef File
Handling: read, write and update text files

Practical:
List of Experiments
1. Programs to explore fundamental programming constructs
a. Find the range of all primary data types.
b. Use of different types of operators and expressions.
2. Programs using decision making, case control and looping statements
a. Print twin prime numbers in a given range
b. Finding greatest common divisor using Euclid’s method
3. Programs using 1-D and 2-D arrays
a. Bubble sort algorithms
b. Matrix multiplication
c. Histogram
4. Programs using strings
a. Linear pattern search
b. Text editing
5. Programs using recursive and non-recursive functions
a. Binary search
b. Finding nth Fibonacci number
6. Programs using pointers
a. Implement experiments 2- 5 (Selective programs) using pointers
b. Programs using memory allocation
7. Programs to create database files using file structures
8. Solving numerical methods/engineering problems (sample)
a. Linear convolution
b. Bitwise operations to set specific bit fields

Passed in BoS Meeting 03.12.2022 Approved in 64th Academic council Meeting 11.01.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Text Book
• Kernighan, Brian, and Dennis Ritchie. “The C Programming Language”, 2nd ed. Upper
Saddle River, NJ: Prentice Hall, 1988.
Reference Books & web resources
• Yashwanth P Kanetkar, “Let us C”, 18th ed., BPB edition, 2021.
• Schildt Herbert, “C: The Complete Reference”, 4 th Edition, Mc Graw Hill, 2017.
• George S. Tselikis, Nikolaos D. Tselikas, “C: From Theory to Practice”, 2nd ed., CRC
Press, 2017.
• Randal E. Bryant and David R. O'Hallaron, Computer Systems: A Programmer's
Perspective, Third Edition, Pearson, 2016.
• Paul Deitel, Harvey Deitel, “C: How to program”, 7th ed., ", Pearson Education, 2013.
• Adam Hoover, “System Programming with C and Unix”, 1st ed., Pearson Education, 2010.
• V. Rajaraman, Computer Programming in C, PHI Learning, 2004.
• E. Balagurusamy, Programming in Ansi C, 3rd ed., Tata McGraw-Hill Publication, New
Delhi, 2004.
• Paul Anderson and Gail C Anderson, “Advanced C: Tips and Techniques”, Hayden
Book,1988.
• NPTEL Course on Introduction to programming in C by Prof Satyadev Nandakumar, IIT
Kanpur https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106104128
• NPTEL Course on Problem Solving through Programming in C by Prof Anupam Basu, IIT
Kharagpur: https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105171
Course Contents and Lecture Schedule

No. of
Module No. Topic
Periods
1 Problem Solving Methodology
1.1 Problem specification and analysis, algorithm design, 1
flowchart, programs, program testing and verification
2 Basics of Programming
2.1 Data types and its representation, variables, keywords,
2.2 Operators, operator precedence, types of expressions 1
2.3 Branching and Looping
2.4 Conditional Expression and control structures – IF, IF- 2
else, Switch
2.5 Looping Structure- While Loops, Do-While Loops, For 2
Loops
2.6 Jumping statements- Break and Continue, Goto 1
3 Arrays and Array handling algorithms
3.1 1-D arrays 1
3.2 Sorting: selection sort, bubble sort 1
3.3 Searching: linear and binary search 1
3.4 2-D arrays 1
3.5 Character array – Strings 1
3.6 Text processing: key word search, text editing 1
4 Functions
4.1 Function declaration, function definition, function call-call 1
by value, Using arrays as function arguments
4.2 Recursive functions 1
4.3 Library functions 1
4.4 Storage classes 1
5 Pointers &Memory management
5.1 Pointers and memory addressing, Arrays and pointer 1

Passed in BoS Meeting 03.12.2022 Approved in 64th Academic council Meeting 11.01.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

arithmetic
5.2 Pointers and Functions- call by reference, Pointers to 1
pointers
5.3 Pointer and string arrays, Void and function pointers 1
5.4 Memory management functions: malloc, calloc, realloc, 1
free - use of heap in memory management
6 Derived data types & File Handling
6.1 Structures- Union- typedef - Arrays of Structures - Passing 1
Structures to Functions
6.2 Structure Pointers – Structures within Structures 1

6.3 Read, write and modify text files 1

Theory 24
Practical 24
Total 48

Course Designer(s):
• Dr.R.A.Alaguraja [email protected]
• Dr.M.Senthilarasi [email protected]

Passed in BoS Meeting 03.12.2022 Approved in 64th Academic council Meeting 11.01.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

CURRICULUM AND DETAILED SYLLABI

FOR

B. E. DEGREE PROGRAMME
(Electronics and Communication Engineering)

THIRD SEMESTER

FOR THE STUDENTS ADMITTED IN THE

ACADEMIC YEAR 2022-23

THIAGARAJAR COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING

(A Government Aided Autonomous Institution Affiliated to Anna University)
MADURAI – 625 015, TAMILNADU

Phone : 0452 – 2482240, 41

Fax : 0452 2483427
Web : www.tce.edu

Passes in BoS Meeting 29.04.2023 Approved in 65th Academic Council Meeting 27.05.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Category L T P Credit
22EC310 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS
BSC 2 1 0 3

Preamble
An electronics and communication engineering student needs to have some basic statistical
tools and techniques to apply in diverse applications in digital signal processing
communications systems and networks, radar systems, power systems that requires an
understanding of Probability distributions, Joint probability distributions, covariance,
correlation and Testing of Hypotheses. The course is designed to impart the knowledge and
understanding of the above concepts to Electronics and Communication Engineers and apply
them in their areas of specialization.
Prerequisite
NIL
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to
Cos Course Outcomes TCE Expected Expected
Proficiency Proficiency Attainment
Scale in % Level %
CO1 Apply the concept of probability and TPS3 70 60
conditional probability to solve real
world problems
CO2 Use standard distributions to find the TPS3 70 60
expected life time of electrical
components.
CO3 Apply the concept of Joint Probability TPS3 70 60
Distributions and covariance,
correlation of Joint Probability
Distributions and random samples
random samples.
CO4 Apply the concepts of two functions of TPS3 70 60
two random variables.
CO5 Apply the concept of testing the TPS3 70 60
hypotheses for single samples by using
various tests for difference of
proportions and means.
CO6 Apply the concept of testing the TPS3 70 60
hypotheses for two samples by using
various tests for difference of
proportions and means.
Mapping with Programme Outcomes
COs PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PS PS PS
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
CO1 S S S S - M - - M - - S S - -
CO2 S S S S - M - - M - - S S - -
CO3 S S S S - M - - M - - S S - -
CO4 S S S S - M - - M - - S S - -
CO5 S S S S - M - - M - - S S - -
CO6 S S S S - M - - M - - S S - -
S- Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Passed in BoS Meeting 03.12.2022 Approved in 64th Academic council Meeting 11.01.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Assessment Pattern
Assessment - I Assessment - II
CAT – I Assg. I CAT – II Assg. II Terminal Exam
TPS / (%) (%) (%) (%) (%)
CO
1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
CO1 3 10 20 - - - - - - - - 6 11
CO2 7 10 28 - - 70 - - - - - - 6 15
CO3 - - 22 - - - - 10 - - - 6 11
CO4 - - - - - 3 10 20 - - - 6 11
70
CO5 - - - - - 3 - 25 - - - 6 8
CO6 - - - - - 4 10 15 - - - - 14
MATLAB - - - - - 30 - - 30 - - -
Total 10 20 70 - - 100 10 20 70 - - 100 - 30 70
Syllabus
Probability Distributions: Introduction to Probability: Sample space and events - Definition
and axioms of probability - Conditional Probability - Baye’s theorem - Independent events -
Random variables - Expected Values – Discrete Probability distribution: Binomial Distribution
- Poisson Distribution – Continuous Probability distribution: Normal and Exponential
Distributions - Higher Order Moments - Moment generating function. [14 hours]
Joint Probability Distributions: Jointly distributed Random Variables – Two Discrete
Random Variables -Two Continuous Random Variables –Independent Random Variables –
Conditional Distributions – Expected Values, Covariance and Correlation: Covariance –
Correlation. [6 hours]
Functions of random Variables: Functions of one random variable – Sums of independent
random variables – Sum of discrete random variables – Minimum of two independent random
variables - Maximum of two independent random variables – Laws of large numbers – The
central limit theorem. [6 hours]
Tests of Hypothesis Based on a Single Sample: Hypotheses and Test Procedures – z-
Tests for Hypotheses about a Population Mean – The One Sample t test – Test Concerning a
Population Proportion. [5 hours]
Inferences Based on Two Samples: zTests and Confidence Intervals for a Difference
between Two Population Means – The Two Sample t-test and Confidence Interval –
Inferences Concerning a Difference Between Population Proportions [5 hours]
Text Book
• Jay L. Devore, Probability and Statistics for Engineering and the Sciences, 9 th Edition,
Cengage Learning India Pvt Ltd, New Delhi, 2014.
• Oliver C. Ibe, Fundamentals of Applied Probability and Random Processes, Elsevier,
2015.
• Ronald E. Walpole, Raymond H. Myers, Sharon L. Myers and Keying Ye, “Probability
& Statistics for Engineers & Scientists", Pearson, New Delhi, 2016.
Reference Books& web resources
• Richard A. Johnson, "Miller &Freund’s, Probability and Statistics for Engineers”,
Prentice Hall, New Delhi, 2017.
• Douglas C. Montgomery and George C. Runger, "Applied Statistics and Probability for
Engineers", Wiley India, New Delhi,2018.
Course Contents and Lecture Schedule
Module No. of
Topic
No. Periods
1 Probability Distribution
1.1 Introduction to Probability: Sample space and events, Definition and 1
axioms of probability
1.2 Conditional Probability, Baye’s theorem 2

Passed in BoS Meeting 03.12.2022 Approved in 64th Academic council Meeting 11.01.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Module No. of
Topic
No. Periods
Tutorial 1
1.3 Independent events 1
1.4 Random variables, Expected Values 1
1.5 Discrete Probability distribution: Binomial, Poisson distributions 2
Tutorial 1
1.6 Continuous Probability distribution: Normal Distributions Exponential 2
Distributions
Tutorial 1
1.9 Higher order moments, Moment generating function 2
2 Joint Probability Distributions
2.1 Jointly distributed Random Variables – Two Discrete Random 1
Variables
2.2 Two Continuous Random Variables - Independent Random Variables 1
Tutorial 1
2.3 Conditional Distributions 1
2.4 Expected Values, Covariance 1
2.5 Correlation 1
3 Functions of random Variables
3.1 Sums of independent random variables, Sum of discrete random 1
variables
3.2 Minimum of two independent random variables, Maximum of two 1
independent random variables
Tutorial 1
3.3 Two functions of two random variable 1
3.4 Laws of large numbers – The central limit theorem. 1
Tutorial 1
4 Tests of Hypothesis Based on a Single Sample
4.1 Hypotheses and Test Procedures 1
4.2 z-Tests for Hypotheses about a Population Mean 1
Tutorial 1
4.3 The One Sample t test 1
4.4 Test Concerning a Population Proportion. 1
5 Inferences Based on Two Samples
5.1 Z Tests and Confidence Intervals for a Difference between Two 1
Population Means
5.2 The Two Sample t-test and Confidence Interval 2
Tutorial 1
5.3 Inferences Concerning a Difference Between Population Proportions 1
Total 36
Course Designers:
• Dr. S. P. SuriyaPrabha [email protected]
• Dr. L. Muthusubramanian [email protected]
• Dr. S. Suriyakala [email protected]

Passed in BoS Meeting 03.12.2022 Approved in 64th Academic council Meeting 11.01.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Category L T P Credit TE
22EC320 ANALOG CIRCUIT DESIGN
PCC 3 0 2 4 Theory

Preamble
This course is an introduction to basic knowledge about the principle of operation of
semiconductor electronic devices like diodes, transistors. It will enable the students to learn
about the use of transistors in analog circuits like single and multi-stage amplifier, feedback
amplifier, Differential amplifier, power amplifier and oscillators. It also gives information about
the current mirror circuits used for biasing in Integrated Circuits and their applications in the
field of electronics industry.
Prerequisite
Basic knowledge on Electronic Devices.
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to

CO# TPS Expected Expected

Course Outcomes Scale Proficiency Attainment
in % Level %
CO1 Compute the impedance and gain parameters of
TPS 3 70 70
transistor amplifier circuits.
CO2 Understand the frequency response of transistor
TPS 2 70 70
amplifier circuits.
CO3 Demonstrate the effect of negative feedback on
TPS 3 70 70
amplifier performance parameters.
CO4 Use the condition for oscillation in a transistor
TPS 3 70 70
circuit to establish sustained oscillation.
CO5 Calculate the power conversion efficiency of
TPS 3 70 70
large signal amplifiers.
CO6 Construct the inverting and non-inverting mode
TPS 3 70 70
applications of operational amplifier.
CO7 Calculate the component values for the given
timing specification for multivibrator circuit using TPS 3 70 70
IC 555.

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO
10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 S M L L L - - - L L - - S L L
CO2 S M L L L - - - L L - - S L L
CO3 S M L L L - - - L L - - S - L
CO4 S M L L L - - - L L - L S - L
CO5 S M L L L - - - L L - L S - L
CO6 S M L L L - - - L L - - S - L
CO7 S M L L L - - - L L - - S - L
Overall 3 2 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 3 0 1
S M L L L - - L M M - - S - L

S- Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Passes in BoS Meeting 29.04.2023 Approved in 65th Academic Council Meeting 27.05.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Assessment Pattern
Assessment - I Assessment - II Terminal Exam
CAT – I (%) CAT – II (%) (%)
TPS
1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
CO
CO1 - 10 10 - - 4 10
CO2 - 10 20 - - 4 10
CO3 - 05 20 - - 4 15
CO4 - 05 20 - - 2 15
CO5 - - 4 30 - 2 10
CO6 - - 8 25 - 2 10
CO7 - - 8 25 - 2 10
Total - 30 70 - 20 80 - 20 80

Psychomotor Skill Practical

Perception -
Set -
Guided Response -
Mechanism 100
Complex Overt Responses -
Adaptation -
Origination -
Syllabus
Small Single Amplifiers: Q- Point, Self-bias- CE and CS, h-model of BJT and MOSFET, Small
signal analysis of Amplifiers, Low frequency, Midband frequency and High frequency model of
Transistors. [8]
Feedback Amplifiers and Oscillators: Feedback concept, negative and Positive feedback,
voltage/ current, series/shunt feedback, Bark hausen criterion, Colpitts, Hartley’s, Phase shift,
Wein bridge and crystal oscillators. [8]
Large Signal Amplifiers: Class A, B, AB, C, Conversion Efficiency. [4]
Operational Amplifier: Ideal OPAMP, Differential Amplifier, Constant Current Source (Current
Mirror), Open and Closed loop Circuits, Inverting and Non-Inverting amplifiers, Voltage follower,
Buffer circuit. [6]
Applications of Operational Amplifier: Adder, Integrator and Differentiator, Comparator, Schmitt
Trigger, Instrumentation Amplifier, Log and Anti-Log Amplifiers, Voltage to current and
Current to voltage converter. [5]
Multivibrators: Bistable, Astable, Monostable multivibrators using IC 555 Timer, Applications of
555 Timer. [5]
Practical:
1. Design, simulate and demonstrate a single stage amplifier.
2. Design, simulate and demonstrate a series and shunt feedback amplifier.
3. Design, simulate and demonstrate a LC oscillator.
4. Design, simulate and demonstrate a RC oscillator.
5. Design, simulate and demonstrate a class-B power amplifier.
6. Design, simulate and demonstrate a Differential Amplifier using Op-amp.
7. Design, simulate and demonstrate an inverting and non-inverting amplifier.
8. Design, simulate and demonstrate application of operational amplifier circuits.
9. Design, simulate and demonstrate Astable and Monostable multivibrators.
Text Book
• Boylested and Nashelsky, “Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory”, 11th edition, Pearson
Education India, 2015.
Reference Books& web resources
• Adel S. Sedra and Kenneth C. Smith, “Microelectronic Circuits: Theory and
Application”,7th Edition, Oxford University Press, 2017.

Passes in BoS Meeting 29.04.2023 Approved in 65th Academic Council Meeting 27.05.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

• Serigo Franco, “Design with Operational Amplifiers & Analog Integrated Circuits”, 4 th
edition, McGraw Hill, 2014.
• https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/electrical-engineering-and-computer-science/6-012-
microelectronic-devices-and-circuits-fall-2009/readings/.
• NPTEL video lecture on “Analog Electronic Circuits”
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108102095/.
Course Contents and Lecture Schedule
Lecture
# Topic Practical
Hours
Small Signal Amplifiers -
1. Q-Point, Self-Bias-CE and CS 2 -
2. h-model of BJT and MOSFET 2 -
3. Small signal analysis of Amplifiers 1 2
4. Low frequency model of Transistor 1 2
5 Midband frequency and High frequency model of Transistor 2 -
Feedback Amplifiers and Oscillators
6. Feedback concepts 1 -
7. Negative and Positive feedback 1 -
8. Voltage/Current feedback 1 2
9. Series/Shunt feedback 1 -
10 Barkhausen criterion, Colpitts Oscillator 1 2
11. Hartley Oscillator 1 -
12. Phase shift Oscillator 1 2
13. Wein bridge and crystal oscillator 1 -
Large Signal Amplifiers -
14. Class A amplifier 1 -
15. Class B amplifier 1 2
16. Class AB amplifier 1 -
17. Class C and Conversion Efficiency 1 -
Operational Amplifiers
18. Ideal OPAMP 1 -
19. Differential Amplifier 1 2
20. Constant current source (Current mirror) 1 -
21. Open and Closed loop circuits 1 -
22. Inverting and Non-inverting Amplifiers 1 -
23. Voltage follower, Buffer circuit 1 2
Applications of Operational Amplifier
24. Adder, Integrator and Differentiator 1 -
25. Comparator and Schmitt trigger 1 2
26. Instrumentation Amplifier 1 -
27. Log and Anti-Log Amplifiers 1 -
28. Voltage to current and Current to voltage converter. 1 2
Multivibrators
29. Bistable multivibrators using IC 555 Timer 1 -
30. Astable and Monostable multivibrator using IC 555 Timer 2 2
31. Application of 555 Timer 2 2
TOTAL 36 24
Course Designers:
• Dr.N.B.Balamurugan [email protected]
• Dr. V.Vinoth Thyagarajan [email protected]

Passes in BoS Meeting 29.04.2023 Approved in 65th Academic Council Meeting 27.05.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

NETWORK ANALYSIS AND Category L T P Credit

22EC330
SYNTHESIS BSC 2 1 0 3

Preamble
The goal of this course is to broaden the student's understanding of network analysis beyond
the basic concepts. It covers sophisticated network analysis in frequency domain,
understanding pole-zero concept, analysis of two-port networks, synthesis of simple networks
and basics of filter design.
Prerequisite
Nil
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO# TPS Expected Expected
Course Outcomes Scale Proficiency Attainmen
in % t Level %

CO1 Apply Laplace transform to formulate and solve TPS

70 60
electric network problems 3
CO2 Identify the properties and characteristics of TPS
70 60
network functions with respect to pole zero plot 3
CO3 Determination of two port network Z, Y, h and TPS
70 60
ABCD parameters 3
CO4 Determine network function of Advanced TPS
70 60
Networks - Ladder, Lattice, Bridged T Networks 3
CO5 Synthesize passive one-port networks using TPS
70 60
standard Foster and Cauer forms. 3
CO6 Apply two-port network analysis in the design of TPS
70 60
filters. 3
Mapping with Programme Outcomes
COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO
10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 S M L L L - - L M M - - M L L
CO2 S M L L L - - L M M - - M L L
CO3 S M L L - - - L M M - - M - L
CO4 S M L L - - - L M M - L M - L
CO5 S M L L - - - L M M - L M - L
CO6 S M L L - - - L M M - - M - L
Overall 3 2 1 1 0 0 0 1 2 2 0 0 2 0 1
S M L L - - - L M M - - M - L
S- Strong; M-Medium; L-Low
Assessment Pattern
Assessment - I Assessment - II
CAT – I (%) Assg. I * (%) CAT – II (%) Assg. II *(%) Terminal Exam (%)
TPS
Scale
1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
CO

CO1 - 10 20 - - 4 10
CO2 - 10 20 100 - - 4 10
CO3 - 10 30 - - 4 15
CO4 - - 10 20 - - 15
CO5 - - 10 30 100 - 4 15
CO6 - - 10 20 - 4 15
Total - 30 70 100 - 30 70 100 - 20 80

Passes in BoS Meeting 29.04.2023 Approved in 65th Academic Council Meeting 27.05.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Syllabus
Laplace transform- Laplace transform of Electrical signals: step, Impulse and periodic
functions- Initial and final value Theorem- Inverse transform- Analysis of electric DC networks.
S- Domain Analysis of AC Networks: Interpretation of complex frequency- Network function
for one-port and two-port, poles and zeros with restrictions for driving point functions and
transform functions, stability by Routh-Hurwitz criterion. Two Port Parameters: Z-Y-h-ABCD
parameters - Equivalent circuit model- Interrelationship of different parameters
Interconnection of two port networks- calculation of network function for ladder and Lattice
networks. Network Synthesis: Positive and real function (PRF), properties of PRF, testing of
driving point functions, even and odd function, one terminal pair network driving point
synthesis with LC, RL and RC elements, Foster and Cauer form. Synthesis of Filters: Low
pass filters, high pass filters, band pass filters, band reject filters, constant k- and m-derived
filters.
Text Book
• Van Valkenburg M.E., ―Introduction to Modern Network Synthesis, Wiley Eastern, 1960
(reprint 1986).
• Van Valkenburg M.E, ―Network Analysis, Prentice Hall India, 2014
Reference Books
• Ravish R. Singh, "Network Analysis and Synthesis", McGraw-Hill Education, 2013
• Abhijit Chakrabarti, “Circuit Theory Analysis and Synthesis” Dhanpat Rai & Co.; Seventh -
Revised edition- 2018.
• Franklin Kuo, ―Network Analysis and Synthesis‖, 2nd Ed.,Wiley India,2006.
• Sudhakar, A. Shyammohan, “Circuits and Network”, 5th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2015.
• S. K. Bhattacharya, ―Network Analysis and Synthesis, ‖ Pearson Education India.2015.
• “Network Analysis and Synthesis”, Wadhwa, New Age,2007.
• Dr. K.M. Soni, “Fundamentals of Network Analysis & Synthesis”, S.K. Kataria & Sons, 9th
Edition,2019.
Course Contents and Lecture Schedule
Lecture
# Topic Tutorial
Hours
Introduction to the Course, COs POs 1 -
1 Laplace Transform (6)
2 Definition of Laplace Transform 1 -
Basic Theorems of Laplace Transform, Laplace transform of
3 1 -
some basic functions
Application of Laplace transforms in solving Integro-differential
4 1
equations and simultaneous differential equations
5 Application of Laplace Transform Method to DC Circuit Analysis 1 2
S- Domain Analysis of AC Networks: (6)
6 Interpretation of complex frequency in S-Plane 1 -
7 Network function for one-port and two-port Networks, 1 -
8 Pole -Zero Diagram, Significance of Poles and Zeros 1 -
Poles and zeros with restrictions for driving point functions and
9 1 -
transform functions,
10 Stability by Routh-Hurwitz criterion 1 1
Two Port Parameters: (6)
11 Relationships of Two-Port Variables 1 -
Two Port Parameters – z,y,h and ABCD, Image Impedance
12 1 1
Equivalent circuit Model
13 Conditions for Reciprocity and Symmetry 1 -
14 Interrelationships between Two-Port Parameters 1 -
15 Terminated Two-Port Networks 1 -
Ladder and Lattice Networks (5)

Passes in BoS Meeting 29.04.2023 Approved in 65th Academic Council Meeting 27.05.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

16 Interconnection of Two-Port Networks 1

17 Ladder Networks, Lattice and Bridged T Networks 1 2
18 Image Parameters of Two port Networks 1 -
Network Synthesis: (6)
Elements of Realizability, Positive Real Functions (PRF)
19 1
Properties of PRF
20 Basic Realization Procedures 1 1
Synthesis of one port networks with two kinds of elements-
21 1 2
RL,RC,LC & Properties of Functions
Synthesis of Filters: (6)
Classification of Filters, Filter Networks, Characteristic
22 1
Impedances
23 Constant K Filters 1 2
24 m-derived Filters 1 1
TOTAL 24 12

Marks Allocation for Assignment:

Sl. No Description Marks
1 Assignment 1 – a) Tutorial Submission 40
b) Identification of Real world Two port networks
2 Assignment 2 – a) Tutorial Submission 40
b) Synthesis of Networks using C
Total 80

Course Designers:
• Dr K Hariharan, [email protected]
• Dr. B.Sathyabama, [email protected]

Passes in BoS Meeting 29.04.2023 Approved in 65th Academic Council Meeting 27.05.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Category L T P Credit TE
COMPUTER ORGANIZATION
22EC340
AND MICROPROCESSOR PCC 3 0 2 4 Theory

Preamble
This course on Computer Organization and Microprocessor is designed as a theory and
practical course that aims to provide students with a deep understanding of computer system
architecture and organization. The course covers various topics, including the evolution and
performance of computer systems, central processing units and computer hardware, x86 and
MIPS32 processors, and multi-core architecture. Through experiments, students will gain
hands-on experience in designing and implementing programs for data transfer, arithmetic
operations, floating-point arithmetic, code conversion, stack implementation, array handling,
recursion programs, and IO system service calls using x86 and MIPS32 architectures. Upon
completion of the course, students will have a strong foundation in computer organization and
microprocessor architecture and be equipped to design efficient and optimized programs for
modern computer systems.
Prerequisite
Nil
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO Course Outcome TCE Expected Expected
Proficiency Proficiency Attainment
Scale in % Level %
CO1 Understand the evolution, performance, TPS2 70 70
organization, and architecture of computer
systems.
CO2 Understand the structure and function of TPS2 70 70
CPU and computer hardware components.
CO3 Apply the knowledge of x86 processors, to TPS3 70 70
frame ASM coding for data transfer and
arithmetic computations.
CO4 Apply knowledge of MIPS32 architecture to TPS3 70 70
design and optimize efficient programs for
maximum performance and resource
utilization.
CO5 Apply knowledge of vector processors, TPS3 70 70
multicore processors, network on chip, and
Raspberry Pi SBC building blocks to design
and implement efficient parallel programs
CO6 Apply the principles of BIOS system calls TPS3 70 70
and I/O system service calls to effectively
communicate with and control computer
hardware devices.
Mapping with Programme Outcomes
CO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PS PS PS
s 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O2
CO M L - - - - - L L L L L L - L
1
CO M M L L - - - L L L L L - L L
2
CO S M L - S - - L L L L L M L L
3

Passes in BoS Meeting 29.04.2023 Approved in 65th Academic Council Meeting 27.05.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

CO S M L L S L - L L L L L M L L
4
CO S M L L - L - L L L L L M - L
5
CO S L L L - - - L L L L L - L L
6
S- Strong; M-Medium; L-Low
Assessment Pattern
Assessment - I Assessment - II
Terminal Exam
CAT – I (%) CAT – II (%)
(%)
TPS
1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
CO
CO1 - 20 - - - - - 20 -
CO2 - 20 20 - - - - - 20
CO3 - 20 20 - - - - 20 -
CO4 - - - - 30 15 - - 20
CO5 - - - - 30 15 - - 15
CO6 - - - - 10 - - 5
Total - 60 40 - 60 40 - 40 60

Psychomotor Skill Practical

Perception -
Set -
Guided Response -
Mechanism 100
Complex Overt Responses -
Adaptation -
Origination -

Syllabus
Computer System: Evolution and Performance, organization and architecture. Structure and
Function, Generations of computer. IAS computer Structure and operation. CISC and RISC,
Evolution of the Intel x86 and ARM architecture. Performance assessment [5]
Central Processing Unit and Computer Hardware: CPU building blocks and its functions,
ALU, Register organization. Instruction sets, Addressing modes and functions. Instruction
Pipelining. Bus interconnection. Memory Management: Cache and its organization, Internal
External memory and virtual memory and DMA [8]
x86 Processors: Architecture and Modes of operations, memory segments and Programming
mode. Instruction sets, assembler directives. Stack, and interrupts. Memory Banking. ASM
Coding for data transfer and arithmetic computations. Introduction to IA32 architecture. [6]
MIPS32 Architecture: MIPS32 instructions, programming model, CPU performance
measuring. Pipelining of the Mips32 Data Path, Amadhal laws, Multi-cycle Operations in
MIPS32 and exploiting Instruction Level Parallelism [9]
Multi-Core Architecture: Vector Processors, Introduction to Tiled Chip Multicore Processors,
Network On Chip and Raspberry PI SBC-Buliding Blocks. [8]

Practical:
1. x86 programming for data Transferring and arithmetic operation [2]
2. x86 Floating point arithmetic operations [2]
3. x86 BIOS system call for Input/output device [2]
4. MIPS32 Integer arithmetic operation [2]
5. MIPS32 Logical operations [2]

Passes in BoS Meeting 29.04.2023 Approved in 65th Academic Council Meeting 27.05.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

6. MIPS32 Floating point arithmetic [2]

7. Implementing of code conversions in MIPS32 [2]
8. MIPS32 Stack implementation [2]
9. Array handling in MIPS32 [2]
10. Recursion Program [2]
11. IO System Service Calls [2]
12. Handling Interrupts in MIPS32 [2]

Note:
• Experiments 1, 2 and 3 will be carried out by EMU8086 simulator which runs on all
recent computers.
• Experiments 4 to 12 will be carried out by QTSPIM simulator runs on Windows, and
Linux computers.
Text Book
• William Stallings, Computer Organisation and Architecture- Designing for Performance”,
9th Edition, Pearson Education series, 2014.
• Robert Britton, “MIPS Assembly Language Programming”, Pearson/Prentice Hall, 2004

Reference Books& web resources

• K. Bhurchandi, A. K. Ray, Advanced Microprocessor and Peripherals, McGraw Hill
Education, 3rd Edition, 2017.
• Patterson, D. A., and J. L. Hennessy. Computer Organization and Design: The
Hardware/Software Interface, 5th ed. San Mateo, CA: Morgan Kaufman, 2013. ISBN:
1558606041.
• https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc22_cs88/course.
• https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_cs82/course.
Course Contents and Lecture Schedule
Module Topic No.of CO
No. Lecture
s
1 Computer System
1.1 Evolution and Performance, organization and 2 CO1
architecture. Structure and Function, Generations of
computer.
1.2 IAS computer Structure and operation. CISC and RISC, 2 CO1
1.3 Evolution of the Intel x86 and ARM architecture. 1 CO1
Performance assessment
2 Central Processing Unit and Computer Hardware
2.1 CPU building blocks and its functions, ALU, Register 2 CO2
organization.
2.2 Instruction sets, Addressing modes and functions. 2 CO2

2.3 Instruction Pipelining. Bus interconnection. 2 CO2

Memory Management: Cache and its organization, 2 CO2
Internal External memory and virtual memory and DMA
3 x86 Processors
3.1 Architecture and Modes of operations, memory segments 2 CO3
and Programming mode.

Passes in BoS Meeting 29.04.2023 Approved in 65th Academic Council Meeting 27.05.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

3.2 Instruction sets, assembler directives. 1 CO3

3.3 Stack, and interrupts. Memory Banking. ASM Coding for 2 CO3
data transfer and arithmetic computations.
Introduction to IA32 architecture. 1 CO3
4 MIPS32 Architecture
4.1 MIPS32 instructions, programming model, CPU 3 CO4
performance measuring.
4.2 Pipelining of the Mips32 Data Path 2 CO4
4.3 Amadhal laws, Multi-cycle Operations in MIPS32 2 CO4
4.4 exploiting Instruction Level Parallelism 2 CO6
5 Multi-Core Architecture
5.1 Vector Processors 2 CO5
5.2 Introduction to Tiled Chip Multicore Processors. 2 CO5
5.3 Network On Chip 2 CO5
5.4 Raspberry PI SBC-Building Blocks 2 CO5
Total 36
Practical
6 x86 programming for data Transferring and arithmetic 2 CO3
operation
7 x86 Floating point arithmetic operations 2 CO3
8 x86 BIOS system call for Input/output device 2 CO6
9 MIPS32 Integer arithmetic operation 2 CO4
10 MIPS32 Logical operations 2 CO4
11 MIPS32 Floating point arithmetic 2 CO4
12 Implementing of code conversions in MIPS32 2 CO4
13 MIPS32 Stack implementation 2 CO4
14 Array handling in MIPS32 2 CO4
15 Recursion Program 2 CO4
16 IO System Service Calls 2 CO6
17 Handling Interrupts in MIPS32 2 CO6
Total 24

Course Designers:
• Dr.K.Hariharan [email protected]
• Dr.G.Prabhakar [email protected]

Passes in BoS Meeting 29.04.2023 Approved in 65th Academic Council Meeting 27.05.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Category L T P Credit
22EC350 SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS
PCC 3 1 0 4

Preamble
Signals and Systems arise in a wide variety of fields such as communications, aeronautics
astronautics, acoustics, seismology, biomedical engineering and speech processing. Signals
are functions of one or more independent variables. Signals contain information about the
behaviour or nature of some phenomenon. They vary continuously in time or at discrete points
in time. Systems respond to particular signals by producing other signals or some desired
behaviour. Systems that respond to or process signals lead naturally to two parallel
frameworks for signal and system analysis, one for phenomena and processes that are
described in continuous in time and one for those that are described in discrete in time. In this
course, students will be able to analyse signals and systems and design systems to enhance
or restore signals that have been degraded.
Prerequisite
Nil
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO# TPS Expected Expected
Course Outcomes Scale Proficiency Attainment
in % Level %
CO1 Characterize and classify the given continuous TPS
70 70
and discrete signals and systems 3
CO2 Carry out time domain analysis of continuous TPS
70 70
time systems 3
CO3 Carry out time domain analysis of discrete time TPS
70 70
systems 3
CO4 Analyze continuous time periodic signals using TPS
70 70
Fourier Series. 4
CO5 Analyze continuous time non-periodic signals TPS
70 70
using Fourier Transform. 4
CO6 Convert a continuous time signal into discrete TPS
time sequence using Nyquist Sampling 3 70 70
Theorem
CO7 Carry out discrete time analysis using z- TPS
70 70
Transform. 3
Mapping with Programme Outcomes and Programme Specific Outcomes
COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO PO PO PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
10 11 12
CO1 S M L - - - - - - M - - M M -
CO2 S M L - - - - - - M - - M M -
CO3 S M L - - - - - - M - - M M -
CO4 S S M L S - - - - M - - S M -
CO5 S S M L S - - - - M - - S M -
CO6 S M L - - - - - - M - - M M -
CO7 S M L - - - - - - M - - M M -
Overall S M L - - - - - - M - - M M -
S- Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Passes in BoS Meeting 29.04.2023 Approved in 65th Academic Council Meeting 27.05.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Assessment Pattern:
Assessment – I Assessment - II
Assignment Assignment Terminal
CAT – I CAT – II
I II Exam
(%) (%)
(%) (%) (%)
TPS
2 3 4 2 3 4 2 3 4 2 3 4 2 3 4
CO
CO1 10 10 - - - - - 2 10 -
CO2 10 20 - - - - - 2 10 -
100
CO3 10 20 - - - - - 2 - 10
CO4 - - 20 - - - - 4 - 10
CO5 - - - - - 10 20 100 4 10 -
CO6 - - - - 10 20 - 2 20 -
CO7 - - - - 10 30 - 4 10 -
Total 30 50 20 100 20 60 20 100 20 60 20
Syllabus
Signals and Systems: Signals, Signal Operations, Classification of Signals, Continuous time
Signal Models, Systems, Classification of continuous time Systems, Signal operations on
discrete time signals, Discrete Signal Models, Classification of discrete time systems, Time-
Domain Analysis of Continuous-Time Systems: System response to internal conditions:
the zero-input response, Unit impulse response, System response to external input: zero-state
response: Convolutional Integral, Interconnected System; System stability: BIBO and
Asymptotic Stability, Intuitive Insights into System Behaviour: Time Constant, Resonance
Phenomenon, Time-Domain Analysis of Discrete-Time Systems: System response to
internal conditions: the zero-input response, unit impulse response, System response to
external input: zero-state response: Convolutional Sum, Properties of convolution sum,
Interconnected Systems, System stability: BIBO and Asymptotic Stability, Intuitive Insights into
System Behaviour: Time Constant, Resonance Phenomenon, Continuous-Time Signal
Analysis-The Fourier Series: Periodic signal representation by trigonometric Fourier series,
Existence and convergence of the Fourier series, Exponential Fourier series, LTIC response
to periodic inputs, Generalized Fourier series: Signals as vectors, Continuous-Time Signal
Analysis-The Fourier Transform: Aperiodic signal representation by Fourier integral, Fourier
Transforms of useful functions, Properties of Fourier Transform, Signal transmission through
LTIC systems, Sampling: Sampling Theorem, Signal Reconstruction, Discrete-Time System
Analysis Using the z-Transform: Properties of z-Transform, z-Transform Solution of Linear
Difference Equations, Frequency Response of Discrete-Time Systems, Frequency Response
from Pole-Zero Location, Connection between the Laplace Transform and the z-Transform,
The Bilateral z-Transform.
Text Book
• Principles of Linear Systems and Signals: B.P. Lathi (2nd Edition), Oxford University
Press, 2009.
Reference Books& web resources
• Alan V.Oppenheim, Alan S.Willsky and S.Hamid Nawab, “Signals & Systems”,
PrenticeHall of India, Second Edition, 2011.
• James H.McClellen, Ronald W.Schafer, Mark A.Yoder ,”Signal Processing First”, Pearson
Education, 2003.
• Rodger E.Ziemer, William H.Tranter and D.Ronald Fannain “Signals & Systems
Continuous and Discrete”, Pearson Education, 2002.
• Simon Haykin, Barry Van Veen,” Signals and Systems”, Wiely, 2nd Edition, 2002.
• Sophocles J.Orfanidis “Introduction to Signal Processing”, Prentice Hall, 1996.
• Ashok Ambardar, “Digital Signal Processing: A Modern Introduction”, Nelson Engg, 2007.
• https://ocw.mit.edu/resources/res-6-007-signals-and-systems-spring-2011/index.htm

Passes in BoS Meeting 29.04.2023 Approved in 65th Academic Council Meeting 27.05.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Course Contents and Lecture Schedule

No. Topic Lecture/
Tutorial COs
Hours
1 Signals and Systems
1.1 Signals, Signal Operations, Classification of Signals 1 CO1
1.2 Continuous time Signal Models, Systems 2 CO1
1.3 Classification of continuous time Systems 1 CO1
1.4 Signal operations on discrete time signals 1 CO1
1.5 Discrete Signal Models, Classification of discrete time systems 2 CO1
2 Time-Domain Analysis of Continuous-Time Systems
2.1 System response to internal conditions: The zero-input response, 1 CO2
Unit impulse response
2.2 System response to external input: zero-state response 1 CO2
2.3 Convolutional Integral, Interconnected System 2 CO2
2.4 System stability: BIBO and Asymptotic Stability 2 CO2
2.5 Intuitive Insights into System Behaviour: Time Constant, 2 CO2
Resonance Phenomenon
3 Time-Domain Analysis of Discrete-Time Systems
3.1 System response to internal conditions: the zero-input response 2 CO3
unit impulse response
3.2 System response to external input: zero-state response- 2 CO3
Convolutional Sum
3.3 Properties of convolution sum, Interconnected Systems 1 CO3
3.4 System stability: BIBO and Asymptotic Stability 2 CO3
3.5 Intuitive Insights into System Behaviour: Time Constant, 1 CO3
Resonance Phenomenon
4 Continuous-Time Signal Analysis-The Fourier Series
4.1 Periodic signal representation by trigonometric Fourier series 2 CO4
4.2 Existence and convergence of the Fourier series 2 CO4
4.3 Exponential Fourier series 2 CO4
4.4 LTIC response to periodic inputs, Generalized Fourier series: 2 CO4
Signals as vectors
5 Continuous-Time Signal Analysis-The Fourier Transform
5.1 Aperiodic signal representation by Fourier integral 2 CO5
5.2 Fourier Transforms of useful functions 2 CO5
5.3 Properties of Fourier Transform, Signal transmission through 3 CO5
LTIC systems
6 Sampling
6.1 Sampling Theorem, Signal Reconstruction 3 CO6
7 Discrete-Time System Analysis Using the z-Transform
7.1 Properties of z-Transform, z-Transform Solution of Linear 2 CO7
Difference Equations
7.2 Frequency Response of Discrete-Time Systems, Frequency 2 CO7
Response from Pole-Zero Location
7.3 Connection between the Laplace Transform and the z-Transform, 3 CO7
The Bilateral z-Transform
Total 48
Course Designers:
• Dr.S.J.Thiruvengadam [email protected]
• Dr.K.Rajeswari [email protected]
• Dr.G.Ananthi [email protected]

Passes in BoS Meeting 29.04.2023 Approved in 65th Academic Council Meeting 27.05.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

OBJECT ORIENTED Category L T P Credit

22EC360
PROGRAMMING ESC 3 0 0 3

Preamble
This course aims to provide students with broad theoretical and practical skills in object-
oriented programming. This course focuses on various OOP concepts like Class, Object,
Encapsulation, Inheritance and Polymorphism. It also focuses on various libraries and
Swing for programming an interactive real-world application.
Prerequisite
Nil
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO# Course Outcomes TPS Expected Expected
Scale Proficiency % Attainment %
CO1 Use programming constructs like Data types, TPS 3
70 70
Control structures, looping statements.
CO2 Construct object-oriented programs for the given TPS 3
scenario using object-oriented concepts like
70 70
abstraction, encapsulation, polymorphism and
inheritance.
CO3 Apply JAR, package, and exception handling TPS 3
70 70
mechanism for the given problem.
CO4 Implement various libraries like String, I/O, TPS 3
70 70
Collection classes and JDBC.
CO5 Develop interactive, user friendly software for real TPS 3
70 70
world applications using swing and Event Handling.
CO6 Construct Java based solutions with functional TPS 3
programming and design patterns for various 70 70
domain areas
Mapping with Programme Outcomes
COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO PO PO PSO PSO P S O
10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 S M L L M M M L
CO2 S M L L M M M L
CO3 S M L L M M M L
CO4 S M L S M M M M M
CO5 S M L S S S S S M M M
CO6 S M L S S S S S M M M
S- Strong; M-Medium; L-Low
Assessment Pattern
Assessment - I Assessment - II
CAT – I Assg. I * CAT – II Assg. II * Terminal Exam
(%) (%) (%) (%) (%)
TPS
1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
CO
CO1 - 10 10 - - 4 6
CO2 - 10 20 100 - - 4 14
CO3 - 10 40 - - 4 15
CO4 - - 10 40 - 4 15
CO5 - - 10 20 100 - - 20
CO6 - - 10 40 - 4 10
Total - 30 70 100 - 20 80 100 - 20 80

Passes in BoS Meeting 29.04.2023 Approved in 65th Academic Council Meeting 27.05.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Syllabus
Programming Constructs: Data types, Arrays, Control structures- Selection, Looping and
Jump statements Object Oriented Programming Concepts: Object Oriented Paradigms,
Encapsulation Object, Class, Method, Inheritance, Polymorphism–Method overloading,
Method overriding, dynamic method dispatch, Abstract class and Interfaces Exception
Handling: JAR, Create and import packages, Exception handling, Exception hierarchy- Try
and Catch, Multiple catch, Nested try, throw, Built in exceptions and User defined exceptions
Libraries: User-defined packages, String Handling - Methods, I/O – File Reading and Writing,
StringTokenizer, Collections – Arraylist, linked list, HashSet, Linked Hashset, Tree Set, JDBC
Swing & Event Handling: Swing components, Event handling, Event ListenersInterfaces -
Action Listener, Focus Listener, Item Listener, Key Listener, Mouse Listener, Text Listener,
AWT components - Frame, Label, Button, TextField, CheckBox, CheckBoxGroup, Choice,
List, Layout – grid, card Design Patterns: Creational, Structural and Behavioral Design
Patterns Functional Programming: Lambda expressions, functional interfaces, Stream API,
immutability, pure functions, higher order functions, Recursion.
Text Book
• Herbert Schildt, “Java: The Complete Reference”, McGraw-Hill. Ninth Edition, 2014.
Reference Books
• Tony Gaddis, Starting Out with Java: From Control Structures through Objects, 4/E,
Addison-Wesley, 2009.
• Grady Booch, Robert Maksimchuk, Michael Engel, Bobbi Young, Jim Conallen, Kelli
Houston: Object Oriented Analysis and Design with Applications, Third Edition, May
2007.
• H.M. Deitel and P.J. Deitel, C How to program Introducing C++ and Java, Fourth
Edition, Pearson Prentice Hall, 2005.
• Paul Deitel and Harvey Deitel, “Java How to Program (Early Objects)”, Pearson,
Eleventh Edition, 2017.
• E.Balagurusamy, “Programming with Java” , McGraw-Hill, Fifth Edition, 2014.
• Kathy Sierra, “Head First Java”, Shroff publications, Second edition, 2005.
• Cay S. Horstmann and Gary Cornell, “Core Java, Volume I - Fundamentals”, Prentice
Hall, Ninth Edition, 2013.
• Cay S. Horstmann and Gary Cornell, “Core Java, Volume II – Advanced Features : 2”,
Prentice
• Erich Gamma. Richard Helm, Ralph Johnson, John Vlissides, “Design Patterns-
Element of Reusable Object-Oriented Software”, Pearson Education India, 2004.
Course Contents and Lecture Schedule
Lecture
# Topic
Hours
1 Introduction 1
2 Programming Constructs: Data types, Arrays 1
3 Control structures- Selection 1
4 Control structures- Looping and Jump statements 1
Object Oriented Programming Concepts:
5 Object Oriented Paradigms 1
6 Encapsulation Object, Class, Method 2
7 Inheritance 1
Polymorphism–Method overloading, Method overriding, dynamic method
8 2
dispatch
9 Abstract class and Interfaces 2
Exception Handling:
10 JAR 1
11 Create and import packages 1

Passes in BoS Meeting 29.04.2023 Approved in 65th Academic Council Meeting 27.05.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

12 Exception handling, Exception hierarchy- Try and Catch 1

13 Multiple catch and Nested try 2
14 throw 1
Built in exceptions 1
15 User defined exceptions 1
Libraries:
16 User-defined packages, String Handling - Methods 1
17 I/O – File Reading and Writing 1
18 String Tokenizer
19 Collections – Array list, linked list Hash Set, Linked Hash set, Tree Set 1
20 JDBC 1
Swing & Event Handling:
Swing components, Event handling, Event Listeners Interfaces - Action
21 Listener, Focus Listener, Item Listener, Key Listener, Mouse Listener, Text 2
Listener
AWT components - Frame, Label, Button, TextField, CheckBox,
22 2
CheckBoxGroup, Choice, List, Layout – grid, card
Design Patterns:
23 Creational Design Patterns 2
24 Structural and Behavioral Design Patterns 2
Functional Programming:
25 Lambda expressions, functional interfaces 2
26 Stream API, immutability, pure functions 1
27 Higher order functions, Recursion. 1
TOTAL 36

Course Designers:
• Dr. M.Senthilarasi, [email protected]
• Dr.R.A.Alaguraja, [email protected]

Passes in BoS Meeting 29.04.2023 Approved in 65th Academic Council Meeting 27.05.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

CURRICULUM AND DETAILED SYLLABI

FOR

B. E. DEGREE PROGRAMME
(Electronics and Communication Engineering)

FOURTH SEMESTER

FOR THE STUDENTS ADMITTED IN THE

ACADEMIC YEAR 2022-23

THIAGARAJAR COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING

(A Government Aided Autonomous Institution Affiliated to Anna University)
MADURAI – 625 015, TAMILNADU

Phone : 0452 – 2482240, 41

Fax : 0452 2483427
Web : www.tce.edu

Passes in BoS Meeting 29.04.2023 Approved in 65th Academic Council Meeting 27.05.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Category L T P Credit
22EC410 OPTIMIZATION
BSC 2 1 0 3

Preamble
An engineering UG student needs to have some basic mathematical tools and techniques to
apply in diverse applications in Engineering. Optimization is a scientific approach to decision
making that seeks to best design and operate a system, usually under conditions requiring the
allocation of scarce resources. Various techniques of optimization have been dealt on the title
“Optimization”. Because of the complexity of most real-world optimization problems, it has
been necessary to reduce the complexity of the problem by either simplifying the problem or
constraining it by making reasonable assumptions. The course is designed to impart the
knowledge and understanding the concepts on optimization techniques.
Prerequisite
NIL
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to
Cos Course Outcomes TCE Expected Expected
Proficiency Proficiency Attainment
Scale in % Level %
CO1 Formulate mathematical models of TPS3 70 60
Linear Programming (LP),
CO2 Solve Linear Programming Problems TPS3 70 60
(LPP) by appropriate techniques and
evaluate the behaviour under different
range of parameters.
CO3 Determine the optimum solutions of TPS3 70 60
transportation and assignment
problems
CO4 Determine the optimum values of non- TPS3 70 60
linear programming problems using
search methods.
CO5 Determine the optimum values of non- TPS3 70 60
linear programming problems using
descent methods
CO6 Apply the concepts of convex TPS3 70 60
optimization

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO1 S S S S M - - - - - - S S - -
CO2 S S S M M - - - - - - S S - -
CO3 S S S S M - - - - - - S S - -
CO4 S S S S M - - - - - - S S - -
CO5 S S S M - - - - - - - S S - -
CO6 S S S M - - - - - - - S S - -
S- Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Passed in BoS Meeting 03.12.2022 Approved in 64th Academic council Meeting 11.01.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Assessment Pattern
Assessment - I Assessment - II
CAT – I Assg. I CAT – II Assg. II Terminal Exam
TPS / (%) (%) (%) (%) (%)
CO
1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
CO1 - - 17 - - - - - - - - - - 8
CO2 7 10 33 - - 70 - - - - - - - 12 13
CO3 3 10 20 - - - - - - - - - 6 11
CO4 - - - - - - 3 10 15 - - - 6 8
CO5 - - - - - - - - 28 - - 70 - - 14
CO6 - - - - - - 7 10 27 - - - 6 16
MATLAB - - - - - 30 - - - - - 30 - - -
Total 10 20 70 - - 100 10 20 70 - - 100 - 30 70

Syllabus
Linear Programming: Formulation - Graphical Method and Simplex Method – Big-M Method
– Two Phase Method - Primal-Dual Relations - Dual Simplex Method [12 hours]
Transportation problems: Transportation problems and solutions (North-West Corner Rule,
Least Cost Method, Vogel’s Approximation Method) – Solution using MODI Method -
Assignment problems – Solution using Hungarian Method – Travelling Salesman Problems.
[6 hours]
Nonlinear Programming: Unimodal Function – Fibonacci Method – Golden Section Method
- Univariate Method – Steepest Descent (Cauchy) Method - Conjugate Gradient (Fletcher–
Reeves) Method. Convex Optimization: Introduction to convex programming problem -
Kuhn-Tucker Conditions – Cutting plane method - Basic Approach of the Penalty Function
Method – Penalty Function Method for Problems with Mixed Equality and Inequality
Constraints [18 hours]
Text Books
• Singiresu S. Rao, “Engineering Optimization Theory and Practice”, 5 th edition, John
Wiley & Sons, Inc, 2020.
• Hamdy A. Taha, “Operations Research - An Introduction”, 10th Edition, Pearson
Education Limited 2017.
Reference Books & web resources
• Frederick Hillier, Gerald Lieberman, “Introduction to Operations Research” Tenth
Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2015.
• Winston, Wayne L, and Jeffrey B. Goldberg, “Operations Research: Applications and
Algorithms”, 7th edition, Thomson/Brooks/Cole Belmont, CA, 2004.
• Ravindran, Don. T. Philips and James J. Solberg, “Operations Research- Principles and
Practice”, Second Edition, John Wiley and Sons, 2007.
Course Contents and Lecture Schedule

Module No. Topic No. of Periods

1 Linear Programming
1.1 Introduction-Linear Programming, Formulation 2
Tutorial 1
1.2 Graphical Method 1
1.3 Simplex Method 1
Tutorial 1
1.4 Big-M Method 1
1.5 Two Phase Method 1
Tutorial 1
1.6 Primal-Dual Relations 1

Passed in BoS Meeting 03.12.2022 Approved in 64th Academic council Meeting 11.01.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

1.7 Dual Simplex Method 2

2 Transportation problems
2.1 Introduction - Transportation problems and solutions, 1
North-West Corner Rule
2.2 Least Cost Method, Vogel’s Approximation Method 1
Tutorial 1
2.3 Solution using MODI Method 1
2.4 Assignment problems - Solution using Hungarian Method 1
2.5 Travelling Salesman Problems. 1
3 Nonlinear Programming:

3.1 Introduction-Nonlinear programming 1

Unimodal Function
3.2 Fibonacci Method 1
Tutorial 1
3.3 Golden Section Method 1
3.4 Univariate Method 1
3.5 Steepest Descent (Cauchy) Method 2
Tutorial 1
3.6 Conjugate Gradient (Fletcher–Reeves) Method. 2
3.7 Introduction to convex programming problem, 2
Kuhn-Tucker Conditions – -–
Tutorial 1
3.8 Cutting plane method 1
3.9 Basic Approach of the Penalty Function Method 1
3.10 Penalty Function Method for Problems with Mixed Equality 2
and Inequality Constraints
Tutorial 1
Total 36

Course Designers:
• Dr. S. P. SuriyaPrabha [email protected]
• Dr. L. Muthusubramanian [email protected]
• Dr. S. Suriyakala [email protected]

Passed in BoS Meeting 03.12.2022 Approved in 64th Academic council Meeting 11.01.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

22ECL10 VECTOR SPACES, PROBABILITY Category L T P Credit

AND OPTIMIZATION
(for Lateral entry students) BSC 2 1 0 3

Preamble
An electronics and communication engineering student needs to have Mathematical functions
can be viewed in many different ways and one way of viewing them is through vectors. Most
of the algebraic manipulation of functions from an m dimensional space to an n-dimensional
space can be done using matrices and the tools from linear algebra. Some basic statistical
tools and techniques to apply in diverse applications in digital signal processing
communications systems and networks that requires an understanding of Probability
distributions. Optimization is a scientific approach to decision making that seeks to best design
and operate a system, usually under conditions requiring the allocation of scarce resources.
The course is designed to impart the knowledge and understanding of the above concepts
and apply them in their areas of specialization.
Prerequisite
NIL
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to
Cos Course Outcomes TCE Expected Expected
Proficiency Proficiency Attainment
Scale in % Level %
CO1 Demonstrate vector space and TPS3 70 65
subspace
CO2 Determine an orthonormal basis for the TPS3 70 65
given basis
CO3 Solve the linear programming using TPS3 70 65
graphical and simplex method
CO4 Determine the optimum solutions of TPS3 70 65
transportation and assignment
problems
CO5 Apply the concept of probability and TPS3 70 65
conditional probability to solve real
world problems
CO6 Use standard distributions to find the TPS3 70 65
expected life time of electrical
components.

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO
10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 S M L - - - - - - - S S L - -
CO2 S M L - - - - - - - S S L - -
CO3 S M L - - - - - - - S S L - -
CO4 S M L - - - - - - - S S L - -
CO5 S M L - - - - - - - S S L - -
CO6 S M L - - - - - - - S S L - -
S- Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Passes in BoS Meeting 29.04.2023 Approved in 65th Academic Council Meeting 27.05.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Assessment Pattern

Assessment - I Assessment - II
CAT – I Assg. I CAT – II Assg. II Terminal Exam
TPS (%) (%) (%) (%) (%)
CO
1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
CO1 4 10 19 - - 30 - - - - - - - 6 11
CO2 3 - 31 - - 40 - - - - - - - 3 14
CO3 3 10 20 - - 30 - - - - - - - 3 14
CO4 - - - - - - 4 10 19 - - 30 - 6 11
CO5 - - - - - - 3 - 25 - - 30 - 3 10
CO6 - - - - - - 3 10 26 - - 40 - 9 10
Total 10 20 70 - - 100 10 20 70 - - 100 - 30 70

Syllabus
Vector Spaces: Vector space, Subspaces, linear independence of vectors, basis and
dimension Orthogonality: Orthonormal sets, The Gram-Schmidt orthogonalization process.
[12 hours]
Linear Programming: Graphical Method and Simplex Method Transportation problems:
Transportation problems and solutions (Vogel’s Approximation Method) – Optimal Solution
using MODI method - Assignment problems: Solution using Hungarian Method. [12 hours]
Probability: Introduction to Probability: Sample space and events - Definition and axioms of
probability - Conditional Probability - Baye’s theorem Random variables and Distributions:
Random variables - Expected Values – Discrete Probability distribution: Binomial Distribution
- Continuous Probability distribution: Normal distribution [12 hours]
Text Book
• Steven.J. Leon, “Linear Algebra with Applications”, 9th edition, Pearson, 2015
• P.K.Gupta and D.S.Hira, “Operations Research”, 7th edition, S.Chand and company Pvt
Ltd, Inc, 2014
• Jay L. Devore, Probability and Statistics for Engineering and the Sciences, 9th Edition,
Cengage Learning India Pvt Ltd, New Delhi, 2014.

Reference Books & web resources

• David.C.Lay, “Linear Algebra and its applications”, Pearson Addison – Addison Wesley, 3
rd edition, 2006.
• Richard A. Johnson, "Miller &Freund’s, Probability and Statistics for Engineers", Prentice
Hall, New Delhi, 2017.
• Singiresu S. Rao, “Engineering Optimization Theory and Practice”, 5 th edition, John Wiley
& Sons, Inc, 2020.
Course Contents and Lecture Schedule
No. of
Module No. Topic
Periods
1 Vector Spaces
1.1 Vector space 2
Tutorial 1
1.2 Subspaces 1
1.3 Linear independence of vectors 1
1.4 Basis and dimension 1

Passes in BoS Meeting 29.04.2023 Approved in 65th Academic Council Meeting 27.05.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

No. of
Module No. Topic
Periods
1.5 Orthogonality: Orthonormal sets 2
Tutorial 1
1.6 The Gram-Schmidt orthogonalization process 2
Tutorial 1
2 Linear Programming
2.1 Graphical Method 2
Tutorial 1
2.2 Simplex Method 3
2.3 Transportation problems and solutions - Vogel’s Approximation 1
Method
2.4 Optimal Solution using MODI method 2
Tutorial 1
2.5 Assignment problems: Solution using Hungarian Method 2
3 Probability
3.1 Introduction to Probability: Sample space and events Definition 1
and axioms of probability
3.2 Conditional Probability 1
Tutorial 1
3.3 Baye’s theorem 2
3.4 Random variables and Distributions - Random variables 1
3.5 Expected Values 2
Tutorial 1
3.6 Discrete Probability distribution: Binomial Distribution 1
3.7 Continuous Probability distribution: Normal distribution 2
Total 36
Course Designer(s):
• Dr. S. P. SuriyaPrabha [email protected]
• Dr. L. Muthusubramanian [email protected]
• Dr. S. Suriyakala [email protected]

Passes in BoS Meeting 29.04.2023 Approved in 65th Academic Council Meeting 27.05.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Category L T P Credit
22EC420 MIXED SIGNAL CIRCUIT DESIGN
PCC 3 0 0 3

Preamble
This course is to knowledge of link between analog world and digital world as in the name of
mixed signal circuit. It is performed by sampling and hold circuit, DAC and ADC. The course
mainly presents state-of-the-art Sample and hold circuits, digital-to-analog converters, a
range of analog-to-digital converters, and phase locked loop concepts.
Prerequisite
Nil
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to

CO# TPS Expected Expected

Course Outcomes Scale Proficiency Attainment
in % Level %
CO1 Demonstrate the performance parameters of TPS 3
70 70
Sample and Hold Circuits
CO2 Demonstrate the performance parameters of TPS 3
70 70
comparators
CO3 Interpret Data Converter Specifications TPS 3 70 70
CO4 Design Digital-to-analog converters TPS 3 70 70
CO5 Design Analog-to-digital converters TPS 3 70 70
CO6 Understand the Phase locked loop TPS 2
70 70
concepts
Mapping with Programme Outcomes
COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO
10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 S M L L - - - - - M - - M - -
CO2 S M L L - - - - - M - - M - -
CO3 S M L L - - - - - M - - M - -
CO4 S M L L - - - - - M - - M - -
CO5 S M L L - - - - - M - - M - -
CO6 S M L L - - - - - M - - M - -
S- Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Assessment Pattern
Assessment - I Assessment - II
Assg. II Terminal Exam
CAT – I Assg. I * CAT – II
* (%)
(%) (%) (%)
(%)
TPS
1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
CO
CO1 - 10 20 - - 4 10
CO2 - 10 20 100 - - 4 10
CO3 - 10 30 - - 4 15
CO4 - - 10 20 - 4 15
CO5 - - 10 30 100 - 4 15
CO6 - - 30 - - 15 -
Total - 30 70 100 - 50 50 100 - 35 65

Passes in BoS Meeting 29.04.2023 Approved in 65th Academic Council Meeting 27.05.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Syllabus
Sample and Hold Circuits: Performance of sample-and-hold circuits – Testing of
sample and holds, MOS sample-and-hold basics, CMOS sample and hold circuits,
Switch capacitor amplifiers, Switch capacitor power amplifiers, Switch capacitor filters. [8]
Comparators: Comparator specifications – input offset and noise, hysteresis. Opamp
as a comparator – input-offset voltage errors, charge-injection errors, making charge-
injection signal independent, minimizing errors due to charge-injections. [6]
Data Converter Specifications: Ideal D/A converter, ideal A/D converter, quantization
noise, deterministic approach, stochastic approach, signed codes, performance limitations,
resolution, offset and gain error, accuracy and linearity [5]
Digital-to-analog converters (DAC): Decoder-based converters – resistor string
converters, folded resistor-string converters, binary-weighted resistor converters, R-2R-based
converters, Thermometer-code converters [5]
Analog-to-digital converters (ADC): Integrating converters, flash converters,
Successive-approximation converters, Pipelined A/D converters and Sigma Delta Converters
[6]
Phase locked loop: Basic phase-locked loop architecture, voltage-controlled
oscillator, divider, phase detector, loop filer, the PLL in lock [6]
Text Book
• Tony Chan Carusone, D avid A. Johns, Kenneth W. Martin “Analog Integrated Circuit
Design”, Wiley, 2nd Edition, 2011.
• David A. Johns and Ken Martin: Analog Integrated Circuit Design, Wiley India, 2008.
•
Reference Books & web resources
• Phillip Allen and Douglas R. Holberg “CMOS Analog Circuit Design” Elsevier, 2011.
• Willy M. C. Sansen “Analog Design Essentials” Springer, 2006.
• Behzad Razavi “Design of Analog CMOS Integrated Circuits” McGraw Hill, 2 nd Edition,
2015.

Course Contents and Lecture Schedule

Lecture
# Topic
Hours
Sample and Hold Circuits
1 Performance of sample-and-hold circuits 2
2 Testing of sample and holds 1
3 MOS sample-and-hold basics, CMOS sample and hold circuits, 2
4 Switch capacitor amplifiers, Switch capacitor power amplifiers. 2
5 Switch capacitor filters 1
Comparators
6 Comparator specifications 1
7 Input offset and noise 1
8 Hysteresis 1
9 Opamp as a comparator – input-offset voltage errors 1
Charge-injection errors, making charge-injection signal
10 2
independent, minimizing errors due to charge-injections
Data Converters Specifications
11 Ideal D/A converter 1
12 Ideal A/D converter 1
13 Quantization noise, deterministic approach, stochastic approach 1
14 Signed codes, performance limitations 1
15 Resolution, offset and gain error, accuracy and linearity 1

Passes in BoS Meeting 29.04.2023 Approved in 65th Academic Council Meeting 27.05.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Digital-to-Analog Converters (DAC)

16 Decoder-based converters – resistor string converters 1
17 Folded resistor-string converters, binary-weighted resistor converters 2
18 R-2R-based converters, Thermometer-code converters 2
Analog-to-Digital Converters (ADC)
19 Integrating converters 2
20 Flash converters, Successive-approximation converters 2
21 Pipelined A/D converters and Sigma Delta Converters 2
Phase Locked Loop
22 Basic phase-locked loop architecture 2
23 Voltage-controlled oscillator, divider 2
24 Phase detector, loop filer, the PLL in lock 2
TOTAL 36

Course Designers:
• Dr K Hariharan, [email protected]
• Dr V R Venkatasubramani, [email protected]

Passes in BoS Meeting 29.04.2023 Approved in 65th Academic Council Meeting 27.05.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Category L T P Credit TE
22EC430 RF CIRCUIT DESIGN
PCC 3 0 2 4 Theory

Preamble
The subject begins with the introduction of basic building blocks of the RF front-end and their
functionalities from the perspective of mobile phone architecture. The microwave network
analysis and its application were introduced in the second module. The third module covers
the impedance matching between the interconnects and the terminating
components/devices. The scattering parameter-based design and analysis of RF passive
devices were given in fourth module. The final module provides stability criteria, design and
analysis of active devices such as amplifiers and oscillators. The design theory is validated
with the CAD simulation, fabrication and measurements in the laboratory.
Prerequisite
Nil
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO Course Outcome TCE Expected Expected
Proficiency Proficiency Attainment
Scale in % Level %
CO1 Understand the RF front-end blocks in a TPS2 70 70
GSM cellular phone and the component
behaviour at RF/Microwave frequencies
CO2 Design and validate the lumped and TPS3 70 70
distributed matching networks
CO3 Design and validate Power divider and TPS3 70 70
Coupler
CO4 Design and validate Filters for GSM TPS3 70 70
frequencies
CO5 Design and develop linear amplifier for the TPS3 70 70
GSM applications
CO6 Design an oscillator for the given TPS3 70 70
specifications

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

CO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PS PS PS
s 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
CO M L - - - - L L L - L L - L
1
CO S M L - M - - L L L - L M L L
2
CO S M L - M - - L L L - L M L L
3
CO S M L - M - - L L L - L M L L
4
CO S M L - M - - L L L - L M L L
5
CO S M L - M - - L L L - L M L L
6
S- Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Passes in BoS Meeting 29.04.2023 Approved in 65th Academic Council Meeting 27.05.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Assessment Pattern
Assessment - I Assessment – II Terminal Exam (%)
CAT – I (%) CAT – II (%)
TPS
CO 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3

CO1 - 20 - - - - - 6 -
CO2 - 10 30 - - - - 2 16
CO3 - 10 30 - - - - 4 16
CO4 - - - - 10 20 - 2 16
CO5 - - - - 15 20 - 4 16
CO6 - - - - 15 20 - 2 16
Total - 40 60 - 40 60 - 20 80

Psychomotor Skill Practical

Perception -
Set -
Guided Response -
Mechanism 100
Complex Overt Responses -
Adaptation -
Origination -
Syllabus
Introduction: RF front-end blocks and functionalities in mobile phone, microwave sources
and waveguides, EM Spectrum, RF/Microwaves versus DC and Low AC signals, behaviour of
electronic components at microwave frequencies. [5]
Microwave Network Analysis: S-parameters, ABCD parameters – examples. [3]
Matching Networks: Lumped and Single stub matching – LC matching, Stub matching -
Series and Shunt type. [6]
RF Passive Devices: Power dividers: Properties of dividers, Design of equal and un-equal
power divider. Couplers: Properties of couplers, Design of Quadrature hybrid couplers and
Rat-race coupler. Filters: Filter parameters and types, Filter design by insertion loss method,
Butterworth filter transformations - Design of lumped and stepped impedance filters.
[12]
RF Active Devices: RF/Microwave Linear Amplifiers: Amplifier parameters, transistor
topologies, Stability criterion, Design of maximum gain amplifier (MGA) design, Gain-
bandwidth product, Gain and Power budget analysis. Oscillators: Oscillator versus amplifier
design, Condition of stable oscillations, One-port negative resistance oscillator design.
[10]
Practical:
• Design and synthesis of planar transmission lines [2 Hours]
• Design & Simulation of L-section matching [2 Hours]
• Design & Simulation of Single-Stub matching [2 Hours]
• Design & Simulation of equal and un-equal power divider [2 Hours]
• Design & Simulation of Quadrature hybrid couplers and Rat-race coupler [4 Hours]
• Design & Simulation of Lumped and Distributed low pass filter [4 Hours]
• Design & Simulation of a linear amplifier [2 Hours]
• Study of Spectrum and Network analysers [2 Hours]
• PCB prototype fabrication and measurement of RF passive devices for GSM
applications [4 Hours]

Passes in BoS Meeting 29.04.2023 Approved in 65th Academic Council Meeting 27.05.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Text Book
• David M. Pozar, “Microwave Engineering”, John Wiley & Sons, Fourth Edition, 2015.
• Les Besser and Rowan Gilmore, “Practical RF circuit Design for Modern Wireless
Systems- Passive circuits and Systems”, Vol.1, Artech House Publishers, Boston,
London 2008.

Reference Books& web resources

• Matthew M. Radmanesh, "Radio frequency and Microwave Electronics Illustrated",
Pearson Education Asia, 2001.
• G L Matthaei, L Young, and E M T Jones, “Microwave filters, impedance matching
networks and coupling structures”, Artech House, 1985.
• Dr. Grish Kumar, Microwave theory and techniques, NPTEL.

Course Contents and Lecture Schedule

Module Topic No.of CO
No. Lectures
1 INTRODUCTION
1.1 RF front-end blocks and functionalities in 1 CO1
mobile phone
1.2 microwave sources and waveguides, EM 2 CO1
Spectrum, RF/Microwaves versus DC and
Low AC signals
1.3 Behaviour of electronic components at 2 CO1
microwave frequencies
2 MICROWAVE NETWORK ANALYSIS
2.1 S-parameters, ABCD parameters – examples 3 CO2
3 MATCHING NETWORKS
3.1 Lumped and Single stub matching – LC 3 CO2
matching
3.2 Stub matching - Series and Shunt type 3 CO2
4 RF PASSIVE DEVICES
4.1 Power dividers: Properties of dividers 1 CO3
4.2 Design of equal and un-equal power divider 3 CO3
4.3 Couplers: Properties of couplers, Design of 4 CO3
Quadrature hybrid couplers and Rat-race
coupler.
4.4 Filters: Filter parameters and types, Filter 1 CO4
design by insertion loss method
4.5 Butterworth filter transformations - Design of 3 CO4
lumped and stepped impedance filters
5 RF ACTIVE DEVICES
5.1 RF/Microwave Linear Amplifiers: Amplifier 3 CO5
parameters, transistor topologies, Stability
criterion
5.2 Design of maximum gain amplifier (MGA) 3 CO5
design, Gain-bandwidth product, Gain and
Power budget analysis
5.3 Oscillators: Oscillator versus amplifier design, 2 CO6
Condition of stable oscillations
5.4 One-port negative resistance oscillator design 2 CO6

Total 36

Passes in BoS Meeting 29.04.2023 Approved in 65th Academic Council Meeting 27.05.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Practical Sessions
3.1 Design and synthesis of planar transmission 2 CO2
lines
3.2 Design & Simulation of L-section matching 2 CO2
3.3 Design & Simulation of Single-Stub matching 2 CO2
4.1 Design & Simulation of equal and un-equal 2 CO3
power divider
4.2 Design & Simulation of Quadrature hybrid 4 CO3
couplers and Rat-race coupler
4.3 Design & Simulation of Lumped and Distributed 4 CO4
low pass filter
5.1 Design & Simulation of a linear amplifier 2 CO5
5.2 Study of Spectrum and Network analysers 2 CO2,CO3,CO4,CO5

5.3 PCB prototype fabrication and measurement of 4 CO2,CO3,CO4

RF passive devices for GSM applications
24
Total

Course Designers:
• Dr.B.Manimegalai [email protected]
• Dr.S.Kanthamani [email protected]
• Dr.K.Vasudevan [email protected]

Passes in BoS Meeting 29.04.2023 Approved in 65th Academic Council Meeting 27.05.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

22EC440 MICROCONTROLLER AND Category L T P Credit TE

EMBEDDED SYSTEM
PCC 3 0 2 4 Theory

Preamble
This course on Microcontrollers and Embedded Systems provides an in-depth
understanding of the architecture, programming, and interfacing of microcontrollers
and embedded systems. Students will learn the fundamental concepts of
microcontroller-based system design, including the basics of assembler, compilers,
and interpreters, data types, syntax, preprocessors, and debugging techniques. The
course also covers the organization and mapping of memory in ARM-based
embedded systems, communication protocols, GPIOs, timers, and ADC and DAC
peripherals. Practical programming skills in developing and debugging programs for
embedded systems using 8051 and ARM microcontrollers will be emphasized. By the
end of the course, students will be equipped with the knowledge and skills to design
and develop efficient and effective embedded systems.
Prerequisite
Nil
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO Course Outcome TCE Expected Expected
Proficiency Proficiency Attainment
Scale in % Level %
CO1 Understand the architecture of TPS2 70 70
microcontrollers, including internal and
external memory, registers, and instruction
sets.
CO2 Apply the basics of assemblers, compilers, TPS3 70 70
interpreters, and debugging techniques, and
apply this knowledge to write efficient and
effective code in C for embedded systems.
CO3 Understand the architecture of ARM TPS2 70 70
microcontrollers, including general purpose
and special registers, exceptions,
interrupts, and stack operations.
CO4 Apply the knowledge of ARM system design TPS3 70 70
to develop programs for ARM-based
embedded systems and interface with
peripherals such as GPIOs, timers, ADC,
and DAC.
CO5 Apply knowledge of synchronous and TPS3 70 70
asynchronous communication, as well as
UART, SPI, I2C, and CAN, to develop
programs for embedded systems that
involve communication peripherals.
CO6 Apply interrupt handling and embedded TPS3 70 70
system programming for reliable and
efficient firmware development in
microcontroller-based systems.

Passes in BoS Meeting 29.04.2023 Approved in 65th Academic Council Meeting 27.05.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

COs PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PS PS PS
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O2
CO1 M L - - - - M M L L L L - L
CO2 S M L L - L - M M L L L M L L
CO3 M L L - S - - M M L L L L L L
CO4 S M L L S L - M M L L L M L L
CO5 S M L L - L - M M L L L M - L
CO6 S M L L - L - M M L L L M - L
S- Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Assessment Pattern
Assessment - I Assessment - II
Terminal Exam
CAT – I (%) CAT – II (%)
(%)
TPS
1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
CO
CO1 - 20 - - - - - 20 -
CO2 - 20 20 - - - - - 20
CO3 - 20 20 - - - - 20 -
CO4 - - - - 30 15 - - 20
CO5 - - - - 30 15 - - 15
CO6 - - - - 10 - - 5
Total - 60 40 - 60 40 - 40 60

Psychomotor Skill Practical

Perception -
Set -
Guided Response -
Mechanism 100
Complex Overt Responses -
Adaptation -
Origination -
Syllabus
8051 Microcontroller Architecture: Introduction and Overview of microprocessor and
microcontrollers. Internal architecture and registers. Internal and External memory.
Instructions sets and Addressing modes. Interrupts and Peripherals: GPIOs, Timers.
UART. Applications of microcontrollers. Interface Programming [10]
Embedded C programming: Assembler, Compilers and interpreter. Data types and its
syntax, preprocessors. IDE and refereeing to its manuals. Startup code. Continuous while
loop. Accessing of internal, external memory of code and data memory. Look up tables.
Debugging techniques. Build system [4]
ARM-Microcontroller: Thumb-technology and applications of ARM, Architecture of ARM
Evolution of ARM. General Purpose Registers, Special Registers, exceptions, interrupts,
stack operation, reset sequence. Instruction set and CMSIS and HAL Library.
Programming concepts [7]
ARM Embedded system and Interfacing: ARM system design, Memory organization
and memory mapping. AMBA Bus architecture protocols. Peripherals GPIOs, Timers with
various modes of operation. Accessing ADC and DAC [8]

Passes in BoS Meeting 29.04.2023 Approved in 65th Academic Council Meeting 27.05.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Communication Peripherals: Introduction to synchronous and Asynchronous

communication. UART with RS232 and RS485 signal scheme, SPI, I2C and CAN.
Interrupt handling and Embedded system programming [7]
Practical:
1. Programming in cross compiler Keil for 8051microcontroller (CO2)
• Assembling and simulating an ASM code for accessing GPIO and external memory
• Develop the user define a function to a switch connected in PORT1 and outputting the
data to the LEDs connected in PORT0 using appropriate argument and return type
• Methods to invoke breakpoints and step-by-step execution of the code
• Calculating the delay for the given clock frequency
2. Embedded C programming in cross-compiler Keil for 8051 microcontrollers (CO2)
• Compiling and simulating the embedded C code for performing the computation like
root of the equation, and performing convolution operation.
• An arithmetic computation
• Methods to invoke break points and step by step execution of the C code
• Calculating the delay for the given clock frequency
3. Developing the C program for accessing GPIO and Timer peripherals in 8051 boards (CO2)
• Develop a user function for a software delay “SoftDelay_ms(no of milli-seconds)” and
use this function for blinking the LEDs in Port 0
• Plot the error in the delay function when the argument changes from 1 to 1000 in the
order of 100
• Develop a user function for a hardware delay “HardDelay_ms(no of milli-seconds)”
and use this function for blinking the LEDs in Port 0
• Plot the error in the delay function when the argument changes from 1 to 1000 in the
order of 100
4. Invoking interrupt services in the Embedded C programming and to realize it in 8051/ARM
target board (CO6)
• Control the LEDs in PORT-0 by the external interrupts INT0 and INT1
• Blink the LEDs using a Timer peripheral interrupt which runs periodic time of intervals
5. Establishing serial communication between target board and computer (CO4)
• Develop a user function in the C code for serial transmission with a defined baud rate
to transmit a character and a string as an argument. Use interrupt-driven and polling
methods
• Develop a user function in the C code for serial reception with a defined baud rate to
transmit a character and a string as an argument. Use interrupt-driven method
6. Accessing analog signal into the 8051/ARM system through ADC (CO4)
• Develop the C code for accessing external ADC through parallel or serial
communication and show the result in LEDs or in serial transmission
• Access the ADC and display the sent data to LEDs
• Show the analog input data in CRO
7. Design a setup for a display system to display the data in 7 segment LED (CO5)
• Develop the LUT for 7 segment pattern to display the list of characters including blank
• The Number X is displayed and incremented up to 9 for every period of time and it is
updated in a single display
• The number X range from 0 to 9999 is displayed for every period of time and it is
updated in a single display. BCD conversion is done before displaying
• For all the above objective\, user defined function is required
8. Design a display system to display the numbers and characters in LCD module (CO5)
• Develop a function to display the array of stored alpha numeric string in LCD module
• The arguments are needed to control the display position and clear the LCD
• The text sent by PC is displayed in LCD module in 8051 target board

Passes in BoS Meeting 29.04.2023 Approved in 65th Academic Council Meeting 27.05.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Text Book
• "The 8051 Microcontroller and Embedded Systems Using Assembly and C" by
Muhammad Ali Mazidi, Rolin D. McKinlay, and Janice G. Mazidi
• ARM System Developer’s Guide Designing and Optimizing System Software Andrew
N. Sloss Dominic Symes Chris Wright. ELSEVIER inc 2005.
Reference Books& web resources
• https://www.nxp.com/docs/en/data-sheet/LPC1769_68_67_66_65_64_63.pdf
• NPTEL Video Lecture on “Microprocessor and Microcontroller”, weblink:
https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc19_ee11/course
• Virtual Lab on “Real Time Embedded System”, weblink:
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108102045/24
Course Contents and Lecture Schedule
# Topic No. of CO
Lectures
1 8051 Microcontroller Architecture
1.1 Introduction and Overview of microprocessor and microcontrollers. 2 CO1
1.2 Internal architecture and registers. Internal and External memory. 2 CO1
1.3 Instructions sets and Addressing modes. 2 CO1
1.4 Interrupts and Peripherals: GPIOs, Timers. UART. 2 CO1
1.5 Applications of microcontrollers. Interface Programming 2 CO1
2 Embedded C programming
2.1 Assembler, Compilers and interpreter. Data types and its syntax, 1 CO2
preprocessors.
2.2 IDE and refereeing to its manuals. Startup code. Continuous while 1 CO2
loop.
2.3 Accessing of internal, external memory of code and data memory. Look 2 CO2
up tables. Debugging techniques. Build system
3 ARM-Microcontroller
3.1 Thumb-technology and applications of ARM, Architecture of ARM 2 CO3
Evolution of ARM.
3.2 General Purpose Registers, Special Registers, exceptions, interrupts, 2 CO3
stack operation, reset sequence.
3.3 Instruction set and CMSIS and HAL Library. 2 CO3
3.4 Programming concepts 1 CO3
4 ARM Embedded system and Interfacing
4.1 ARM system design, Memory organization and memory mapping. 2 CO4
4.2 AMBA Bus architecture protocols. 2 CO4
4.3 Peripherals GPIOs, Timers with various modes of operation. 2 CO4
4.4 Accessing ADC and DAC 2 CO4
5 Communication Peripherals
5.1 Introduction to synchronous and Asynchronous communication. 2 CO5
5.2 UART with RS232 and RS485 signal scheme programming 2 CO5
5.3 SPI, I2C and CAN 2 CO5
5.4 Interrupt handling and Embedded system 1 CO6
Total 36
Practical
6 Programming in cross compiler Keil for 8051microcontroller 3 CO2
7 Embedded C programming in cross-compiler Keil for 8051 3 CO2
microcontrollers
8 Developing the C program for accessing GPIO and Timer peripherals 3 CO2
in 8051 boards
9 Invoking interrupt services in the Embedded C programming and to 3 CO6
realize it in 8051/ARM target board

Passes in BoS Meeting 29.04.2023 Approved in 65th Academic Council Meeting 27.05.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

10 Establishing serial communication between target board and 3 CO5

computer
11 Accessing analog signal into the 8051 system through ADC 3 CO4
12 Design a setup for a display system to display the data in 7 segment 3 CO5
LED
13 Design a setup for a display system to display the numbers and 3 CO5
characters in LCD module
Total 24
Course Designers:
• Dr.K.Hariharan [email protected]
• Dr.G.Prabhakar [email protected]

Passes in BoS Meeting 29.04.2023 Approved in 65th Academic Council Meeting 27.05.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

DISCRETE TIME SIGNAL Category L T P Credit TE

22EC450
PROCESSING PCC 3 0 2 4 Theory

Preamble
Signal Processing is the field that deals with use of digital computers and processors to
perform a wide variety of operations to alter and process digitally recorded signals. In this
course, both an in-depth and an intuitive understanding of the theory behind modern discrete-
time signal processing systems and applications are provided. This course lays down
foundation to be able to gain understanding of specialized courses like speech signal
processing, image processing, radar signal processing and data analysis. Further, in practical
session, hands on training are given to the students in understanding the theory of signals and
systems and practicing the algorithms used in discrete time signal processing.
Prerequisite
Nil
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO# TPS Expected Expected
Course Outcomes Scale Proficiency Attainment
in % Level %
Determine the frequency domain representation TPS
CO1 70 70
of aperiodic discrete time signals. 3
Compute DFT and IDFT coefficients of a given
TPS
CO2 discrete time sequence using Fast Fourier 70 70
3
Transform algorithms
Design FIR and IIR filters for the given
specifications using Window method and bilinear TPS
CO3 70 70
transformation & impulse invariant techniques 3
respectively
Design FIR and IIR filters based on pole-zero TPS
CO4 70 70
placements in z-domain 3
Draw the implementation structure of FIR and IIR
TPS
CO5 discrete time systems using block diagram and 70 70
3
signal flow graph representation.
Compute statistical parameters like mean,
correlation and power spectral density of a given TPS
CO6 70 70
random variable or random processes at the 3
output of LTI system
Apply sampling rate conversion and multi-rate
TPS
CO7 signal processing in the digital domain based on 70 70
3
the given application.
Mapping with Programme Outcomes and Programme Specific Outcomes
COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO PO PO PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
10 11 12
CO1 S M L - S - - M M - - - M L -
CO2 S M L - S - - M M - - - M L -
CO3 S M L - S - - M M - - - M L -
CO4 S M L - - - - - - - - - M - -
CO5 S M L - S - - M M - - - M L -
CO6 S M L - S - - M M - - - M L -
CO7 S M L - S - - M M - - - M L -
Overall S M L - S - - M M - - - M L -
S- Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Passes in BoS Meeting 29.04.2023 Approved in 65th Academic Council Meeting 27.05.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Assessment Pattern:

Assessment - I Assessment - II
Terminal Exam
CAT – I (%) CAT – II (%)
(%)
TPS
1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
CO
CO1 - 10 20 - - - - 2 10
CO2 - 20 20 - - - - 4 10
CO3 - 10 20 - - - - 4 15
CO4 - - - - 5 20 - 2 10
CO5 - - - - 5 20 - 2 10
CO6 - - - - 5 20 - 4 15
CO7 - - - - 5 20 - 2 10
Total - 40 60 - 20 80 - 20 80

Psychomotor Skill Practical

Perception -
Set -
Guided Response -
Mechanism 100
Complex Overt Responses -
Adaptation -
Origination -

Syllabus
Fourier Analysis of Discrete-Time Signals: Discrete-time Fourier Transform (DTFT),
Properties of DTFT, LTI discrete-time system analysis by DTFT Discrete Fourier Transform
(DFT): Fourier representation of Finite duration sequences, Properties of DFT, Linear
Convolution using DFT, Direct computation of the DFT, Decimation-in Time and Decimation
in frequency FFT algorithms. Discrete Time Filters: Filter specifications, LTI Systems as
frequency selective filters, Design of FIR filters by Windowing, Design of Discrete-Time IIR
Filters from Continuous-Time Filters, Filter Design by Impulse Invariance, Bilinear
Transformation, Design of Discrete-Time Butterworth Filter, Filter design based on Pole/zero:
Linear Phase filter, Averaging filters, Comb Filters, Notch Filters, Resonators. Structures for
Discrete Time Systems Basic Structures for IIR Systems: Direct Forms, Cascade Form,
Parallel Form, Basic Network Structures for FIR Systems: Direct Form, Structures for Linear-
Phase FIR Systems. Random Signal Processing: Random process: definition, stationary
process, mean, correlation and covariance functions, ergodic process, transmission of random
process through LTI systems, power spectral density, Gaussian process, noise, narrow band
noise, noise reduction and signal enhancement, Optimum Linear filters: Wiener filter and linear
prediction. Multirate Signal Processing: Review of Sampling theorem, Decimation,
Interpolation, Sampling rate conversion by a rational factor I/D, Quadrature Mirror Filter,
Polyphase Filter Structures.

Practical:
1. Time Domain response of LTI System (Convolution, Correlation)
2. Frequency response of LTI System (DTFT, z-Transform)
3. Fourier Analysis of Signals Using the Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT, FFT)
4. FIR Filter Design using windowing and frequency sampling methods
5. IIR Filter Design: Butterworth and Chebyshev filters
6. Filter design based on Pole-zero: Average Filter, Comb, Notch, Resonators
7. Random Signal Processing: Wiener filters, Linear Prediction

Passes in BoS Meeting 29.04.2023 Approved in 65th Academic Council Meeting 27.05.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

8. Random Signal Processing: Noise reduction and signal enhancement filter

9. Multirate Signal Processing: Decimation, Interpolation, Sampling rate conversion by I/D
10. Real Time Signal Processing Applications: Data acquisition using ADALM
1000
11. Real Time Signal Processing Applications: Filtering using DSP processor
Text Book
• Alan V.Oppenheim, Ronald W. Schafer, “Discrete time signal processing”, Prentice Hall,
Third Edition, 2010.
• John G.Proakis and Dimitris G.Manolakis, “Digital Signal Processing Principles,
Algorithms and Applications”, Prentice-Hall of India, Fourth Edition, 2006.
Reference Books& web resources
• Buck, Daniel, Singer, “Computer Explorations in Signals and Systems Using MATLAB”,
Prentice Hall, 2nd Ed., 2001.
• Vinay K. Ingle, John G.Proakis, “Digital Signal Processing using MATLAB” Cengage
Learning, Third Edition, 2012.
• Woon-Seng Gan, Sen.M.Kuo, Embedded Signal Processing with Micro Signal
Architecture, John Wiley Sons, 2007
• Richard Newbold, “Practical applications in Digital Signal Processing, Pearson
Prentice Hall, 2012.
• https://archive.nptel.ac.in/courses/117/105/117105134/

Course Contents and Lecture Schedule

No. Topic Lecture

COs
Hours
1 Fourier Analysis of Discrete-Time Signals
1.1 Discrete-time Fourier Transform (DTFT) 1 CO1
1.2 Properties of DTFT 2 CO1
1.3 LTI discrete-time system analysis by DTFT 1 CO1
2 Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT)
2.1 Fourier representation of Finite duration sequences 1 CO2
2.2 Properties of DFT 2 CO2
2.3 Linear Convolution using DFT, Direct computation of the DFT 1 CO2
2.4 Decimation-in Time and Decimation in frequency FFT 2 CO2
algorithms.
3 Discrete Time Filters
3.1 Filter specifications, LTI Systems as frequency selective filters 1 CO3
3.2 Design of FIR filters by Windowing 1 CO3
3.3 Design of Discrete-Time IIR Filters from Continuous-Time 1 CO3
Filters
3.4 Filter Design by Impulse Invariance, Bilinear Transformation, 1 CO3
3.5 Design of Discrete-Time Butterworth Filter 1 CO3
3.6 Filter design based on Pole/zero: Linear Phase filter 2 CO4
3.7 Averaging filters, Comb Filters 2 CO4
3.8 Notch Filters, Resonators 1 CO4
4 Structures for Discrete Time Systems
4.1 Basic Structures for IIR Systems: Direct Forms 1 CO5
4.2 Cascade Form, Parallel Form 1 CO5
4.3 Basic Network Structures for FIR Systems: 1 CO5
4.4 Direct Form, Structures for Linear-Phase FIR Systems 1 CO5
5 Random Signal Processing
5.1 Random process: definition, stationary process, mean 1 CO6
5.2 correlation and covariance functions ergodic process 1 CO6

Passes in BoS Meeting 29.04.2023 Approved in 65th Academic Council Meeting 27.05.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

5.3 transmission of random process through LTI systems, power 1 CO6

spectral density
5.4 Gaussian process, noise, narrow band noise 2 CO6
5.5 noise reduction and signal enhancement 1 CO6
5.6 Optimum Linear filters: Wiener filter and linear prediction. 2 CO6
6 Multirate Signal Processing
6.1 Review of Sampling theorem, Decimation 1 CO7
6.2 Interpolation, Sampling rate conversion by a rational factor I/D 1 CO7
6.3 Quadrature Mirror Filter 1 CO7
6.4 Polyphase Filter Structures 1 CO7
Total Hours 36
Practical Sessions
1 Time Domain response of LTI System (Convolution, 2 CO1
Correlation)
2 Frequency response of LTI System (DTFT, z-Transform) 2 CO1
3 Fourier Analysis of Signals Using the Discrete Fourier 2 CO2
Transform (DFT, FFT)
4 FIR Filter Design using windowing and frequency sampling 2 CO3
methods
5 IIR Filter Design: Butterworth and Chebyshev filters 2 CO3
6 Filter design based on Pole-zero: Average Filter, Comb, 2 CO4
Notch, Resonators
7 Random Signal Processing: Wiener filters, Linear Prediction 2 CO6
8 Random Signal Processing: Noise reduction and signal 2 CO6
enhancement filter
9 Multirate Signal Processing: Decimation, Interpolation, 2 CO7
Sampling rate conversion by I/D
10 Real Time Signal Processing Applications: Data acquisition 2 CO7
using ADALM 1000
11 Real Time Signal Processing Applications: Filtering using DSP 4 CO7
processor
Total Hours 24

Course Designers:
1. Dr.S.J.Thiruvengadam [email protected]
2. Dr.M.N.Suresh [email protected]
3. Dr.P.G.S.Velmurugan [email protected]

Passes in BoS Meeting 29.04.2023 Approved in 65th Academic Council Meeting 27.05.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Category L T P Credit
22EC460 DATA SCIENCE
ESC 2 0 0 2

Preamble
Data science is an interdisciplinary field that draws on skills from mathematics, computer
science, and statistics. This course will enable students to learn the fundamental concepts
circumventing data science, and its applications.
Prerequisite
NIL
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO# TPS Expected Expected
Course Outcomes Scale Proficiency in Attainment
% Level %
CO1 Describe the taxonomy of Data TPS 2 70 70
CO2 Explore the current practices in Data Analytics TPS 2 70 70
CO3 Identify the key roles for the Data Ecosystem TPS 2 70 70
Identify the Key roles for a successful analytics
CO4 TPS 2 70 70
project
Apply the Data Analytics Life Cycle components to
CO5 TPS 3 70 70
data science projects.
Apply data preparation and modelling techniques
CO6 TPS 3 70 70
to data science related problem specifications.
Mapping with Programme Outcomes
COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO1 M L - - - - - - - - - - L - -
CO2 M L - - - - - - - - - - L - -
CO3 M L - - - - - - - - - - L - -
CO4 M L L - - - - - - - - L -
CO5 S M L - - - - - - - - - M - -
CO6 S M L - - - - - - - - - M - -
S- Strong; M-Medium; L-Low
Assessment Pattern
Assessment - I Assessment - II
CAT – I Ass. I * CAT – II Ass. II * Terminal Exam
(%) (%) (%) (%) (%)
TPS
1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
CO
CO1 5 20 - - - - 4 5 -
CO2 10 25 100 - - - - 4 5 -
CO3 15 25 - - - - 4 5 -
CO4 - - - 10 10 4 5 -
CO5 - - - - 5 10 20 100 2 5 20
CO6 - - - - 5 10 30 2 5 30
Total 30 70 - 100 20 30 50 100 20 30 50
Syllabus
Taxonomy of Data: Basics of Data Structures - Overview of Big Data –Introduction to
analytics - Data Repositories. Data Analytics- Overview - Analytics in a Data Science Project
- Key roles for a successful analytics project. Data Analytics Life Cycle (DALC) – Overview-
Different phases in a DALC. Phase I Discovery- Learning the Business Domain, Resources,
Framing the Problem, identifying key stakeholders, Interviewing the Analytics Sponsor,
Developing initial hypotheses, Identifying potential data Sources. Phase II-Data Preparation-
Preparing the analytic Sandbox, Performing ETLT, Learning about the data, Data conditioning,

Passes in BoS Meeting 29.04.2023 Approved in 65th Academic Council Meeting 27.05.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Survey and Visualize data using common tools for the Data Visualization Phase. Phase III-
Model Planning- Data exploration and variable selection, Model selection, Common tools for
the model planning phase. Phase IV-Model Building- Common tools for the model building
phase, Phase V-Communicate Results, Phase VI-Operationalize.
Reference Books
• Data Science & Big Data Analytics: Discovering, Analyzing, Visualizing and Presenting
Data. Wiley., Dietrich, D., Heller, B., & Yang, B, Wiley, First Edition, 2015. (Chapters 1.0,
1.1, 1.2, 2.0, 2.1 - 2.7)
• Big Data: A Beginner's Guide to Using Data Science for Business, Eliot P. Reznor,
CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform, 2017.
• Data Analytics: A Practical Guide to Data Analytics for Business, Beginner to Expert, Fahl,
J, CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform, 2017.
Course Contents and Lecture Schedule
Module Lecture
Topic
No. Hours
1 Taxonomy of Data
1.1 Basics of Data Structures 1
1.2 Overview of Big Data 1
1.3 Introduction to analytics 1
1.4 Data Repositories 1
2 Data Analytics
2.1 Overview 1
2.2 Analytics in a Data Science Project 1
2.3 Key roles for a successful analytics project 1
3 Data Analytics Life Cycle (DALC)
3.1 Overview 1
3.2 Different phases in a DALC 1
4 Phase I Discovery 1
4.1 Resources, Framing the Problem 1
4.2 Identifying key stakeholders 1
4.3 Interviewing the Analytics Sponsor 1
4.4 Developing initial hypotheses 1
4.5 Identifying potential data Sources 1
5 Phase II-Data Preparation
5.1 Preparing the analytic Sandbox 1
5.2 Performing ETLT 1
5.3 Learning about the data, Data conditioning 1
5.4 Survey and Visualize data using common tools for the Data 1
Visualization Phase.
6 Phase III-Model Planning
6.1 Data exploration and variable selection 1
6.2 Model selection 1
6.3 Common tools for the model planning phase 1
7 Phase IV-Model Building 1
8 Phase V-Communicate Results 1
9 Phase VI-Operationalize 1
Total 25
Course Designers:
Dr S T Padmapriya [email protected]

Passes in BoS Meeting 29.04.2023 Approved in 65th Academic Council Meeting 27.05.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

CURRICULUM AND DETAILED SYLLABI

FOR

B. E. DEGREE PROGRAMME
(Electronics and Communication Engineering)

FIFTH SEMESTER

FOR THE STUDENTS ADMITTED IN THE

ACADEMIC YEAR 2022-23

THIAGARAJAR COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING

(A Government Aided Autonomous Institution Affiliated to Anna University)
MADURAI – 625 015, TAMILNADU

Phone : 0452 – 2482240, 41

Fax : 0452 2483427
Web : www.tce.edu

Passed in BoS Meeting 27.04.2024 Approved in 67th Academic Council Meeting 25.05.2024
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Category L T P Credit
DATA COMMUNICATION
22EC510
NETWORKS ESC 3 0 0 3

Preamble
The goal of this course is to introduce the students to state-of-the-art network protocols and
architectures. This course includes networking technologies such as Ethernet, Wireless local
area network, and wireless personal area network, multiple access technologies, routing
algorithms, subnetting of internetworking, and error/congestion/flow control techniques. This
course also covers the QoS provisioning and network security.

Prerequisite
Nil

Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to

CO# TPS Expected Expected

Course Outcomes Scale Proficiency Attainmen
in % t Level %

CO1 Build a reliable data networks using LAN TPS

technologies such as ETHERNET, WLAN and 3 70 70
WPAN
CO2 Apply the distributed and centralized routing TPS
3 70 70
protocols for the networks
CO3 Apply internetworking techniques to configure TPS
3 70 70
subnetting.
CO4 Analyze the concepts of reliable data transfer and TPS
4 70 65
congestion control of TCP and Application layer
CO5 Analyze the performance parameters such as TPS
delay, throughput of a network and QoS 4 70 65
parameters.
CO6 Apply cryptographic algorithms and security TPS
3 70 70
mechanisms for secured networks.
Mapping with Programme Outcomes
COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO
10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 S M L - - - - L M M - - M - L
CO2 S M L - - - - L M M - - M - L
CO3 S M L - - - - L M M - - M - L
CO4 S S M L - - - L M M - L S L L
CO5 S S M L - - - L M M - L S L L
CO6 S M L - - - - L M M - - M - L
S- Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Passed in BoS Meeting 27.04.2024 Approved in 67th Academic Council Meeting 25.05.2024
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Assessment Pattern
Assessment - I Assessment - II
CAT – I(%) Assg. I *(%) CAT – II(%) Assg. II *(%) Terminal Exam(%)
TPS
Scale
1 2 3 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 1 2 3
CO

CO1 - 10 20 - - 4 10
CO2 - 10 20 100 - - 4 15
CO3 - 10 30 - - 4 15
CO4 - - 10 20 - - 15
CO5 - - 10 30 100 - 4 15
CO6 - - 10 20 - 4 10
Total - 30 70 100 - 30 70 100 - 20 80
Syllabus
Fundamentals & Link Layer: Network requirements, OSI and Internet reference models,
Packet and Circuit Switching, Data Link layer Services – Framing - Error Detection – Parity
check, CRC, Reliable Flow control – Stop and wait ARQ and Sliding window ARQ. Media
Access & Inter Networking: Media access control - CSMA/CD-802.3 Ethernet Physical
Properties, Encoding - Wireless LANs – CSMA/CA-802.11, Spread Spectrum techniques and
Distribution systems, WPAN – Bluetooth, Zigbee, Internetworking – Ipv4, Datagram
Fragmentation, IPv6, sub-netting - Classfull, CIDR, other network layer protocols – ARP,
ICMP, DHCP. Routing: Interior Routing protocols – RIP (Bellman-Ford), OSPF (Dijkstra's),
routing metrics, Exterior routing protocols - BGP, Generalized forwarding and SDN-OpenFlow
protocol. Transport Layer &: Application Layer Overview of Transport layer – UDP, Reliable
byte stream (TCP) - Connection management - TCP State transition diagram, Congestion
control techniques. Application layer protocols - SMTP, FTP, DNS and HTTP. Network
Performance: Delay, Packet Loss and Throughput, Bandwidth and two-way Latency (RTT),
High speed networks, Application performance needs. Quality Of Service: Application
Requirements – Differentiated services and Integrated Services – Resource Reservation
Protocol (RSVP), Expedited Forwarding- per Hop Behaviour (EF-PHB) Network Security:
Security services and mechanisms, Cryptography Techniques– DES and RSA.
Text Book
• Larry L. Peterson, Bruce S. Davie, “Computer Networks: A Systems Approach”, Sixth
Edition, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, 2021.
Reference Books
• James F. Kurose, Keith W. Ross, “Computer Networking – A Top-Down Approach
Featuring the Internet”, Fifth Edition, Pearson Education, 2009.
• Nader. F. Mir, “Computer and Communication Networks”, Prentice Hall Publishers, 2010.
• Web Page http://www.cse.iitd.ernet.in/~vinay/courses/CSL858.html
• NPTEL Video Lecture on “Computer Networks”, weblink:
https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc19_ee11/course
Course Contents and Lecture Schedule
Lecture
# Topic
Hours
1 Introduction to the Course, COs POs 1
Fundamentals & Link Layer
2 Network requirements, OSI and Internet reference models 1
3 Packet and Circuit Switching 1
4 Data Link layer Services - Framing 1
5 Error Detection – Parity check, CRC 1
6 Reliable Flow controls - Stop and wait ARQ 1
7 Sliding window ARQ 1

Passed in BoS Meeting 27.04.2024 Approved in 67th Academic Council Meeting 25.05.2024
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Media access & inter networking

Media access control, CSMA/CD-802.3 Ethernet Physical Properties,
8 2
Encoding
Wireless LANs - CSMA/CA-802.11, Spread Spectrum techniques and
9 2
Distribution systems
10 WPAN – Bluetooth, Zigbee, 1
11 Internetworking – Ipv4, Datagram Fragmentation 1
12 IPv6, subnetting 1
13 Classfull, CIDR, other network layer protocols – ARP, ICMP, DHCP. 2
Routing
14 Interior Routing protocols – RIP (Bellman-Ford), 1
15 OSPF(Dijkstra's), routing metrics 1
16 Exterior routing protocols - BGP, Generalized forwarding 1
17 SDN- OpenFlow 1
Transport Layer & Application Layer
18 Overview of Transport layer 1
19 UDP, Reliable byte stream (TCP) - Connection management 1
20 TCP State transition diagram, Congestion control techniques 2
21 SMTP,FTP,DNS and HTTP 2
Network Performance
22 Throughput, Bandwidth and Latency 1
23 High speed networks, Application performance needs 2
Quality of Service
Application Requirements – Differentiated services and Integrated
24 1
Services
Resource Reservation Protocol (RSVP), Expedited Forwarding- per Hop
25 2
Behaviour (EF-PHB
Network Security
26 Security services and mechanisms 1
27 Cryptography Techniques– DES 2
28 RSA 1
TOTAL 36

Course Designers:
• Dr. M.S. K. Manikandan [email protected]
• Dr. E. Murugavalli [email protected]

Passed in BoS Meeting 27.04.2024 Approved in 67th Academic Council Meeting 25.05.2024
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Category L T P Credit
22EC520 VLSI CIRCUITS AND SYSTEMS
PCC 3 0 0 3

Preamble
The course aims at understanding the basic concepts of Digital CMOS VLSI circuit by studying
logic design, physical structure and fabrication of MOS devices and how they are combined
to build systems for efficient data processing.
Prerequisite
Nil
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO# TPS Expected Expected
Course Outcomes Scale Proficienc Attainmen
y in % t Level %

CO1 Construct CMOS logic circuits and Layouts TPS3 70 60

CO2 Understand VLSI design flow and fabrication of TPS2
70 60
CMOS Integrated circuits
CO3 Examine the electrical characteristics of CMOS TPS3
70 60
logic circuits.
CO4 Examine the electronic aspects of CMOS logic TPS4
70 60
circuits.
CO5 Combinational Circuit Design using Advanced TPS3
70 60
CMOS logic design techniques
CO6 Construct CMOS VLSI system components TPS3 70 60
Mapping with Programme Outcomes
COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO
10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 S M M L L - - - - - - - M - -
CO2 M M L - - - - - - - - - M - -
CO3 S M M L L - - - - - - - M - -
CO4 S S M L L - - - - - - - S - -
CO5 S M M M L - - - - - - - M - -
CO6 S M M M L - - - - - - - M - -
S- Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Assessment Pattern
Assessment - I Assessment - II
CAT – I (%) Assg. I * (%) CAT – II (%) Assg. II *(%) Terminal Exam (%)
TPS
Scale
1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
CO

CO1 - 10 30 - - 4 10
CO2 - 20 100 - - 8 -
CO3 - 10 30 - - 4 20
CO4 - - 10 20 - 2 20
CO5 - - 10 30 100 - 2 15
CO6 - - 10 20 - - 15
Total - 40 60 100 - 30 70 100 - 20 80

Passed in BoS Meeting 27.04.2024 Approved in 67th Academic Council Meeting 25.05.2024
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Syllabus
CMOS Logic and Layout Design: CMOS Logic and Layout Design: MOSFETs as Switches,
Logic Gates and their static CMOS implementation, Transmission Gate Circuits, FET sizing,
Stick Diagram and Layout Design Rules.
Fabrication of CMOS Integrated Circuits: VLSI Design Flow, Integrated Circuit Fabrication
Process: Oxidation, Diffusion, Ion Implantation, Photolithography and Twin-tub CMOS
Process, Trends in CMOS Technology.
Electrical Characteristics of CMOS Logic: MOS Threshold Voltage Equation, nFET
Current-Voltage Equations, The FET RC Model.
Electronics Analysis of CMOS Logic: Switching Characteristics, DC Characteristics of
CMOS Inverter Logical Effort, Analysis of Complex Logic Gates, Power Dissipation,
Interconnect Delay Model, Crosstalk and Interconnect Scaling.
Advanced CMOS Logic Circuits: Mirror Circuits, Pseudo- nMOS, Tri-state Circuits, locked
CMOS, Dynamic CMOS and Dual Rail Logic Networks.
CMOS VLSI System Components: Multiplexors, Binary Decoders, Priority Encoders,
Latches, D-Flip Flop, Registers, Full Adder, Binary Multiplier, SRAM, DRAM and Logic Arrays,
Switch level Modelling (Verilog HDL)
Text Book
• Uyemura, John P,” Introduction to VLSI Circuits and Systems”. Wiley & Sons, 8th Reprint
2015.
Reference book & web resources
• N. Weste and David Harris,” CMOS VLSI Design: A circuits and systems perspective” 4th
Edition, Pearson, 2022.
• N. Weste and K. Eshraghian, “Principles of CMOS VLSI Design”, Second Edition, Addison-
Wesley, 1993.
• Jan M. Rabaey, "Digital Integrated Circuits: A Design Perspective", Prentice Hall, Second
Edition, 2006.
• R. Jacob Baker, “CMOS: Circuit Design, Layout, and Simulation”, Wiley-IEEE, Revised
Second Edition, 2008.
• Wayne Wolf, “Modern VLSI Design: System on Chip”, Pearson Education, 2002.
• MIT Open courseware: http://ocw.mit.edu/courses/electrical-engineering-andcomputer-
science/6-374-analysis-and-design-of-digital-integrated-circuits/.
• By Prof. Sudeb Dasgupta, IIT Roorkee, CMOS Digital VLSI Design
https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc22_ee08/
• Dr.Nandita Dasgupta, VLSI Design, NPTEL Video Lectures:
http://www.nptelvideos.in/2012/12/vlsi-design.html

Course Contents and Lecture Schedule

No. Topic Lecture COs
Hours
1 CMOS Logic and Layout Design
1 Introduction 1
1.1 MOSFETs as Switches 1 CO1
1.2 Logic Gates and their static CMOS implementation 1 CO1
1.3 Transmission Gate Circuits 2 CO1
1.4 FET sizing 1 CO1
1.5 Stick Diagram and Layout Design Rules 2 CO1
2 Fabrication of CMOS Integrated Circuits:
2.1 VLSI Design Flow 1 CO2
2.2 Integrated Circuit Fabrication Process 0.5 CO2
2.3 Oxidation 0.5 CO2
2.4 Diffusion 0.5 CO2

Passed in BoS Meeting 27.04.2024 Approved in 67th Academic Council Meeting 25.05.2024
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

2.5 Ion Implantation 0.5 CO2

2.6 Photolithography and Twin-tub CMOS Process 0.5 CO2
2.7 Trends in CMOS Technology 0.5 CO2
3 Electrical Characteristics of CMOS Logic.
3.1 MOS Threshold Voltage Equation 2 CO3
3.2 nFET Current-Voltage Equations 2 CO3
3.3 The FET RC Model 2 CO3
4 Electronic Analysis of CMOS Logic
4.1 Switching Characteristics 2 CO4
4.2 DC Characteristics of CMOS Inverter 1 CO4
4.3 Logical Effort 1 CO4
4.4 Analysis of Complex Logic Gates 1 CO4
4.5 Power Dissipation 1 CO4
4.6 Interconnect Delay Model 1 CO4
4.7 Crosstalk and Interconnect Scaling 1 CO4
5 Advanced CMOS Logic Circuits
5.1 Mirror Circuits, Pseudo- nMOS, 2 CO5
5.2 Tri-state Circuits, locked CMOS 1 CO5
5.3 Dynamic CMOS 1 CO5
5.4 Dual Rail Logic Networks 1 CO5
6 CMOS VLSI System Components:
6.1 Multiplexors, Binary Decoders, Priority Encoders, 1 CO6
6.2 Latches, D-Flip Flop, Registers 1 CO6
6.3 Full Adder, Binary Multiplier, 1 CO6
6.4 SRAM, DRAM and Logic Arrays, 1 CO6
6.5 Switch level Modelling (Verilog HDL) 1 CO6

Course Designers:
• Dr.D.Gracia Nirmala Rani [email protected]
• Dr.N.B.Balamurugan [email protected]
• Dr.S.Rajaram [email protected]
• Dr.V.Vinoth Thyagarajan [email protected]
• Dr.V.R.Venkatasubramani [email protected]
• Dr.J.Shanthi [email protected]

Passed in BoS Meeting 27.04.2024 Approved in 67th Academic Council Meeting 25.05.2024
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

ANTENNAS AND WAVE Category L T P Credit TE

22EC530
PROPAGATION PCC 2 0 2 3 Theory
Preamble
One of the main competencies that a present-day RF engineer has to acquire is the capability
to design antennas for wireless applications such as cellular and navigational applications.
The objective of this course is to provide an in-depth understanding of modern antenna
concepts, and practical antenna design for various applications. The course also focuses
practical approach to simulate, prototype antennas for a given wireless specification and
measure various antenna parameters.

Prerequisite
NIL
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to

CO Course Outcome TCE Expected Expected

Proficiency Proficiency Attainment
Scale in % Level %
CO1 Understand the role of antenna in real TPS2 70 70
world applications and study the antenna
parameters.
CO2 Understand the concepts of wire, loop, TPS2 70 70
aperture antennas.
CO3 Understand array concept and design TPS3 70 70
antenna arrays for wireless applications
CO4 Understand the radiation mechanism and TPS3 70 70
design Horn, reflector, Helical antennas
CO5 Design and develop Microstrip, Planar TPS3 70 70
inverted F antenna and multiband antennas
for cellular applications
CO6 Measure the antenna parameters and TPS2 70 70
Explain the process of radio wave
propagation in the atmosphere
Mapping with Programme Outcomes
CO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PS PS PS
s 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O2
CO1 M L L - - - - - M - - M L - M
CO2 M M L - - - - - M - - M L - M
CO3 S M M L S M M L M M M M M M M
CO4 S M M L S M M L M M M M M M M
CO5 S M M L S L L L M M M M M M M
CO6 M L L - - L L L M - - M L M M
S- Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Passed in BoS Meeting 27.04.2024 Approved in 67th Academic Council Meeting 25.05.2024
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Assessment Pattern
Assessment - I Assessment - II
Terminal Exam (%)
CAT – I (%) CAT – II (%) (Theory)

TPS
1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
CO
CO1 - 20 - - - - - 15 -
CO2 - 20 20 - - - - 15 -
CO3 - 20 20 - - - - 15 -
CO4 - - - - 20 20 - - 20
CO5 - - - - 20 20 - - 20
CO6 - - - - 20 - - 15 -
Total - 60 40 - 60 40 - 60 40

Syllabus
Theory:
Fundamental Concepts of Antenna: Antenna in real world applications-Cellular, Satellite,
and RADAR. Radiation mechanism, Antenna parameters- Radiated power, radiation pattern,
Beamwidth, Power intensity, Directivity, Gain, Effective aperture, Impedance bandwidth,
VSWR polarization- Field regions. Friss transmission equation.
Radiation from Wires, Loops and aperture: Infinitesimal dipole-small dipole, finite length
dipole, Half wavelength dipole, Wire antennas: Folded dipole, loop antenna, Aperture
antennas, Huygens principle.
Antenna Arrays: Isotropic Broadside and End fire array, Pattern multiplication, N element
array, Phased array, Cellular applications, Yagi-Uda, Log periodic array, FSS, IRS.
Horn, Reflector and Circularly polarized Antennas: Radiation from Horn, Reflector
antennas, Principle of circular polarization, Helical, Spiral antennas.
Planar Antennas: Microstrip patch- Basic characteristics, design, feeding methods, MPA
tuning for bandwidth and polarization, Planar Inverted F antenna -Principle, design, Multiband
antennas for typical wireless applications.
Antenna Measurements and Wave propagation: Radiation pattern and Gain
measurements, Radomes, Anechoic chamber, Mode of propagation in different environment
(Ground wave, sky wave and tropospheric wave propagation, Characteristics and Parameters,
Cellular link calculations.
Practical:
1. Design and testing of wire antennas (monopole, dipole and loop)- FM reception
2. EM Field strength measurement in college campus - WiFi, Cellular band.
3. Radiation pattern testing of Wire, printed Yagi-Uda antenna–VHF/UHF, ISM reception
4. Design and simulation Patch antenna and array - ISM, X band application
5. Design and simulation of PIFA for cellular application
6. Design and simulation antennas for GPS application
7. Antenna Gain measurement- X band Horn and S band printed antennas
8. Antenna measurements with Spectrum and Network analysers

Text Book
• C. A. Balanis, "Antenna Theory and Design", 4th Ed., John Wiley & Sons., 2016.
• F.E.Terman, “Electronic and Radio Engineering”, Mc Graw Hill, 1985.

Reference Books& web resources

• W. L. Stutzman, and G. A. Thiele, "Antenna Theory and Design", 2nd Ed., John Wiley &
Sons., 1998.
• John D.Kraus, ”Antennas for all Applications”, Tata McGraw Hill ,2002

Passed in BoS Meeting 27.04.2024 Approved in 67th Academic Council Meeting 25.05.2024
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

• NPTEL Course Antenna and wave propagation: https://nptel.ac.in/courses/ 108101092/

• WWW.amanogawa.con
• www, orbanmicrowave.com
• Course handouts prepared by RF Special interest Group, TCE

Course Contents and Lecture Schedule

Module Topic Lecture

No. Hours
1 Fundamental Concepts of Antenna
1.1 Antenna in real world applications-Cellular, Satellite, and 1
RADAR.
1.2 Radiation mechanism ,Antenna parameters- Radiated power, 2
radiation pattern, Beamwidth, Power intensity, Directivity, Gain
1.3 Effective aperture, Impedance bandwidth, VSWR polarization- 2
Field regions. Friss transmission equation.
2 Radiation from Wires, Loops and aperture:
2.1 Infinitesimal dipole-small dipole, finite length dipole, Half 2
wavelength dipole
2.2 Wire antennas: Folded dipole, loop antenna, Aperture antennas, 2
Huygens principle.
3 Antenna Arrays:
3.1 Isotropic Broadside and End fire array, Pattern multiplication, N 2
element array
3.2 Phased array, Cellular applications, Yagi-Uda, Log periodic 2
array, FSS, IRS.
4 Horn, Reflector and Circularly polarized Antennas:
4.1 Radiation from Horn, Reflector antennas 2
4.2 Principle of circular polarization, Helical, Spiral antennas. 2
5 Planar Antennas:
5.1 Microstrip patch- Basic characteristics, design, feeding methods, 2
MPA tuning for bandwidth and polarization
5.2 Planar Inverted F antenna -Principle, design, Multiband 2
antennas for typical wireless applications.
6 Antenna Measurements and Wave propagation:
6.1 Radiation pattern and Gain measurements, Radomes, Anechoic 1
chamber
6.2 Mode of propagation in different environment (Ground wave, sky 2
wave and tropospheric wave propagation, Characteristics and
Parameters, Cellular link calculations.
Theory 24
Practical 24
Total 48
Course Designers:
• Dr.B.Manimegalai [email protected]
• Dr. S.Kanthamani, [email protected]
• Dr.K.Vasudevan, [email protected]

Passed in BoS Meeting 27.04.2024 Approved in 67th Academic Council Meeting 25.05.2024
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Category L T P Credit
SENSORS AND
22EC540
INSTRUMENTATION BSC 2 0 0 2

Preamble
This syllabus offers a concise yet comprehensive exploration of sensors and instrumentation,
essential for understanding and utilizing measurement technologies. Students will delve into
sensor principles, classification, and characteristics, including calibration standards. The
diverse array of sensor types, interface circuits, and shielding techniques will be covered,
preparing students to design and implement precise measurement systems. Through practical
applications and theoretical understanding, students will gain the knowledge and skills to
innovate in fields ranging from industrial automation to biomedical engineering.
Prerequisite
NIL
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO# TPS Expecte Expected
Scale d Attainme
Course Outcomes Proficie nt Level
ncy in %
%
CO1 Understand sensors and transducers, including TPS 2 70 60
classification, measurement units, calibration,
and standards.
CO2 Identify and describe various sensor types, from TPS 2 70 60
position to specialized sensors for environmental
and physiological signals.
CO3 Design interface circuits like amplifiers and TPS 3 70 60
converters to ensure accurate signal processing
from sensors.
CO4 Apply techniques to reduce electromagnetic TPS 3 70 60
interference and ensure signal integrity in sensor
applications.
CO5 Understand how to effectively use data TPS 2 70 60
acquisition systems and virtual instruments in
practical situations to achieve specific objectives.
CO6 Apply the integration of sensors and electronic TPS 3 70 60
circuits to design accurate measurement systems
suitable for various applications.

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO
10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 M M L L L - - L M M - - L L L
CO2 M M L L L - - L M M - - L L L
CO3 S M L L - - - L M M - - M - L
CO4 S M L L - - - L M M - L M - L
CO5 M M L L - - - L M M - L L - L
CO6 S M L L - - - L M M - - M - L
S- Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Passed in BoS Meeting 27.04.2024 Approved in 67th Academic Council Meeting 25.05.2024
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Assessment Pattern

Assessment - I Assessment - II
Assg. I * Assg. II Terminal Exam
CAT – I (%) CAT – II (%)
(%) *(%) (%)
TPS
Scale
1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
CO

CO1 - 35 - - - 15
CO2 - 35 - 100 - - 15
CO3 - - 30 - - 15
CO4 - - 15 20 - 5 15
CO5 - - 30 100 - 15
CO6 - - 15 20 - 5 15
Total - 70 30 100 - 60 40 100 - 55 45
Syllabus
Sensor and Transducer: Introduction, Sensor Classification, Units of Measurements. Sensor
Characteristics: Transfer Function, specifications. Transducer Classification and
Characteristics. Calibration and Standards.
Sensor Types: Position, Displacement, Level, Velocity and Acceleration, Force, Strain,
Tactile Sensors, Humidity and Moisture Sensors, Temperature Sensors, Pressure Sensors,
and Sensors for EEG and ECG signals.
Interface Electronic Circuits: Input Characteristics, Amplifiers: Instrumentation Amplifier,
Charge Amplifiers, Light-to-Voltage Converters, V/F Converters, and Capacitance-to-Voltage
Converters. Bridge Circuits, Kelvin Four-Wire and Six-wire Sensing.
Electromagnetic Interference and Shielding: Inherent Noise, Mechanical Noise, See beck
Noise, Electric Shielding, Magnetic Shielding, Bypass Capacitors, Ground Planes, Ground
Loops, and Ground Isolation.
Instruments: Data Acquisition System, Virtual Instruments, Bio-Medical, and Smart Sensors.

Text Book
• Jacob Fraden, “Handbook of Modern Sensors Physics, Designs, and Applications”
Fourth Edition, Springer, 2010, Reprint 2014.
• D. V. S. MURTY, “Transducers and Instrumentation”, Prentice Hall India Pvt., Limited,
2004, Reprint 2010.
• R.S. Khandpur, Handbook of Biomedical Instrumentation, 3rd Edition, Mc Graw Hill,
2014.
Reference Books
• Albert D. Helfrick and William D. Cooper “Modern Electronic Instrumentation and
Measurement Techniques” Pearson, 2016.
• Measurement and Instrumentation Theory and Application, Reza Langari Alan S. Morris
Elsevier 2017.
• A.K.Sawhney, “A Course in Electrical and Electronic Measurements and Instrumentation
(Nineteenth Revised Edition 2011 Reprint 2014), Dhanpatrai & co.

Passed in BoS Meeting 27.04.2024 Approved in 67th Academic Council Meeting 25.05.2024
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Course Contents and Lecture Schedule

Lecture
# Topic
Hours
Sensor and Transducer
1 Introduction, Sensor Classification, Units of Measurements. 1
2 Sensor Characteristics: Transfer Function, specifications. 1
3 Transducer Classification and Characteristics. Calibration and Standards. 1
Sensor Types
4 Position, Displacement, Level, Velocity and Acceleration 2
5 Force, Strain, Tactile Sensors, 1
6 Humidity and Moisture Sensors, 1
7 Temperature Sensors, Pressure Sensors, 1
8 Sensors for EEG and ECG signals. 1
Interface Electronic Circuits
Input Characteristics, Amplifiers: Instrumentation Amplifier, Charge
9 1
Amplifiers
10 Light-to-Voltage Converters, V/F Converters, 1
11 Capacitance-to-Voltage Converters. 1
12 Bridge Circuits, Kelvin Four-Wire and Six-wire Sensing. 2
Electromagnetic Interference and Shielding
13 Inherent Noise, Mechanical Noise, See beck Noise, 2
14 Electric Shielding, Magnetic Shielding, 2
Bypass Capacitors, Ground Planes, Ground Loops, and Ground
15 2
Isolation.
Instruments
16 Data Acquisition System, Virtual Instruments, 2
17 Bio-Medical, and Smart Sensors. 2
TOTAL 24

Course Designers:
• Dr. K. Hariharan [email protected]
• Dr. V. R. Venkatasubramani [email protected]
• Dr. G. Prabhakar [email protected]

Passed in BoS Meeting 27.04.2024 Approved in 67th Academic Council Meeting 25.05.2024
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Category L T P Credit
ANALOG AND DIGITAL
22EC550
COMMUNICATION PCC 2 1 0 3

Preamble
The course “22EC550: Analog and Digital Communication Systems” is offered in the fifth
semester and is the first course on communication systems. This course aims at designing
Analog and Digital communication systems that are used for the transmission of information
from source to destination. A detailed quantitative framework for analog and digital
transmission techniques is addressed.
Prerequisite
NIL
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO# TPS Expecte Expected
Scale d Attainmen
Course Outcomes
Proficien t Level %
cy in %
CO1 Examine the analog modulation methods in time
and frequency domains to understand their TPS 3 70 70
characteristics and performance attributes.
CO2 Analyze the performance of analog modulation
schemes in the presence of additive white TPS 4 70 70
Gaussian noise.
CO3 Describe the principle of pulse modulation
techniques namely PAM, PPM PCM, DPCM and TPS 3 70 70
DM
CO4 Apply estimation and detection theory for the
development of digital communication
transmitters and receivers for various digital TPS 3 70 70
modulation schemes and analyze their BER
performances
CO5 Apply synchronization techniques to mitigate
TPS 3 70 70
issues such as timing offset and frequency offset.
CO6 Determine the minimum number of bits per
symbol required to represent the source and the
TPS 3 70 70
maximum rate at which reliable communication
can take place over the channel
CO7 Detect and correct the errors introduced in the
TPS3 70 70
channel using error control coding schemes
Mapping with Programme Outcomes
COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO
10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 S M L - - - - L L L - L M L L
CO2 S S M L - - - L L L - L S L L
CO3 S M L - - - - L L L - L M L L
CO4 S M L - - - - L L L - L M L L
CO5 S M L - - - - L L L - L M L L
CO6 S M L - - - - L L L - L M L L
S- Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Passed in BoS Meeting 27.04.2024 Approved in 67th Academic Council Meeting 25.05.2024
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Assessment Pattern
Assessment - I Assessment - II
CAT – I (%) Assg. I * (%) CAT – II (%) Assg. II *(%) Terminal Exam (%)
TPS
Scale
2 3 4 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 2 3 4
CO

CO1 10 20 - - - - 4 10
CO2 10 10 20 100 - - - - 4 - 15
CO3 10 20 - - - - 2 10
CO4 - - - - 05 20 2 15
CO5 - - - - 05 20 100 2 10
CO6 - - - - 05 20 2 10
CO7 - - - 05 20 4 10
Total 30 50 20 100 - 20 80 100 20 65 15
Syllabus
Analog Communication Systems: Amplitude Modulation, Double Side Band Suppressed
Carrier Modulation, Single side band Modulation, Vestigial Side band Modulation, Angle
Modulation Systems: Narrow band and wideband FM, Generation and demodulation of FM
waves, Phase Modulation systems, Noise Analysis on analog communication systems.
Analog to Digital Transition Systems: Pulse Amplitude Modulation, Pulse Position
Modulation, Pulse Code Modulation, DPCM, Delta Modulation. Digital Modulation: Complex
baseband representation, Spectral description of random processes: Pulse Shaping,
Modulation degrees of freedom, Linear modulation, Orthogonal & biorthogonal modulation,
Differential modulation. Digital Demodulation: Hypothesis testing, Signal space concepts,
Optimal reception in AWGN, Performance analysis of ML reception. Synchronization and
non-coherent communication: Receiver design requirements, Parameter estimation for
synchronization, Non-coherent communication, Performance of non-coherent communication.
Information Theory: Entropy, Mutual Information, Capacity of AWGN channel, Shannon
theory basics, Capacity for standard constellations. Channel Coding: Binary convolutional
codes, Turbo Codes, Low density parity check codes.
Text Book
• Simon Haykin, “Communication Systems”, Wiley Student Edition, 4 Edition - 2006
• Upamanyu Madhow, “Fundamentals of Digital Communication”, Cambridge University
Press 2008, First Edition – 2008
• Bernard Sklar, “Digital Communications: Fundamentals and Applications”, Prentice Hall;
2nd edition – 2017.

Reference Books
• John G. Proakis, Masoud Salehi, “Communication System Engineering”, Prentice Hall,
2nd Edition, - 2002.
• Simon Haykin, “Digital Communications”, Wiley India, - 2017 4th Edition.
• https://nptel.ac.in/courses/117105144.
Course Contents and Lecture Schedule
Lecture
# Topic
Hours
Analog Communication Systems:
1 Amplitude Modulation, Double Side Band Suppressed Carrier Modulation, 1
2 Vestigial Side band Modulation, Single side band Modulation 1
3 Angle Modulation Systems: Narrow band and wideband FM, 2
4 Generation and demodulation of FM waves 1
5 Phase Modulation systems 1
6 Noise Analysis on analog communication systems 2
Analog to Digital Transition Systems

Passed in BoS Meeting 27.04.2024 Approved in 67th Academic Council Meeting 25.05.2024
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

7 Pulse Amplitude Modulation, Pulse Position Modulation, 1

8 Pulse Code Modulation, DPCM 2
9 Delta Modulation 1
Digital Modulation
Complex baseband representation, Spectral description of random
10 1
processes
11 Pulse Shaping, Modulation degrees of freedom 2
12 Linear modulation, Orthogonal & biorthogonal modulation 1
13 Differential modulation 1
Digital Demodulation
14 Hypothesis testing 1
15 Signal space concepts 1
16 Optimal reception in AWGN 2
17 Performance analysis of ML reception 1
Synchronization and non-coherent communication
18 Receiver design requirements 1
19 Parameter estimation for synchronization 1
20 Non-coherent communication 2
21 Performance of non-coherent communication 2
Information Theory
22 Entropy, Mutual Information 1
23 Capacity of AWGN channel 1
24 Shannon theory basics 1
25 Capacity for standard constellations 1
Channel Coding
26 Binary convolutional codes 1
27 Turbo Codes 1
28 Low density parity check codes 2
TOTAL 36

Course Designers:
• Dr.S.J.Thiruvengadam [email protected]
• Dr.K.Rajeswari [email protected]
• Dr.P.G.S.Velmurugan [email protected]

Passed in BoS Meeting 27.04.2024 Approved in 67th Academic Council Meeting 25.05.2024
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Category L T P Credit
DATA COMMUNICATION
22EC570
NETWORKING LABORATORY ESC 0 0 2 1

Preamble
The goal of this course is to supplement the theory course ‘22EC510 Data Communication
Networks’ by giving hands on practice on structured network cabling, router configuration,
socket programming and the implementation of communication protocols.
Prerequisite
Nil
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO Course Outcome TCE Expecte Expected
Proficien d Attainmen
-cy Scale Proficien -t Level %
-cy in %
CO1 Use network utility commands to explore the
TPS3 80 80
communication network
CO2 Demonstrate structured cabling concepts using
Straight through, Cross over and Rollover TPS3 80 80
cables
CO3 Use the routing algorithms and configure
routers using Packet Tracer/e-Sim CISCO TPS3 80 80
simulator
CO4 Analyze the network performance using packet
TPS4 80 75
sniffer tools – NETMON /Wireshark
CO5 Apply Socket Programming to build/configure
TPS3 80 80
network applications
CO6 Analyze the performance of MAC and routing
TPS4 80 75
protocols using network simulator
Mapping with Programme Outcomes
COs PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PS PS PS
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O2
CO1 S M L - S - - M M M - M M M L
CO2 S M L - S - - M M M - M M M L
CO3 S M L - S - - M M M - M M M L
CO4 S S M L S - - M M M - M S M L
CO5 S M L - S - - M M M - M M M L
CO6 S S M L S - - M M M - M S M L
S- Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Assessment Pattern
Model Exam (%) Terminal Exam (%)
TPS
2 3 4 2 3 4
CO
CO1 - 10 - - 10 -
CO2 - 10 - - 10 -
CO3 - 10 - - 10 -
CO4 - 10 20 - 10 20
CO5 - 10 - - 10 -
CO6 - 10 20 - 10 20
Total - 60 40 - 60 40

Passed in BoS Meeting 27.04.2024 Approved in 67th Academic Council Meeting 25.05.2024
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Experiment List
1. Explore the network utility commands such as IPCONFIG, NSLOOKUP, PING,
TRACERT, NETSTAT, and ARP.
2. Implement Structured cabling concepts for TIA/EIA-358B standard to connect different
network components using the following types:
a. Straight through cable
b. Cross over cable
c. Roll over cable
3. Develop program to find the following:
a. IP address and host name of local host
b. IP address of the given host
c. compare the given IP address and host name
4. Implement port scanning program
a. Ito find the open ports of local host
b. Scan the range of server ports at the client
5. Implement routing concepts
a. to apply routing protocols such as RIP and OSPF using Packet Tracer
b. to configure the CISCO routers using e-Sim Simulator for the given inter-
connected subnets using IOS modes and commands
c. to find routing table, trace path between devices and verify the connectivity
6. Use Protocol Analyzer/ Sniffing Tools - Wireshark/ NETMON to capturing network data
traffic
a. to explore HTTP and DNS services
b. to explore TCP and UDP services
c. to explore IP services
d. to explore link layer services
7. Develop the following client-server models using Socket programming for TCP and UDP
protocols
a. Time Server
b. Chat Server
c. File Server
8. Analyze the network performance of the given network using network simulator
package - NetSim
a. to find the latency and throughput of MAC protocols
b. to find the packet delivery ratio and throughput of routing protocols
9. Develop IoT based mini projects / prototype development for remote process control
applications.
Text Book
• Larry L. Peterson, Bruce S. Davie, “Computer Networks: A Systems Approach”, Sixth
Edition, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, 2021.
• James F. Kurose, Keith W. Ross, “Computer Networking – A Top-Down Approach
Featuring the Internet”, Fifth Edition, Pearson Education, 2009.
• Virtual Lab of IIT Kharagpur, Weblink: http://vlabs.iitkgp.ernet.in/ant/
• Lab Manual in LMS, Weblink https://murugavalli.gnomio.com/
Course Designers:
• Dr.M.S.K.Manikandan [email protected]
• Dr.E.Murugavalli [email protected]

Passed in BoS Meeting 27.04.2024 Approved in 67th Academic Council Meeting 25.05.2024
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Category L T P Credit
ANALOG AND DIGITAL
22EC580
COMMUNICATION LABORATORY PCC 0 0 2 1

Preamble
This course is offered in the fifth semester in concurrent with the theory course 22EC550 - Analog
and Digital Communication Systems. The purpose of this course is to give hands on training to the
students in understanding the theory of communications and practicing sessions used in analog
and digital communication systems. Students can easily design, simulate, and analyze models of
analog and digital communication systems using the open-source GNU Radio software.
Prerequisite
NIL
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO Course Outcome TCE Expected Expected
Proficien- Proficien- Attainmen-
cy Scale cy in % t Level %
CO1 Design and implement up and down
conversion techniques using GNU Radio for
analog communication systems namely AM, TPS4 80 75
DSB-SC, SSB, and narrowband and wideband
FM signals.
CO2 Design and implement various modulation
techniques including ASK, PSK, FSK, and
QAM using GNU Radio, demonstrating
TPS4 80 75
proficiency in signal generation, modulation,
and spectral analysis for digital communication
systems.
CO3 Apply pulse shaping techniques to shape a
digital modulated waveform using GNU Radio,
demonstrating proficiency in designing and
TPS3 80 75
implementing pulse shaping filters to control
the spectral properties of the transmitted
signal.
CO4 Construct and visualize signal constellations
digital modulation schemes using GNU Radio TPS3 80 75
and Python
CO5 Design and implement matched filters using
GNU Radio to achieve optimal signal detection
TPS4 80 75
and symbol recovery in communication
system.
CO6 Develop and simulate end-to-end digital
communication systems using GNU Radio,
demonstrating proficiency in designing and
integrating signal processing blocks such as TPS4 80 75
modulation, coding, filtering, and demodulation
to emulate real-world communication
scenarios.

Passed in BoS Meeting 27.04.2024 Approved in 67th Academic Council Meeting 25.05.2024
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

CO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PS PS PS
s 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O2
CO1 S S M L S - - M M M - M S M L
CO2 S S M L S - - M M M - M S M L
CO3 S M L - S - - M M M - M M M L
CO4 S M L - S - - M M M - M M M L
CO5 S S M L S - - M M M - M S M L
CO6 S S M L S - - M M M - M S M L
S- Strong; M-Medium; L-Low
Assessment Pattern
Model Exam (%) Terminal Exam (%)
TPS
2 3 4 2 3 4
CO
CO1 - 10 10 - 10 10
CO2 - 10 10 - 10 10
CO3 - 10 - - 10 -
CO4 - 10 - - 10 -
CO5 - 10 10 - 10 10
CO6 - 10 10 - 10 10
Total - 60 40 - 60 40

Experiment List
1. Generation of complex baseband signal using GNU radio.
2. Up and down conversion for a pair of real baseband signal using GNU radio.
3. AM, DSB-SC and SSB modulation using GNU radio.
4. Narrowband and Wideband FM generation using GNU radio.
5. Linear modulation methods (ASK, PSK, FSK and QAM) in GNU radio.
6. ASK using Pulse Shaping filters.
7. Constructing and visualizing constellations using GNU radio using Python.
8. Matching filtering in GNU radio.
9. Bit error rates for various constellations using GNU radio.
10. End-to-end digital communication system simulation in GNU radio.
Text Book
• Alexander M. Wyglinski and Di Pu Digital Communication Systems Engineering with
Software-defined Radio, Artech House Publishers, First edition, 2013.
• Travis F. Collins, Robin Getz, Di Pu, and Alexander M. Wyglinsk, Software-Defined Radio
for Engineers, 2018, ISBN-13: 978-1-63081-457-1.
• Cory Clark, Software Defined Radio: with GNU Radio and USRP, McGraw-Hill
Professional, First edition, 2009.
Course Designers:
• Dr.S.J.Thiruvengadam [email protected]
• Dr.K.Rajeswari [email protected]
• Dr.P.G.S.Velmurugan [email protected]

Passed in BoS Meeting 27.04.2024 Approved in 67th Academic Council Meeting 25.05.2024
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Category L T P Credit
22CHAC0 ESSENCE OF INDIAN KNOWLEDGE
AC 2 0 0 0

Preamble
On the successful completion of the course, the students will be able to explain the concept
of Indian Traditional Knowledge along with Indian Modern Knowledge. Traditional Knowledge
Systems or Indigenous Knowledge Systems are a body of knowledge, which is very ancient
and deep rooted. They have their origins in the remote past. Their systematization and
canonization gave rise to the elite (the Greater Tradition) science. The nature of Traditional
Knowledge System is diverse. It covers, among other things, literary, artistic and scientific
works; songs, dances, medical treatments and practices; manufacturing and industry; and
agricultural technologies and techniques. There is a dramatically growing national and
international interest in incorporating Traditional Knowledge Systems, including Traditional
Ecological Knowledge, into truly participatory approaches to development.
Course Outcome:
On the successful completion of the course students will be able to
CO1 Explain the concept of Traditional Knowledge and Modern Understand
knowledge of India.
CO2 Explain the need and importance of protecting Traditional Understand
Knowledge, Knowledge sharing, and Intellectual property rights over
Traditional Knowledge.
CO3 Explain about the use of Traditional Knowledge to meet the basic Understand
needs of human being.
CO4 Explain the rich biodiversity materials and knowledge preserved for Understand
practicing traditional lifestyle.
CO5 Explain the use of Traditional Knowledge in Manufacturing and Understand
Industry.
CO6 Explain about the cultural expression and modern applications of Understand
Traditional Knowledge
Mapping with Programme Outcomes
Cos PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO1 M L - - - S M M M M - L M - M
CO2 M L - - - S M M M M - L M - M
CO3 M L - - - S M M M M - L M - M
CO4 M L - - - S M M M M - L M - M
CO5 M L - - - S M M M M - L M - M
CO6 M L - - - S M M M M - L M - M
S- Strong; M-Medium; L-Low
Syllabus
Traditional and Modern Knowledge: Two Worlds of Knowledge - Phase of Explorers, Sir
Arthur Cotton and Irrigation, Smallpox Vaccination, Late Nineteenth Century, Voelcker,
Howard and Agriculture, Havell and Indian Art; Indians at the Encounter - Gaekwad of Baroda
and Technical Education, Science Education and Modern Industries, Hakim Ajmal Khan and
Ayurveda, R. N. Chopra and Indigenous Drugs, Gauhar Jaan and Indian Classical Music;
Linking Science and the Rural - Tagore’s Sriniketan Experiment, Marthandam, the YMCA
Model, Gandhi’s Thoughts on Development, Nehru’s View of Growth; Post-Independence Era
- Modernization and Traditional Knowledge, Social Roots of Traditional Knowledge Activism,
Global Recognition for Traditional Knowledge. Global Mechanisms of Protection and
Sharing: For Recognition and Protection - United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural
Organization (UNESCO), World Health Organization (WHO), International Labour
Organization (ILO), UN Working Group on Indigenous Populations, Evolution of Other
Organizations; Norms of Sharing - United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP), World

Passed in BoS Meeting 27.04.2024 Approved in 67th Academic Council Meeting 25.05.2024
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Intellectual Property Organization (WIPO), World Trade Organization (WTO); IPR and
Traditional Knowledge - Theoretical Background, Positive Protections of TK, Defensive
Strategies, IPR Facilitation for TK. Traditional Knowledge for Basic Needs: Indian Midwifery
Tradition—The Dai System, Surface Flow Irrigation Tanks, Housing - A Human Right,
Changing Priorities—Niyamgiri. Biodiversity and Genetic Resources: Jeevani - The
Wonder Herb of Kanis, A Holistic Approach - FRLHT, Basmati - In the New Millennium,
AYUSH-Based Cosmetics. Traditional Knowledge in Manufacturing and Industry: Drug
Discovery, A Sweetener of Bengal, The Sacred Ring of Payyanur, Channapatna Toys.
Traditional Cultural Expressions: Banarasi Saree, Music, Built and Tangible Heritage,
Modern Yoga, Sanskrit and Artificial Intelligence, Climate Change and Traditional Knowledge.
Assessment Pattern
Continuous Assessment Seminar
Bloom’s category Tests (Internal Exam)
1 2 -
Remember 40 40 0
Understand 60 60 100
Apply 0 0 0
Analyze 0 0 0
Evaluate 0 0 0
Create 0 0 0
This course assessment is fully internal. There is no terminal examination.

Learning Resources:
1. Nirmal Sengupta “Traditional Knowledge in Modern India Preservation, Promotion, Ethical
Access and Benefit Sharing Mechanisms” Springer, 2019.
2. Amit Jha,” Traditional Knowledge System in India”, Atlantic Publishers and Distributors Pvt
Ltd, 2009.
3. Basanta Kumar Mohanta, Vipin Kumar Singh “Traditional Knowledge System and
Technology in India”, Pratibha Prakashan, 2012.
4. Kapil Kapoor, Michel Danino "Knowledge Traditions and Practices of India", Central Board
of Secondary Education, 2012.
5. NPTEL video lecture on “Ayurvedic Inheritance of India”, Video link:
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/121/106/121106003/#.
6. Youtube video on “Introduction to Indian Knowledge Systems”, Video link:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=LZP1StpYEPM.
7. Youtube video on “12 Great achievements of Indian Civilization”, Video link:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xmogKGCmclE.
Course Designers:
• Dr.S.J.Thiruvengadam [email protected]
• Dr.V.R.Venkatasubramani [email protected]

Passed in BoS Meeting 27.04.2024 Approved in 67th Academic Council Meeting 25.05.2024
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

CURRICULUM AND DETAILED SYLLABI

FOR

B. E. DEGREE PROGRAMME
(Electronics and Communication Engineering)

SIXTH SEMESTER

FOR THE STUDENTS ADMITTED IN THE

ACADEMIC YEAR 2022-23

THIAGARAJAR COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING

(A Government Aided Autonomous Institution Affiliated to Anna University)
MADURAI – 625 015, TAMILNADU

Phone : 0452 – 2482240, 41

Fax : 0452 2483427
Web : www.tce.edu

Passed in BoS Meeting 27.04.2024 Approved in 67th Academic Council Meeting 25.05.2024
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Category L T P Credit
22EC610 ACCOUNTING AND FINANCE
HSMC 4 0 0 4

Preamble
Engineering profession involves lots of decision making. The decisions may range from
operation to non-operation. For taking decisions of these kinds, an engineer needs among
other data about the organization routine operations and non-routine operations. Accounting
is a science which provides all the data by recording, classifying, summarizing and interpreting
the various transactions taking place in an organization and thereby helps an engineer in
taking vital decisions in an effective manner. Integrating investment planning into the
curriculum can empower students with the knowledge and skills they need to achieve financial
independence and thrive in an ever-changing world.

Prerequisite
Nil

Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course students will be able to

Expected Expected
CO TPS
Course Outcome Statement Proficiency Attainment
Number Scale
in % Level %
CO1 Prepare financial statements of accounting
TPS
such as trial balance, trading and profit loss 70 60
3
account.
CO2 Prepare cost sheet and depreciation values TPS
70 60
of fixed asset for business. 3
CO3 Estimate budgets for an organization based TPS
70 60
on function, time and flexibility. 3
CO4 Compute breakeven point and activity- TPS
70 60
based costing for business applications. 3
CO5 Compute working capital requirements and
TPS
return on investment for long-term capital 70 60
3
budget decisions.
CO6 Calculate the investment proportion for TPS
70 60
business and individual. 3
Mapping with Programme Outcomes and Programme Specific Outcomes
COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO PO PO PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
10 11 12
CO1 S M L - - M S M S S S S M -
CO2 S M L - - - M M S S S M M -
CO3 S M L - - - - S S S S S M -
CO4 S M L - M M L S S S S M M -
CO5 S M L - S M M S S S M M M -
CO6 S M L - - M M S S M M S M -
S- Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Passed in BoS Meeting 27.04.2024 Approved in 67th Academic Council Meeting 25.05.2024
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Assessment Pattern:
Assessment - I Assessment - II
Assg. II Terminal Exam
CAT – I Assg. I * CAT – II
* (%)
(%) (%) (%)
(%)
TPS

Scale 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
CO

CO1 - 10 20 - - 2 10
CO2 - 10 20 100 - - 2 10
CO3 - 40 - - 4 15
CO4 - - 8 30 - 4 20
CO5 - - 4 20 100 - 4 15
CO6 - - 8 30 - 4 10
Total - 20 80 100 - 20 80 100 - 20 80
Syllabus
Accounting- Introduction, definition, accounting principles-functions of accounting-
Preparation of Financial statements and their analysis with the common size and comparative
statements-Case studies.
Cost Accounting – Meaning and importance – Elements of cost – classification of cost – Cost
Centre, Preparation of cost sheet and its applications. Depreciation – meaning and causes of
depreciation, Methods to find out the depreciation-Case studies.
Budget and Budgetary control – Introduction – Meaning – objectives of budgetary control –
Budget – Types of budgets and their preparation. Marginal costing – Introduction, Break
even analysis – Managerial of breakeven analysis. Activity based costing-Case studies.
Capital Budgeting – Meaning and features, capital budgeting decisions, Methods of
evaluating capital budgeting decisions by traditional and modern methods. Working capital
management – concept, classification, estimation of working capital requirements-Case
studies. Investment Management: Nature and Scope, Investment Avenues, Types of
Financial Assets and Real Assets, Return and Risk- Systematic and Unsystematic Risk,
Measurement of Risk, Measurement of Return, Capital Asset Pricing Model (CAPM).
Personal Investment: Investors life cycle, Personal Finance and Investment, Internal and
International Diversification.

Text Books
1. M.C.Shukla,T.S.Grewal,―Advanced Accounts-Volume-I, 2010 Reprint, S. Chand &
company Ltd.,2010.
2. Michael C. Ehrhardt and Eugene F. Brigham, ―Financial Management: Theory and
Practice -thirteenth edition‖ South-Western cengage learning, 2011
3. Preeti Singh, Investment Management, Himalay Publishing House, First Edition, 2016
Reference Books
1. P.S.Boopathi Manickam ―Financial and Management Accounting‖ PSG publications
2009.
2. Prasanna Chandra, ―Financial Management-Theory and practice‖ seventh Reprint,Tata
McGraw-Hill publishing company Limited,2010.
3. Don R. Hansen and Maryanne M. Mowen ―Cost Management: Accounting and Control,
Fifth Edition‖ Thomson, 2006.
4. R.P.Rustagi, Investment Management-Theory and Practice, Sultan Chand & Sons,
Eleventh Edition, 2021
5. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/110101003/

Passed in BoS Meeting 27.04.2024 Approved in 67th Academic Council Meeting 25.05.2024
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

6. https://swayam.gov.in/nd1_noc19_mg38/preview Website:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=P9JIBbZas3w
Course Contents and Lecture Schedule
Module Topic No. of
No Lectures
1 Accounting
1.1 Introduction, Definition, Functions of accounting 1
1.2 Accounting principles 1
1.3 Preparation of Financial statements 3
1.4 Common size statement analysis 1
1.5 Comparative statement analysis 1
1.6 Case studies 1
2 Cost Accounting
2.1 Meaning, importance and Elements of cost 1
2.2 classification of cost and meaning of Cost centre, 1
2.3 Preparation of Cost sheet and its applications 3
2.4 Depreciation – meaning and causes of depreciation 1
2.5 Methods to find out the depreciation 2
2.6 Case studies 1
3 Budget and Budgetary control
3.1 Introduction- Meaning -objectives of budgetary control – 2
3.2 Budget- Types of budgets and their preparation 4
3.3 Case studies 2
4 Marginal costing
4.1 Introduction, Break even analysis 2
4.2 Managerial uses of breakeven analysis. 1
4.3 Activity Based Costing 2
4.4 Case studies 2
5 Capital budgeting
5.1 Meaning and features, capital budgeting decisions 1
5.2 Methods of evaluating capital budgeting decisions by traditional 4
and modern methods
5.3 Working capital management – concept, classification, 1
5.4 Estimation of working capital requirements. 1
5.5 Case studies 1
6 Investment Management
6.1 Nature and Scope of Investment Management, Investment 1
Avenues
6.2 Types of Financial Assets and Real Assets 1
6.3 Return and Risk- Systematic and Unsystematic Risk 2
6.4 Measurement of Risk, Measurement of Return, Capital Asset 2
Pricing Model (CAPM)
7 Personal Investment
7.1 Investors life cycle, Personal Finance and Investment 1
7.2 Internal and International Diversification 1
Total 48 hrs

Course Designers:
• Dr.K.Rajeswari [email protected]
• Dr.V.Vinoth thyagarajan [email protected]

Passed in BoS Meeting 27.04.2024 Approved in 67th Academic Council Meeting 25.05.2024
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Category L T P Credit TE
22EC620 IMAGE PROCESSING
PCC 2 0 2 3 Theory

Preamble
The purpose of this course is to provide the basic concepts and methodologies for Digital
Image Processing in three different levels. At the lower level, the course introduces the
terminology of image processing, image acquisition, digitization, formation, storage and the
relationship between pixels. Further, it provides image enhancement by improving the contrast
and noise removal in spatial domain and applications of transformations for enhancement and
coding. In the middle-level, it addresses region-based segmentation, representation and
description processes to extract meaningful information with geometrical operations.
Morphological processing is introduced to clean up and cluster such regions for real world
image processing applications.
Prerequisite
NIL
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO Course Outcome TPS Expected Expected
Scale Proficiency Attainment
in % Level %
CO1 Demonstrate the digital image acquisition, TPS2 70 75
digitization, formation, storage, and the
relationship between pixels.
CO2 Enhance the visual perception of the digital TPS3 70 70
imagery from contrast/brightness degradation
and by removing noise in spatial domain.
CO3 Apply image transformations such as Fourier TPS3 70 70
and DCT for image enhancement and coding.
CO4 Extract regions of interest from an image using TPS3 70 70
region-based segmentation by region splitting,
merging and watershed segmentation
CO5 Represent the segmented boundary by chain TPS3 70 70
code and shape numbers and describe it using
shape number, Fourier, and Euler number with
structural and geometric operations.
CO6 Apply image processing algorithms to solve real- TPS3 70 70
world image processing problems such as
number plate detection, counting cars based on
color, Cyst detection in MRI/CT, Non-destructive
testing with IR, thermal images and Change
detection.
Mapping with Programme Outcomes
CO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PS PS PS
s 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O2
CO1 M L - - M - - L L L - - L - L
CO2 S S M L M M - L M M - L M S L
CO3 S S M L M L L L M M - L M S L
CO4 S S M L M L - L M M - L M M L
CO5 S S M L M M L L M M - L M S L
CO6 S S M L S M M L M M - L S S M
Assessment Pattern

Passed in BoS Meeting 27.04.2024 Approved in 67th Academic Council Meeting 25.05.2024
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Assessment - I Assessment - II
Terminal Exam (%)
CAT – I (%) CAT – II (%)
(Theory)
TPS
1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
CO
CO1 - 20 - - - - - 10 -
CO2 - 40 - - - - - 20
CO3 - 40 - - - - - 15
CO4 - - - - 10 20 - - 15
CO5 - - - - 30 - - 20
CO6 - - - - 40 - - 20
Total - 20 80 - 10 90 - 10 90

Syllabus
Theory:
Image acquisition and Fundamentals: Elements of Human Visual Perception-Image
acquisition- Sensors-CCD, CMOS, Imaging modalities. Digital Image model, Image formats,
Image Sampling and Quantization, Connectivity and Distance measures- Euclidean, city-
block, chessboard, Color models and Color space conversion. [5 hours]
Image Enhancement: Point transformations, Image Negative, Contrast stretching, Log
transformation- Gamma Correction, Histogram processing [2 hours]
Spatial Filtering- Noise models, Noise Removal, Smoothing- mean, median filters, Order
statistics filter- Gray level thresholding- Binary image, Sharpening- sharpening- Point, line
detection, Laplacian filter, unsharp masking, high-boost filter, and Sobel and Prewitt operators.
[4 hours]
Spectral representation for enhancement and coding: Fourier, Discrete cosine Transform,
Frequency domain filtering, JPEG compression. [4 hours]
Segmentation: Region based segmentation, Region growing, Region splitting and merging,
Gray-scale Morphological operations. [3 hours]
Representation and Description: Boundary Representation, Chain codes, Signatures,
Boundary descriptors, Regional Descriptors, Topological descriptors. [2 hours]
Real world Applications: Number plate detection, detecting cyst/tumour in MRI images, Non-
destructive testing with Thermal images, Change detection between two satellite images. [4
hours]
Practical:
1. Image enhancement: Apply gray scale transformation to a poor contrast image.
2. Image enhancement: Apply spatial filters for different noisy images.
3. Image enhancement: Apply spatial filters to enhance the edges.
4. Perform DFT and DCT on images for noise removal and image compression.
5. Perform segmentation to obtain meaningful segments in images
6. Mini projects:

Passed in BoS Meeting 27.04.2024 Approved in 67th Academic Council Meeting 25.05.2024
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Text Book
• Rafael.C.Gonzalez, Richard.E. Woods and Steven L. Eddins, “Digital Image
Processing using Matlab”, 4th Edition, Gatesmark Publishing, 2018, ISBN 10: 1-292-
22304-9.
Reference Books& web resources
• William K. Pratt, “Introduction to Digital Image Processing”, CRC Press, 2013.
• Oge Marques, “Practical Image and Video Processing using MATLAB”, Wiley-IEEE
Press, 2011, ISBN: 978-0-470-04815-3.
• Al.Bovik, “The Essential Guide to Image Processing”, Academic Press, 2009.
• Anil K.Jain, “Fundamentals of Digital Image Processing”, Pearson Education 2003.
• NPTEL course Digital Image Processing: https://nptel.ac.in/courses/noc18_ee40/
• www.imageprocessingplace.com/
• http://www.mathworks.com/
• https://www.coursera.org/course/images
Course Contents and Lecture Schedule
No. Topic No. of CO
Lectures
1 Image acquisition:
1.1 Introduction to Image processing, it’s need and applications – 2 1
Elements of Human Visual Perception
1.2 Image acquisition- Sensors-CCD, CMOS, Imaging modalities: 1 1
X-Ray, CT, MRI, Ultrasound
1.3 SAR 1 1
1.4 IR, Thermal
1.5 Imaging Components of an Image processing system
1.6 Practical: Functional Programming: Program that generates 2 1
a test pattern image
2 Fundamentals: Digital Image model, Image formats 1 1
2.1 Image Sampling and Quantization
2.2 Basic relationship between pixels, Connectivity- 4, 8 and m
connectivity 1 1
2.3 Distance measures- Euclidean, city-block, chessboard
Color model-RGB, CMY, HSI, 1 1
Color space conversion-RGB to HSV and YCbCr
2.4 Practical: HVS and color space: (RGB to HSV, YCbCr color 2 1
space)
3. Image Enhancement: Point transformations- gray level 1 2
Transformations
3.1 Image Negative, Contrast stretching, Log transformation- 1 2
Gamma correction
3.2 Histogram processing 1 2
3.3 Practical: Image enhancement: Point transformations: 2 2
Image negative, log-transformation, contrast-stretching,
histogram equalization
3.4 Spatial Filtering-Noise models – Salt and Pepper, Periodic 1 2
3.5 Mean-median filters-Order statistics filter
3.6 Practical: Image enhancement - Spatial filtering – Edges- 1 2
Laplacian filter, unsharp masking, high-boost filter, and Sobel
and Roberts operators
3.7 Dithering: Gray-level thresholding- Binary image 1 2
3.8 Practical: Dithering: Threshold a gray-scale image to get 2 2
binary, add noise to the original image and threshold,
Compare and comment

Passed in BoS Meeting 27.04.2024 Approved in 67th Academic Council Meeting 25.05.2024
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

3.9 Edges- Point, line detection, Laplacian filter, unsharp masking 1 2

3.10 High-boost filter, and Sobel and Roberts operators 1 2
4 Spectral representation for enhancement and coding:
4.1 Fourier 2 3
4.2 Discrete cosine Transform 1 3
4.3 Practical: Spectral representation for enhancement and 2 3
coding - DFT, DCT of simple images containing an edge or a
box.
4.4 Spectrum-Frequency domain filtering –Periodic noise 3
1
removal-
4.5 JPEG compression 2 3
4.6 Practical: Image enhancement: Filtering in the frequency 3
domain:
2
Perform LP of different size (spatial). Add periodic noise and
remove using frequency filtering methods
5 Segmentation: Region based segmentation 1 4
5.1 Region growing– Region splitting and merging 1 4
5.2 Watershed Segmentation 1 4
5.3 Practical: Segmentation: Region growing, region splitting
and merging, and watershed segmentation
5.4 Gray-scale Morphological operations: Erosion, Dilation 1 4
5.5 Opening, closing, structuring element
5.6 Geometric operations: Shrinking, Zooming and Rotation by 2 4
Interpolations
5.7 Practical: Morphological operations: Erosion, Dilation, 2 4
Opening, closing Selection of the structuring element,
Increase the size of structuring element – Locating an object
6. Representation and Description: Boundary representation 1 5
6.1 Chain codes–Signatures
6.2 Boundary descriptors–Shape numbers-Fourier descriptors 1 5
6.3 Regional Descriptors-Topological descriptors-Euler number
6.4 Practical: Geometric operations: Shrinking, Zooming and 4
Rotation by Interpolations Comment on the quality of a 2
thumbnail-size using different interpolation methods
7. Real world Applications: Number plate detection 2 6
7.2 Detecting cyst/tumour in MRI sound images 1 6
7.3 Non-destructive testing with Thermal images 1 6
7.4 Change detection between two satellite images
Mini project: 6
Theory 24
Practical 24
Total 48
Course Designers:
• Dr.S.Md.Mansoor Roomi [email protected]
• Dr.B.Yogameena [email protected]

Passed in BoS Meeting 27.04.2024 Approved in 67th Academic Council Meeting 25.05.2024
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Category L T P Credit TE
OPTICAL AND WIRELESS
22EC630
COMMUNICATION PCC 3 0 2 4 Theory

Preamble
The objective of the course on “Optical and Wireless Communications” is to present the
techniques in the physical layer aspects of optical and wireless communications and
determine the performance of wireless and optical systems in terms of capacity and probability
of error.
Prerequisite
NIL
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO Course Outcome TCE Expected Expected
Proficiency Proficiency Attainment
Scale in % Level %
CO1 Describe the working of optical fiber with TPS 2
different modes of signal propagation and 70 60
optical transmitters.
CO2 Characterize the Optical and Wireless TPS 2
channels in terms of transmission 70 60
parameters.
CO3 Determine the Receiver Performance TPS 3
analysis of Optical and Wireless 70 60
communication systems.
CO4 Apply suitable Equalizers in Receiver TPS 3
structures for ISI free transmission in optical 70 60
and wireless channels.
CO5 Determine the Capacity Performance of TPS 3
Optical and MIMO Wireless 70 60
communication systems.
CO6 Describe multiplexing techniques in fibre TPS 3
70 60
optical communication system.
Mapping with Programme Outcomes
COs PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PS PS PS
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O2
CO1 M L - - - - - - - - - - L - L
CO2 M L L - - - - - - - - - L - L
CO3 S M L - - - - - - - - - M - L
CO4 S M L - - - - - - - - - M - L
CO5 S M L - - - - - - - - - M - L
CO6 S M L - - - - - - - - - M - L
S- Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Passed in BoS Meeting 27.04.2024 Approved in 67th Academic Council Meeting 25.05.2024
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Assessment Pattern
Assessment - I Assessment - II Terminal Exam (%)
CAT – I (%) CAT – II (%) (Theory)
TPS
1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
CO
CO1 - 10 30 - - 4 15
CO2 - 10 20 - - 4 15
CO3 - 10 20 - - 4 15
CO4 - - 15 20 - 3 15
CO5 - - 15 20 - 3 10
CO6 10 20 2 10
Total - 30 70 - 40 60 - 20 80

Syllabus
Optical fiber Communication: Key elements of optical fiber system, System design
consideration point –to –point links, Optical Fibers: Structures, optical fiber modes and
configurations, Modal analysis, Step-index and graded index optical fibers, Optical
Transmitters: Light Emitting Diode: structure, LED characteristics, Laser: rate equation,
Laser characteristics.
Channel characteristics: Wireless link: Time and Frequency Coherence: Doppler Spread
and Coherence Time, Delay Spread and Coherence Bandwidth, Power delay profile, Flat
fading, frequency selective fading. Optical fiber link: Attenuation, Material absorption losses,
Linear scattering losses, Nonlinear scattering losses, Fiber bend loss, Dispersion, Chromatic
dispersion, Intermodal dispersion, polarization mode dispersion and Dispersion modified
single mode fibers.
Receiver and BER analysis: Wireless link: Detection in a Rayleigh Fading Channel, Time
Diversity: Repetition Coding, Spatial Diversity: Receive Diversity, Transmit Diversity: Space-
Time Codes, MIMO, Frequency Diversity: Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing.
Optical fiber link: Fundamental receiver operation, PIN photo detector, characteristics;
Avalanche photodiode, characteristics, Noise in Photo detector. Demodulation: Direct
detection, coherent detection.
Channel Equalization: Wireless link: The channel model, Receiver front end, Eye diagrams,
Maximum likelihood sequence estimation, Linear equalization, Decision feedback
equalization. Optical fiber link: equalization, digital receiver performance, eye diagram.
Capacity analysis: Wireless link: Capacity in the presence of fading, Outage probability,
MIMO channels, Receive Diversity, Transmit Diversity, Time and Frequency Diversity,
Diversity multiplexing tradeoff. Multiplexing techniques in optical fiber link: optical time division
multiplexing, subcarrier multiplexing, orthogonal frequency division multiplexing, Wavelength
division multiplexing, Spatial division multiplexing.
Practical:
Experiment List:

• Find out the numerical aperture and v number estimation of the single mode fiber.
• Characterization of optical sources and detectors.
• Loss analysis in optical fiber link due to bending conditions.
• Analog and Digital fiber optic links
• WDM fiber optic link
• Simulation of Power Delay Profile in channel impulse response.
• Design and simulation of Equalizers.
• Simulation of BER performance of PSK in Rayleigh frequency flat, slow fading
channels.
• Simulation of OFDM Systems
• Capacity analysis of wireless systems.

Passed in BoS Meeting 27.04.2024 Approved in 67th Academic Council Meeting 25.05.2024
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Text Book
• Gerd Keiser, “Optical fiber communications”, McGraw Hill Int., 5 th edition, 2017.
• John Senior, “Optica fiber communication-principles and practices”, Prentice Hall of
India, 3rd edition, 2013.
• Upamanyu Madhow, “Fundamentals of Digital Communication”, Cambridge University
Press,2008.
• D. Tse and P. Viswanath,” Fundamentals of Wireless Communications”, Cambridge
University Press, 2005.

Reference Books& web resources

• Rajiv Ramaswami, Kumar Sivarajan, Galen Sasaki, “Optical Networks: a practical
perspective” Morgan kaufmann publishers, 3 rd edition, 2009.
• G.P. Agarwal, “Fiber optic communication system”, Wiley, 4th edition, 2010.
• J. Gower, “Optical communication system”, Prentice Hall of India, 2nd edition, 2001.
• Joseph C. Palais, “Fiber Optic Communication”, Pearson Education, 5th edition, 2011.
• NPTEL course on “Fiber Optic Communication Technology” by Prof. Deepa Venkatesh,
Link: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ougKUUM3hJA
• NPTEL course on “Digital Communication using GNU radio” by Prof. Kumar Appaiah,
Link: https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc24_ee51/preview.
• Emil Björnson and Özlem Tugfe Demir, Introduction to Multiple Antenna
Communications and Reconfigurable Surfaces, Now Publishers,2024
• A. J. Goldsmith, Wireless Communications, Cambridge University Press, 2005.
• A. Paulraj, R. Nabar and D Gore, ―Introduction to Space-Time Wireless
Communications, Cambridge University Press, 2003.

Course Contents and Lecture Schedule

Module Topic Lecture
No. Hours
1 Optical fiber Communication:
1.1 Key elements of optical fiber system, System design consideration 1
point –to –point links
2 Optical Fibers
2.1 Structures, optical fiber modes and configurations 1
2.2 Modal analysis, Step-index and graded index optical fibers 1
3 Optical Transmitters
3.1 Light Emitting Diode: structure 1
3.2 LED characteristics, Laser: rate equation, Laser characteristics 1
4 Channel characteristics:
4.1 Wireless link: Time and Frequency Coherence: Doppler Spread 1
and Coherence Time,
4.2 Delay Spread and Coherence Bandwidth 1
4.3 Power delay profile 1
4.4 Flat fading, frequency selective fading 1
4.5 Optical fiber link: Attenuation, Material absorption losses, 1
4.6 Linear scattering losses, Nonlinear scattering losses 1
4.7 Fiber bend loss, Dispersion, Chromatic dispersion, Intermodal 1
dispersion,
4.8 polarization mode dispersion and Dispersion modified single mode 1
fibers
5 Receiver and BER analysis:
5.1 Optical fiber link: Fundamental receiver operation, PIN photo 2
detector, characteristics; Avalanche photodiode, characteristics,

Passed in BoS Meeting 27.04.2024 Approved in 67th Academic Council Meeting 25.05.2024
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

5.2 Noise in Photo detector. Demodulation: Direct detection, coherent 2

detection
5.3 Wireless link: Detection in a Rayleigh Fading Channel, Time 2
Diversity: Repetition Coding, Spatial Diversity: Receive Diversity,
5.4 Transmit Diversity: Space-Time Codes, MIMO, Frequency Diversity: 2
Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing
6 Channel Equalization:
Wireless link: The channel model, Receiver front end, Eye diagrams, 2
,
6.1 Maximum likelihood sequence estimation, Linear equalization 2
6.2 Decision feedback equalization 2
6.3 Optical fiber link: equalization, digital receiver performance, eye 1
diagram
7 Capacity analysis: Wireless link
7.1 Capacity in the presence of fading, Outage probability 2
7.2 MIMO channels, Receive Diversity, Transmit Diversity 2
7.3 Time and Frequency Diversity, Diversity multiplexing tradeoff 1
7.4 Multiplexing techniques in optical fiber link: optical time division 1
multiplexing
7.5 subcarrier multiplexing, orthogonal frequency division multiplexing 1
7.6 Wavelength division multiplexing, Spatial division multiplexing. 1
Theory 36
Practical 24
Total 60

Course Designers:
• Dr.S.J. Thiruvengadam [email protected]
• Dr.K.Rajeswari [email protected]
• Dr.G.Ananthi [email protected]
• Dr.N.Ayyanar [email protected]

Passed in BoS Meeting 27.04.2024 Approved in 67th Academic Council Meeting 25.05.2024
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

DETAILED SYLLABI

FOR

ELECTIVE COURSES
(for the students admitted from the academic year 2022-23)

B. E. DEGREE PROGRAMME
(Electronics and Communication Engineering)

THIAGARAJAR COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING

(A Government Aided Autonomous Institution Affiliated to Anna University)
MADURAI – 625 015, TAMILNADU

Phone : 0452 – 2482240, 41

Fax : 0452 2483427
Web : www.tce.edu

Passed in BoS meeting 18.11.2023 Approved in 66th Academic Council Meeting 16.12.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

LIST OF ELECTIVE COURSES

Sl. Course Course Tile Category

No. Code
1. 22ECRA0 SIGNAL INTEGRITY FOR HIGH-SPEED SYSTEM PEES
DESIGN
2. 22ECPA0 ARTIFICIAL NEURAL NETWORKS FOR RF PSE
APPLICATIONS
3. 22ECPB0 MICRO STRUCTURES PSE
4. 22ECPC0 ADVANCED ANTENNA TECHNOLOGY PSE
5. 22ECPD0 COMPUTER VISION AND APPLICATIONS PSE
6. 22ECRB0 MULTIMEDIA COMPRESSION TECHNIQUES PEES
7. 22ECPE0 SATELLITE REMOTE SENSING PSE
8. 22ECPF0 SATELLITE DATA ANALYSIS PSE
9. 22ECRC0 ARRAY SIGNAL PROCESSING PEES
10. 22ECRD0 STATISTICAL SIGNAL PROCESSING PEES
11. 22ECPG0 SIGNAL PROCESSING WITH SMARTPHONE PSE
12. 22ECPH0 SIGNAL PROCESSING AND MACHINE LEARNING PSE
FOR AUDIO AND SPEECH
13. 22ECPJ0 DIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN USING FPGA PSE
14. 22ECPK0 LOW POWER VLSI DESIGN PSE
15. 22ECRE0 CAD FOR VLSI CIRCUITS PEES
16. 22ECRF0 ASIC DESIGN PEES
17. 22ECRG0 REAL TIME SYSTEMS PEES
18. 22ECPL0 IOT SYSTEM AND APPLICATIONS PSE
19. 22ECRH0 PARALLEL PROGRAMMING PEES
20. 22ECPM0 ELECTRONIC MEASUREMENT AND PSE
INSTRUMENTS
21. 22ECPN0 FIBER OPTIC COMMUNICATION PSE
22. 22ECPP0 5G WIRELESS NETWORKS PSE
23. 22ECRJ0 AD-HOC NETWORKS AND APPLICATIONS PEES
24. 22ECRK0 BLOCKCHAIN AND APPLICATIONS PEES
25. 22ECPQ0 CRYPTOGRAPHY AND CYBERSECURITY PSE

PSE - Programme Specific Elective

PEES - Programme Elective for Expanded Scope

Passed in BoS meeting 18.11.2023 Approved in 66th Academic Council Meeting 16.12.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Category L T P Credit
SIGNAL INTEGRITY FOR HIGH-
22ECRA0
SPEED SYSTEM DESIGN PEES 2 1 0 3

Preamble
Signal integrity refers to the quality of electrical signals as they travel through electronic
systems, ensuring minimal distortion, noise, or loss, crucial for reliable communication and
functionality in high-speed system design. The fundamentals of ideal transmission line
structures, properties, parameters, reflection analysis at the source/load-end, performance
metrics to ensure signal integrity is covered in module-1. The crosstalk, one of the major
sources of noise coupling phenomenon in high density PCB systems and the different
techniques to minimize the crosstalk noise is given in module-2. One of the signaling
techniques that is commonly employed at higher data-rates, called Differential signaling, the
source of common-mode noise generation and strategies to minimize the noise are covered
in module-3. In module-4, the non-ideal return paths, the sources of switching noise generation
and the methodologies to suppress the noise were presented. Finally, the high-speed
measurement techniques to measure TDR, impedance, crosstalk noise and the usage of VNA
for one-port and two-port measurements were discussed in module-5. A tutorial is given at the
end of each module to gain insight in to the theoretical concepts.
Prerequisite
Nil
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO# TPS Expected Expected
Course Outcomes Scale Proficiency Attainment
in % Level %
CO1 Design and analyze transmission lines, ensuring TPS
efficient signal propagation and minimal signal 3 70 60
degradation
CO2 Apply techniques to suppress crosstalk issues in TPS
electronic circuits, ensuring reliable device 3 70 60
operation and signal integrity
CO3 Design and implement effective techniques to TPS
minimize common-mode noise and ensure robust 3 70 60
data transmission
CO4 Apply practical strategies to mitigate switching TPS
noise and PDN noise impact on signal integrity 3 70 60
and circuit performance
CO5 Use advanced tools and methods for accurate TPS
analysis and troubleshooting of high-speed 3 70 60
electronic systems
CO6 Analyze the coupled noise in multiconductor TPS
transmission lines through PCB prototype 3 70 60
fabrication and measurements using VNA
Mapping with Programme Outcomes
COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO
10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 S M L - L - - L L L - - M L L
CO2 S M L - L - - L M M - - M L L
CO3 S M L - L - - L M M - - M L L

Passed in BoS meeting 18.11.2023 Approved in 66th Academic Council Meeting 16.12.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

CO4 S M L - L - - L M M - - M L L
CO5 S M L - L - - L M M - - M L L
CO6 S M L - L - - L M M - - M L L
S- Strong; M-Medium; L-Low
Assessment Pattern
Assessment - I Assessment - II
CAT – I (%) Assg. I * (%) CAT – II (%) Assg. II *(%) Terminal Exam (%)
TPS
Scale
1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
CO

CO1 - 10 20 - - - 10
CO2 - 10 20 100 - - 4 10
CO3 - 10 30 - - 4 15
CO4 - - 10 20 - 4 15
CO5 - - 10 30 100 - 4 15
CO6 - 10 20 4 15
Total - 30 70 100 - 30 70 100 - 20 80
Syllabus
Introduction: Ideal Transmission Line Fundamentals, Transmission Line Structures,
Transmission-Line Properties, Transmission Line Parameters, RLGC extraction,
Transmission Line Reflections, Time-Domain Reflectometry (TDR), Eye-diagram, Jitter.
Tutorial - 1: Transient simulation of interconnects and analyze response using TDR, EYE,
Jitter, and RLGC extraction. Crosstalk: Mutual Inductance and Capacitance, Coupled Wave
Equations, Coupled Line Analysis, Near-end crosstalk, Far-end crosstalk, Crosstalk
Minimization: 3W rule, Dielectric overlay, Guard Trace – open-ended, terminated and vias
stitched, Serpentine trace. Tutorial - 2: Coupled line simulation with guard trace – open-ended,
short, termination and analyze NEXT, FEXT. Differential Signaling: Removal of Common-
Mode Noise, Differential Crosstalk, Virtual Reference Plane, Propagation of Modal Voltages,
Drawbacks of Differential Signaling - Mode Conversion, Fiber-Weave Effect. Common-mode
suppression – Common-mode filters. Tutorial - 3: DGS based common mode filter design and
analyze response using Differential and common-mode insertion loss, EYE and Jitter.
Channel Effects: Nonideal Return Paths, Vias, Physics based Via modeling, Simultaneous
Switching Noise, Power Delivery Network. Switching noise suppression: Split powerplane,
Decoupling capacitors, High-impedance powerplane. High Speed Digital Interface - USB,
PCIE, DDR, SDIO, eMMC. Tutorial - 4: Parallel plate resonance and suppression using high-
impedance power plane. High-Speed Measurement Techniques: Time-Domain
Reflectometry, Impedance Measurement, Crosstalk Noise, Propagation Velocity, Vector
Network Analyzer, S-Parameters, One-Port Measurements (ZO,L,C), Two-Port
Measurements (Td, Attenuation, Crosstalk). Tutorial – 5: Coupled line fabrication and analyze
NEXT, FEXT in frequency domain using VNA.
Text Book
• Stephen H. Hall, Howard L. Heck, "Advanced Signal Integrity for High-Speed Digital
Designs", John Wiley & Sons, 2009.
• Stephen H. Hall, Garrett W. Hall, James A. McCall, "High-Speed Digital System Design: A
Handbook of Interconnect Theory and Design Practices", Wiley-IEEE Press, 2000.
Reference Books
• Peter J. Pupalaikis, "S-Parameters for Signal Integrity", Cambridge University Press, 2020.
• Eric Bogatin, "Signal and Power Integrity – Simplified", Pearson, Third Edition, 2018.
• Fabien Ndagijimana, "Signal Integrity: From High-Speed to Radiofrequency Applications",
Wiley-ISTE, 2014.
• Stephen C. Thierauf, "Understanding Signal Integrity", Artech House, 2010.
• Huray, Paul G., "The Foundations of Signal Integrity", John Wiley & Sons, 2009.
• Howard W. Johnson, Martin Graham, "High-speed Digital Design: A Handbook of Black

Passed in BoS meeting 18.11.2023 Approved in 66th Academic Council Meeting 16.12.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Magic", Prentice Hall, 1993.

Course Contents and Lecture Schedule
Lecture
# Topic
Hours
Introduction: (7)
1 Ideal Transmission Line Fundamentals, Transmission Line Structures, 2
Transmission-Line Properties, Transmission Line Parameters, RLGC
2 2
extraction,
Transmission Line Reflections, Time-Domain Reflectometry (TDR), Eye-
3 2
diagram, Jitter.
Tutorial - 1: Transient simulation of interconnects and analyze response
4 1
using TDR, EYE, Jitter, and RLGC extraction.
Crosstalk: (7)
Mutual Inductance and Capacitance, Coupled Wave Equations, Coupled
5 2
Line Analysis,
Near-end crosstalk, Far-end crosstalk, Crosstalk Minimization: 3W rule,
6 2
Dielectric overlay,
Guard Trace – open-ended, terminated and vias stitched, Serpentine
7 2
trace.
Tutorial - 2: Coupled line simulation with guard trace – open-ended, short,
8 1
termination and analyze NEXT, FEXT.
Differential Signaling: (7)
Removal of Common-Mode Noise, Differential Crosstalk, Virtual
9 2
Reference Plane,
Propagation of Modal Voltages, Drawbacks of Differential Signaling - Mode
10 2
Conversion,
11 Fiber-Weave Effect. Common-mode suppression – Common-mode filters. 2
Tutorial - 3: DGS based common mode filter design and analyze response
12 1
using Differential and common-mode insertion loss, EYE and Jitter
Channel Effects: (7)
Nonideal Return Paths, Vias, Physics based Via modeling, Simultaneous
13 2
Switching Noise,
Power Delivery Network. Switching noise suppression: Split powerplane,
14 2
Decoupling capacitors, High-impedance powerplane.
15 High Speed Digital Interface - USB, PCIE, DDR, SDIO, eMMC. 2
Tutorial - 4: Parallel plate resonance and suppression using high-
16 1
impedance power plane.
High-Speed Measurement Techniques: (8)
17 Time-Domain Reflectometry, Impedance Measurement, Crosstalk Noise, 2
18 Propagation Velocity, Vector Network Analyzer, S-Parameters, 2
One-Port Measurements (ZO,L,C), Two-Port Measurements (Td,
19 1
Attenuation, Crosstalk).
Tutorial – 5: Coupled line fabrication and analyze NEXT, FEXT in frequency
20 3
domain using VNA.
TOTAL 36

Course Designers:
• Dr.K.Vasudevan, [email protected]
• Dr B.Manimegalai, [email protected]
• Dr.S.Kanthamani, [email protected]

Passed in BoS meeting 18.11.2023 Approved in 66th Academic Council Meeting 16.12.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

ARTIFICIAL NEURAL NETWORKS Category L T P Credit

22ECPA0
FOR RF APPLICATIONS PSE 3 0 0 3

Preamble

This course provides an in-depth exploration using Artificial Neural Network techniques for the
design and modelling of RF and microwave components. It covers fundamental concepts of
neural networks, data pre-processing, model evaluation and techniques. It also provides an
insight to the implementation of neural network models for RF circuit design and optimization.

Prerequisite
Nil

Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to

COs Course Outcomes TCE Expected Expected

Proficiency Proficiency Attainment
Scale in % Level %
CO1 Understand the design and optimization TPS2 70 70
process of RF and Microwave
Components
CO2 Discuss the basic concepts of neural TPS3 70 70
networks
CO3 Explore the different neural network TPS3 70 70
training techniques
CO4 Discuss the procedure for modeling RF TPS3 70 70
and Microwave Components using
neural networks
CO5 Discuss the process for optimization of TPS3 70 70
various RF Components
CO6 Apply ANN technique in the design of RF TPS3 70 70
and microwave circuits
Mapping with Programme Outcomes
COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO
10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 M L L - - - - - - - - L L - -
CO2 S M L - - - - - - - - L M - -
CO3 S M L - M - - - - - - L M - -
CO4 S M L - M - - - - - - L M - -
CO5 S M L - M - - - - - - L M - -
CO6 S M L - M - - - - - - L M - -
S- Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Passed in BoS meeting 18.11.2023 Approved in 66th Academic Council Meeting 16.12.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Assessment Pattern

Assessment - I Assessment - II
Assg. I Assg. II Terminal
CAT – I(%) CAT – II(%)
*(%) *(%) Exam(%)
TPS
Scale
1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
CO

CO1 - 20 - - - - - 10 -
CO2 - 20 - 100 - - - - 10 -
CO3 - 20 40 - - - - 10 -
CO4 - - - - 20 10 - 10 10
CO5 - - - - 10 20 100 - - 20
CO6 - - - - 10 30 - - 30
Total - 60 40 100 - 40 60 100 - 40 60

Syllabus
Introduction – RF and Microwave Design, Anatomy of Design Process, Conventional design
procedures, CAD Approach and Optimization of RF circuits.
Introduction to Artificial Neural Networks: Highlights of neural network modelling approach
–Multilayer perceptron (MLP) - Back Propagation – Radial Basis function networks (RBF),
Clustering algorithms, Recurrent neural networks
Training of neural networks: Microwave neural modelling- Key issues in neural modelling-
Neural network training- Back propagation algorithm and its variants- Training algorithms
using Gradient Descent Techniques- Genetic algorithms- Comparison of different training
Techniques- feed forward neural network training
Models for RF and Microwave Components – Modelling procedure, Selection of Model
Input and Output parameters, Training Data Generation, Error Measures, Integration of EM-
ML Models with circuit and network simulators, Passive component modelling using Neural
Networks-Models for vias and multilayer interconnects-CPW transmission line, Bends, opens,
short, spiral inductors, Patch antenna, high speed interconnects, active component modelling:
Direct and Indirect Modelling Approach – Transistor DC model-Small and Large Signal Models
Design, Analysis and Optimization: Optimization of component structure- Circuit
optimization using ANN models- Multilayer circuit design and optimization using ANNs-yield
optimization of amplifiers, ANN models linked to design software, efficient use of EM
simulators, Trends and challenges
Case Studies - Design and Optimization-Antenna, RF MEMS and Nano structures, FSS
Text Book
• K. C. Gupta, Q. J. Zhang. “Neural Networks for RF and Microwave Design”ArtechHouse,
2000.
Reference Books& web resources
• Zlatica Marinkovicet et al., “Artificial Neural Network based Design of RF MEMS
Capacitive Shunt Switches”, The Applied Computational Electromagnetics Society
Journal,31(7):756-764,2021.
• Percy, J.J., Kanthamani, S., Sethuraman, S. et al. Artificial Neural Network Approach to
Model Sidewall Metallization of Silicon-based Bistable Lateral RF MEMS Switch for
Redundancy Applications. Silicon 14, 9175–9185 (2022). https://doi.org/10.1007/s12633-
022-02070-2
• El Misilmani, HM, Naous, T, Al Khatib, SK. A review on the design and optimization of
antennas using machine learning algorithms and techniques. Int J RF MicrowComput
Aided Eng. 30:e22356, 2020.
• https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105152/- Introduction to machine learning by Prof.
Sudeshna Sarkar, IIT Kharagpur

Passed in BoS meeting 18.11.2023 Approved in 66th Academic Council Meeting 16.12.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Course Contents and Lecture Schedule

Lecture
# Topic
Hours
Introduction to the Course, COs POs 1
1 Introduction – RF and Microwave Design (2)
2 Anatomy of Design Process and Conventional design procedures 1
3 CAD Approach and Optimization of RF circuits 1
Introduction to Artificial Neural Networks: (5)
4 Highlights of neural network modelling approach 1
5 Multilayer perceptron (MLP) 1
6 Back Propagation 1
7 Radial Basis function networks (RBF) 1
8 Clustering algorithms, Recurrent neural networks 1
Training of neural networks (6)
9 Microwave neural modelling- Key issues in neural modelling 1
10 Neural network training- Back propagation algorithm and its variants 1
11 Training algorithms using Gradient Descent Techniques 1
12 Genetic algorithms, Comparison of different training Techniques 2
13 Feed forward neural network training 1
Models for RF and Microwave Components (10)
Modelling procedure, Selection of Model Input and Output parameters,
14 1
Training Data Generation, Error Measures
Integration of EM-ML Models with circuit and network simulators, Passive
component modelling using Neural Networks-Models for vias and
15 3
multilayer interconnects-CPW transmission line, Bends, opens, short,
spiral inductors, Patch antenna, high speed interconnects
Active component modelling: Direct and Indirect Modelling Approach –
16 2
Transistor DC model-Small and Large Signal Models Design
17 Analysis and Optimization: Optimization of component structure 1
Circuit optimization using ANN models- Multilayer circuit design and
18 1
optimization using ANNs
Yield optimization of amplifiers, ANN models linked to design software,
19 2
efficient use of EM simulators, Trends and challenges
Case Studies - Design and Optimization (12)
20 Antenna 4
21 RF MEMS and Nano structures 4
22 FSS 4
TOTAL 36

Course Designers:
• Dr.S.Kanthamani [email protected]

Passed in BoS meeting 18.11.2023 Approved in 66th Academic Council Meeting 16.12.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Category L T P Credit
22ECPB0 MICRO STRUCTURES
PSE 3 0 0 3

Preamble
Miniaturization of RF Transceiver have been identified as one of the most promising
technologies for the 21st Century and has the potential to revolutionize both industrial and
consumer products by combining silicon-based microelectronics with micromachining
technology. This course starts with the glimpses of transmitter-receiver architecture and need
for miniaturization followed by introduction and origin of MEMS, driving force for MEMS
development, commercial applications, fabrication process and packaging techniques. The
latter half of the course will be devoted to provide a thumb rule in designing, modeling various
RF MEMS components such as switches, capacitors, phase shifters, and antennas. They are
also exposed to the MEMS CAD tools available in the Design center. Special weight is given
to design circuits and do simulation with Comsol, Intellisuite and Coventorware. By taking this
course, students can make good preparations for their research in relevant areas
Prerequisite
NIL
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to
COs Course Outcomes TCE Expected Expected
Proficiency Proficiency Attainment
Scale in % Level %
CO1 Understanding of transmitter-receiver TPS2 70 70
architecture, including its blocks,
functionalities and the advantages of
miniaturization and scaling
CO2 Discuss the basic concepts of actuation TPS3 70 70
mechanisms, packaging and micro-
fabrication techniques to RF applications
CO3 Design RF MEMS Switch Networks TPS3 70 70
CO4 Design RF MEMS capacitors and inductors TPS3 70 70
CO5 Design RF MEMS phase shifters for TPS3 70 70
phased array antennas
CO6 Apply the concept of micromachining to TPS3 70 70
various micro structures
CO7 Acquire skills in computer-aided design TPS3 70 70
tools for modeling and simulating RF MEMS
devices
Mapping with Programme Outcomes
COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO
10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 M L - - - - - - - - - - L - -
CO2 S M L - - - - - - - - - M - -
CO3 S M L - L - - L - L - L M - -
CO4 S M L - L - - L - L - L M - -
CO5 S M L - L - - L - - - L M - -
CO6 S M L - L - - L - - - L M - -
CO7 S M L - L - - L - - - L M - -
S- Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Passed in BoS meeting 18.11.2023 Approved in 66th Academic Council Meeting 16.12.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Assessment Pattern
Assessment - I Assessment - II
Assg. I Assg. II Terminal Exam
CAT – I(%) CAT – II(%)
*(%) *(%) (%)
TPS
CO 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
CO1 - 10 - - - - - 10 -
CO2 - 20 - 100 - - - - 20 -
CO3 - 5 30 - - - - - 15
CO4 - 5 30 - - - - - 15
CO5 - - - - 20 30 100 - - 15
CO6 - - - - 5 20 - - 10
CO7 - - - 10 15 - 5 10
Total - 40 60 100 - 35 65 100 - 35 65
Syllabus
Introduction: Transmitter Receiver Architecture– Blocks and Functionalities, Benefits of
Miniaturization and Scaling
Overview of MEMS: Driving force for MEMS development, Applications in wireless
communication, space and defence, RF MEMS in industry and academia, Commercial
packages.
Actuation Mechanisms in MEMS: Electrostatic, Thermal and Magnetic
Micro fabrication Techniques: MEMS Materials, Material Properties, Bulk micromachining,
surface micromachining, Wet etching and dry etching, Thin-film depositions (LPCVD,
Sputtering, Evaporation), other techniques (LIGA, Electroplating).Conventional IC fabrication
processes.
Packaging of RF MEMS: Role of MEMS packaging, Types of MEMS Packages, Reliability
issues of MEMS packaging.
RF MEMS Components: Case study 1: RF MEMS in Switching Networks: Series switches,
Capacitive shunt switches, Electromagnetic modeling and Current research. Examples of
switches for various applications
Case Study 2: Tunable Capacitors and Inductors: Effect of inductor layout, reduction of
stray capacitance of planar inductor, Approaches for improving quality factor, Polymer-based
inductors, MEMS gap tuning, area tuning and dielectric tuning capacitors.
Case Study 3: RF MEMS in Phased Arrays: Types of phase shifters and their limitations,
Switched delay line phase shifters, Distributed phase shifters, Micromachined antennas,
Micromachining techniques to improve antenna performance, Reconfigurable antennas.
Case Study 4: Fabrication flow of cantilever and bridge type structures.
Computer-aided design of MEMS: Usage of Intellisuite, Coventorware, and Comsol CAD
tools.
Text Book
• Jacopo Iannacci. “RF-MEMS Technology for High-Performance Passives (2nd Edition):
5G applications and prospects for 6G”, IOP Publishing Ltd 2022
Reference Books & web resources
• Vijay K Varadhan, K.J.Vinoy, “RF MEMS and their Applications”, John Wiley & Sons,1998
• G.K. Ananthasuresh, K.J. Vinoy, S. Gopalakrishnan, K.N. Bhat, V.K. Aatre. “Micro and
Smart Systems”,Wiley India Pvt. Limited, 2010
• K.J.Vinoy,K.N.Bhat, V.K.Aatre “Micro and Smart Systems”, John Wiley & Sons,2010.
• http://care.iitd.ac.in/People/Faculty/bspanwar/teaching.html
• http://nptel.ac.in/courses/’MEMS and Microsystems’
• http://www.mecheng.iisc.ernet.in/~suresh/memscourse/pcontent.html

Passed in BoS meeting 18.11.2023 Approved in 66th Academic Council Meeting 16.12.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Course Contents and Lecture Schedule

Lecture
# Topic
Hours
Introduction to the Course, COs POs 1
1 Introduction: transmitter receiver architecture (2)
2 Blocks and Functionalities 1
3 Benefits of Miniaturization and Scaling 1
Overview of MEMS (2)
Driving force for MEMS development, Application in wireless
4 1
communications, space and defence applications
RF MEMS in industry and academia, Introduction to
5 1
Commercial packages
Actuation Mechanisms in MEMS (2)
6 Electrostatic Thermal and Magnetic 2
Micro Fabrication Techniques (3)
7 MEMS Materials, Material Properties 1
8 Bulk and surface micromachining 0.5
9 Wet and dry etching 0.5
Thin-film depositions (LPCVD, Sputtering, Evaporation), other
10 techniques (LIGA, Electroplating), Conventional IC fabrication 1
Processes
Packaging of RF MEMS (1)
11 Role of MEMS packaging ,Types of MEMS Packages 0.5
12 Reliability issues of MEMS packaging. 0.5
RF MEMS Components: Case study 1: RF MEMS Switch (3)
13 RF MEMS in Switching network : Series , Capacitive shunt switches 1
14 Electromagnetic modelling 1
15 Current research, Examples of switches for various applications 1
Case Study 2:Tunable Capacitors And Inductors (2)
Example of tunable capacitors and inductors and their applications in
16 0.5
circuits, Effect of inductor layout
17 Reduction of stray capacitance of planar inductor 0.5
18 Approaches for improving quality factor 0.5
19 MEMS gap tuning, Area tuning and dielectric tuning capacitors
0.5
Case Study 3: RF MEMS In Phased Array (6)
20 Types of phase shifters and their limitations 1
MEMS phase shifters: Switched delay line phase
21 2
shifters, Distributed phase shifters
22 Micromachined antennas, Microstrip antennas 1
23 Micromachining techniques to improve antenna performance
1
24 Reconfigurable antennas 1
Case study 4: Fabrication flow of cantilever and bridge type 2
25
structures
Computer aided design of MEMS (12)
26 Overview of Commercial packages 2
27 Usage of Intellisuite, Coventorware and Comsol CAD tools
9
28 Future trends in MEMS device design 1
TOTAL 36
Course Designers:
• Dr.S.Kanthamani [email protected]

Passed in BoS meeting 18.11.2023 Approved in 66th Academic Council Meeting 16.12.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Category L T P Credit
22ECPC0 ADVANCED ANTENNA TECHNOLOGY
PSE 3 0 0 3

Preamble
Advanced antenna technology revolutionizes telecommunications, offering transformative
improvements in wireless communication. Innovations like smart antennas and Massive
MIMO enhance signal strength, reduce interference, and boost coverage. These technologies,
coupled with advanced materials, result in compact, high-performance antennas resilient to
environmental factors. As the demand for faster and more reliable communication grows,
advanced antenna technology plays a crucial role in shaping the future of connectivity. This
course presents various types of antenna geometry suitable for the above-mentioned wireless
applications, the issues in respect of their design and development.
Prerequisite
NIL
Course Outcomes
COs Course Outcomes TCE Expected Expected
Proficiency Proficiency Attainment
Scale in % Level %
CO1 To understand the principle of various TPS3 70 60
antenna technology suitable for
advanced wireless communication
CO2 To design miniaturized antennas such as TPS3 70 60
metamaterials and EBG based
structures and techniques for enabling
advanced control of electromagnetic
properties
CO3 To design and develop antennas for TPS3 70 60
navigation system covering GPS, GNSS
and IRNSS
CO4 To design and analyse antenna arrays TPS3 70 60
and algorithms for smart antenna system
CO5 To design and analyze antennas for 5G TPS3 70 60
and future wireless communication
systems.
CO6 To study and investigate various TPS3 70 60
applications of millimeter wave antennas
and Radar for applications

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO
10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 S M L - L - - L M M - - L L L
CO2 S M L - L - - L M M - - L L L
CO3 S M L - L - - L M M - - L L L
CO4 S M L - L - - L M M - - L L L
CO5 S M L - L - - L M M - - L L L
CO6 S M L - - - - L M M - - L L L
S- Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Passed in BoS meeting 18.11.2023 Approved in 66th Academic Council Meeting 16.12.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Assessment Pattern

Assessment - I Assessment - II
Assg. I * Assg. II Terminal Exam
CAT – I (%) CAT – II (%)
(%) *(%) (%)
TPS
Scale
1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
CO

CO1 - 10 20 - - 4 10
CO2 - 10 30 100 - - 4 10
CO3 - 10 20 - - 4 15
CO4 - - 10 20 - - 15
CO5 - - 10 30 100 - 4 15
CO6 - - 10 20 - 4 15
Total - 30 70 100 - 30 70 100 - 20 80
Syllabus
Introduction: Review of antenna arrays and planar antenna design. Trends in recent wireless
applications and antenna technology such as Smart antenna, Miniaturized antennas,
Navigation system, Millimeterwave Radars, 5G and beyond, Design requirements and
specifications [6 hours]
Miniaturized antennas - Metamaterial, EBG structures: Concept of Metamaterials,
Classification, Principle of EBG structure and Compact EBG designs, Antenna Miniaturization,
Multi-band applications. [6 hours]
Antennas for Navigation system: Circularly polarized antennas for GPS, Single-and dual
feed Microstrip, Spiral and Helix antennas for GNSS, Low profile antenans for IRNSS
application [6 hours]
Smart Antenna: Antenna arrays, Types of arrays, Buttler matrices, Active and passive arrays.
Beamforming, Concept of angle of arrival estimation, Fixed weight beamforming and adaptive
beamforming. [6 hours]
Antenna for 5G & Beyond: 5G Massive MIMO Systems, Microstrip antennas for future 5G
mobile handsets, Substrate Integrated waveguide antennas, Reconfigurable and metasurface
antenna [6 hours]
Millimeter wave antennas for Automotive Radar: Millimeter wave technology,
characteristics and applications, Transceiver architecture, frequency allocation and FMCW
technique, mm wave Radar integrated sensor antenna, and Radome. Radar Equation and
Link Budget. [6 hours]

Reference Books & web resources

• Amit K. Singh, Mahesh P. Abegaonkar, Shiban Kishen Koul, "Metamaterials for
Antenna Applications", CRC Press, 2021.
• Fan Yang, Yahya Rahmat Samii, “Electromagnetic Band Gap Structures in Antenna
Engineering”, Cambridge University Press, 2009.
• Xiaodong Chen, Clive G. Parini, Brian Collins, Yuan Yao, Masood Ur Rehman,
"Antennas for Global Navigation Satellite Systems", John Wiley & Sons Ltd., 2012.
• Frank Gross, “Smart antennas for wireless communications”, McGraw-Hill, 2006.
• S. Chandran, “Adaptive antenna arrays, trends and applications”, Springer, 2009.
• Xiang, W.Zheng, K. Shen, X.S, “5G Mobile Communications”, Springer, 2016.
• Ericsson Handbook on “ Massive MIMO” 2023, Edition 2
• Robert W. Heath, Robert C. Daniel, James N. T.S. Rappaport, Murdock, “Millimeter
Wave Wireless Communications”, PH, 2014.
• Wonbin Hong, Chow-Yen Desmond Sim, "Microwave and Millimeter-wave Antenna
Design for 5G Smartphone Applications", Wiley-IEEE Press, 2022.

Passed in BoS meeting 18.11.2023 Approved in 66th Academic Council Meeting 16.12.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Course Contents and Lecture Schedule

Lecture
# Topic
Hours
Introduction (6) 1
1 Review of antenna arrays and planar antenna design. 2
2 Trends in recent wireless applications and antenna technology 2
5 Design requirements and specifications 1
Miniaturized antennas - Metamaterial, EBG structures (6)
6 Concept of Metamaterials, Classification, 2
7 Principle of EBG structure and Compact EBG designs, 2
8 Antenna Miniaturization, 1
9 Multi-band applications. 1
Antennas for Navigation system (6)
11 Circularly polarized antennas for GPS, 2
12 Single-and dual feed Microstrip 1
13 Spiral and Helix antennas for GNSS 2
14 Low profile antenans for IRNSS application 1
Smart Antenna (6)
16 Antenna arrays, Types of arrays, 1
17 Buttler matrices, Active and passive arrays 1
18 Beamforming, Concept of angle of arrival estimation 2
Fixed weight beamforming and adaptive beamforming 2
Antenna for 5G & Beyond (6)
19 5G Massive MIMO Systems 2
20 Microstrip antennas for future 5G mobile handsets, 2
21 Substrate Integrated waveguide antennas, 1
Reconfigurable and metasurface antenna 1
Millimeter wave antennas for Automotive Radar (6)
22 Millimeter wave technology, characteristics and applications, 2
23 Transceiver architecture, frequency allocation and FMCW technique 1
24 mm wave Radar integrated sensor antenna, and Radome. 2
Radar Equation and Link Budget. 1
TOTAL 36

Course Designers:

• Dr B.Manimegalai, [email protected]
• Dr.S.Kanthamani, [email protected]
• Dr.K.Vasudevan, [email protected]

Passed in BoS meeting 18.11.2023 Approved in 66th Academic Council Meeting 16.12.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Category L T P Credit
COMPUTER VISION AND
22ECPD0
APPLICATIONS PSE 3 0 0 3

Preamble
This course focuses on how computers treat vision to understand the human visual world. It
deals with the construction of explicit meaningful descriptions of physical objects or other
observable phenomena from images and how they are visualized by a computer and its
applications. It focuses theoretical and algorithmic basis by which valuable information about
the world can be automatically extracted and visualized from a single image or a set of images.
Since images are two-dimensional projections of the three-dimensional world, knowledge
about the objects in the scene and projection are required for the low-level vision process. In
mid-level, it describes how the feature points such as interest points corner points are
detected, matched and the alignment of matched feature points. The higher-level vision
encompasses object recognition and categorization, which includes various classifiers.
Recent developments in deep learning have revolutionized the field of computer vision,
bringing new innovations closer to deployment that benefit end users. The course will cover
traditional computer vision topics before introducing deep learning methods. In this course,
students will learn both basic concepts as well as the latest advances in these fields, so the
students can apply these methods in real-world applications after learning the basics.
Prerequisite
NIL
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO# TPS Expected Expected
Course Outcomes Scale Proficiency Attainment
in % Level %
CO1 Understand the concepts of image formation, TPS
camera parameters, 3D-2D transformations, and 2
70 60
perspective projection to solve computer vision
problems.
CO2 Extract meaningful information from images, TPS
including the identification of key interest points, 3
70 60
gradients, corners, and textures for computer
vision applications.
CO3 Demonstrate supervised and unsupervised TPS
classifiers and the architecture of a multilayer 3
70 60
perceptron by employing the backpropagation
algorithm to train the neural network.
CO4 Illustrate the concept of convolution, pooling, TPS
activation functions, batch normalization, data 3
augmentation and hyperparameters tuning to 70 60
train CNN architectures for specific computer
vision tasks.
CO5 Illustrate the concept of transfer learning, and pre- TPS
trained models such as AlexNet, VGGNet, and 3
70 60
ResNet to train and develop network models for
specific computer vision tasks.
CO6 Develop deep learning algorithms for image TPS
stitching, object detection using single-stage and 3
70 60
two-stage detectors, MRI reconstruction and
anomaly detection.

Passed in BoS meeting 18.11.2023 Approved in 66th Academic Council Meeting 16.12.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO
10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 M L - - - - - - L - - M L L L
CO2 S M L - M - - - M - - M M M M
CO3 S M L - M - - - M - - M M M M
CO4 S M L - L - - - M L - M M L L
CO5 S M L - M - - - M - - M M L M
CO6 S M L - M M - M M M - M M L M
S- Strong; M-Medium; L-Low
Assessment Pattern
Assessment - I Assessment - II
CAT – I (%) Assg. I * (%) CAT – II (%) Assg. II *(%) Terminal Exam (%)
TPS
Scale
1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
CO

CO1 - 30 0 - - 10
CO2 - 5 30 100 - - 15
CO3 - 5 30 - - 10 15
CO4 - - 10 20 - - 15
CO5 - - 5 30 100 - - 15
CO6 - - 5 30 - - 20
Total - 40 60 100 - 20 80 100 - 20 80

Syllabus
Low Level Vision: Introduction to computer vision and its applications – Image formation –
camera intrinsic and extrinsic parameters – 3D-2D Transformations – Euler Angle – Rotation
matrices – Translation – Perspective Projection [4 hours]
Middle Level Vision: Feature detectors and descriptors – Interest points, Harris corner
detection – Scale Invariant Feature Transform (SIFT), Histogram of Oriented Gradients (HOG)
– Local Binary Pattern (LBP) – Feature matching algorithms – RANSAC Euclidean distance
metric – Performance measures – Error rates [8 hours]
High Level Vision: Classifiers: Supervised, K-nearest neighbour, SVM, Unsupervised – Deep
learning – Multilayer perceptron – Back propagation – Higher-level representations, image
features – Convolution and pooling– CNN Architecture-Batch Normalization –Transfer
Learning – Alexnet – VGGnet – Resnet [8 hours]
Training Neural Networks: Activation functions – Data processing – Weight Initialization –
Hyperparameter tuning – Data augmentation. [6 hours]
Computer vision applications: Image stitching using feature alignment – Object detection –
Two stage detectors – RCNN – Faster RCNN - Single stage detector YOLO–– Semantic
Segmentation – Deep Generative model – GAN – MRI reconstruction – Anomaly Detection
[10 hours]
Text Book
• Ian Goodfellow, Yoshua Bengio, Aaron Courville, Deep Learning, MIT Press, 2016.
Reference Books
• R Szeliski, “Computer vision: algorithms and applications”, Springer Science & Business
Media, 2010.
• David A. Forsyth, Jean Ponce, “Computer Vision – A Modern Approach”, Prentice Hall,
2003, ISBN: 0130851981.
• Richard Hartley and Andrew Zisserman, “Multiple View Geometry in Computer Vision”,
Second Edition, Cambridge University Press, March 2004.
• Al Bovik, “Handbook of Image & Video Processing”, Academic Press, 2000, ISBN:
0121197905.

Passed in BoS meeting 18.11.2023 Approved in 66th Academic Council Meeting 16.12.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

• Prince, S.J.D, “Computer Vision: Models, Learning, and Inference”, Cambridge University
Press, 2012.
• Ragav VenRagav Venkatesan and Baoxin Li, “Convolutional Neural Networks in
- Visual Computing A Concise Guide”, CRC Press, Taylor and Francis Group, LCCN
- 2017029154| ISBN 9781498770392 (hardback : alk. paper), 2017.
• http://www.ius.cs.cmu.edu/demos/facedemo.html
• https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105216/Course on Computer Vision by Jayanta
Mukhopadhyay.
• https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106106224/Course on Deep learning for Computer Vision by
Vineet N Balasubramanian
• https://www.coursera.org/courses?query=computer%20vision.
Course Contents and Lecture Schedule
Lecture
# Topic
Hours
1. Introduction to the Course and course outcomes Computer Vision and 1
Applications
2. Image formation: camera intrinsic and extrinsic parameters 1
3. 3D-2D Transformations 1
4. Euler Angle, Rotation matrices 1
5. Translation 1
6. Perspective Projection, Pinhole cameras 1
7. Middle Level Vision: Feature detectors and descriptors 1
8. Interest points, Harris corner detection 1
9. Scale Invariant Feature Transform (SIFT) 1
10. Histogram of Oriented Gradients (HOG) 1
11. Local Binary Pattern (LBP) 1
12. Feature matching algorithms, RANSAC Euclidean distance metric 1
13. Performance measures, Error rates 1
14. High Level Vision: Classifiers: Supervised, K-nearest neighbour 1
15. SVM 1
16. Unsupervised, Deep learning: Multilayer perceptron, Back propagation 2
17. Higher-level representations, image features, Convolution and pooling, 2
CNN Architecture, Batch Normalization
18. Transfer Learning 1
19. Alexnet– 2
20. VGGnet–Resnet 2
21. Training Neural Networks: Activation functions 1
22. Data processing – Weight Initialization –Hyperparameter tuning 2
23. Data augmentation 1
24. Computer vision applications: Image stitching using feature alignment 1
25. Object detection: Two stage detectors: RCNN, Faster RCNN 2
26. Single stage detector: YOLO, Semantic Segmentation, 2
27. Deep Generative model, GAN – MRI Reconstruction 2
28. Anomaly Detection 1
TOTAL 36
Course Designers:
• Dr.B.Yogameena [email protected]
• Dr.S.Md.Mansoor Roomi [email protected]
• Dr.R.A.AlaguRaja [email protected]
• Dr.B.Sathyabama [email protected]
• Dr.M.Senthilarasi [email protected]

Passed in BoS meeting 18.11.2023 Approved in 66th Academic Council Meeting 16.12.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

MULTIMEDIA COMPRESSION Category L T P Credit

22ECRB0
TECHNIQUES PEES 3 0 0 3

Preamble
This course aims at understanding characteristics of various multimedia data and apply a
suitable coding/compression technique to efficiently represent the data.
Prerequisite
NIL
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to

CO# Course Outcome Statement TCE Expected Expected

Proficiency Proficiency Attainment
Scale in % Level %

CO1 Characterize Multimedia data and its TPS3 70 60

Compression with performance measures
CO2 Determine the performance of lossless TPS3 70 60
compression techniques such as variable-
length coding, Arithmetic and Dictionary-
based coding
CO3 Determine the performance of lossy TPS3 70 60
compression techniques such as scalar
and vector quantization and transform
coding
CO4 Illustrate the performance of Image TPS3 70 60
compression standards such as JPEG
2000 and JBIG
CO5 Illustrate the performance of video TPS3 70 60
compression schemes such as H.261 and
MPEG
CO6 Illustrate the performance of Audio TPS3 70 60
compression techniques such as G.726,
Vocoder, MPEG Audio , Surround sound
and Silence Compression

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO
10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 S M L - - - - - - - - - M - -
CO2 S M L - - - - - - - - - M - -
CO3 S M L - - - - - - - - - M - -
CO4 S M L - - - - - - - - - M - -
CO5 S M L - - - - - - - - - M - -
CO6 S M L - - - - - - - - - M - -
S- Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Assessment Pattern

Passed in BoS meeting 18.11.2023 Approved in 66th Academic Council Meeting 16.12.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Assessment - I Assessment - II
CAT – I (%) Assg. I * (%) CAT – II (%) Assg. II *(%) Terminal Exam (%)
TPS
Scale
1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
CO

CO1 - 10 10 - - 6 -
CO2 - 10 30 100 - - 4 16
CO3 - 10 30 - - 4 16
CO4 - - 5 20 - 2 16
CO5 - - 5 30 100 - 2 16
CO6 - - 10 30 - 2 16
Total - 30 70 100 - 20 80 100 - 20 80
Syllabus
Multimedia Data Representation: Special features of Multimedia – Graphics and Image Data
Representations –Fundamental Concepts in Video and Digital Audio – Storage requirements
for multimedia applications -Need for Compression. (4 hours)

Multimedia Data Compression: Lossless Compression Techniques: Run length coding-

Variable Length Coding: Huffman Coding- Non binary Huffman coding- Extended Huffman-
Adaptive Huffman, Arithmetic Coding, Dictionary Based Coding- LZ7 Algorithms (6 hours)

Lossy Compression Techniques: Distortion Measures-The Rate-Distortion Theory-

Quantization- Scalar and Vector Quantization, Differential Encoding- Transform Coding-
Discrete Cosine Transform, Karhunen–Loève Transform, Wavelet Based Coding- Sub band
coding - Embedded Zero tree of Wavelet Coding (EZW) -Set Partitioning in Hierarchical Trees
(SPIHT) coders; (8 Hours)

Image Compression Standards: JPEG 2000, JBIG, HEIF (High Efficiency Image File
Format); (5 hours)
Video Compression Standards: Video Compression Based on Motion Compensation-
MPEG-4, H.264, H.265 (HEVC (High Efficiency Video Coding)), MP4-Container, MOV.
(6 Hours)
Audio Compression Standards: Speech compression techniques – LPC and CELP-
Application to speech coding – G.722 - Application to audio coding – MPEG audio (MP3)-
AAC–M4A Surround sound - Dolby Digital- Silence Compression. (7 Hours)
Text Books
1. Li, Ze-Nian, Mark S. Drew, and Jiangchuan Liu, “Fundamentals of multimedia” Springer,
2021.
2. Khalid Sayood, “Introduction to Data Compression” Fifth Edition, Morgan Kauffmann
Publishers, Inc, Newnes, 2020.
Reference Books
1. David Salomon, “Data Compression: The Complete Reference”, Fourth Edition Springer
Science & Business Media, 2007.
2. David Salomon, “A Guide to Data Compression Methods”, Fourth Edition Springer Science
& Business Media, 2013.
3. Mark Nelson, Jean Louf Goilly, “The Data Compression Book”, BPB Publications, 1995.
4. Yun-Qing Shi, Huifang Sun, “Image and Video Compression for Multimedia Engineering -
Fundamentals, Algorithms, and Standards, Second Edition”, CRC Press, 2017.
5. https://archive.nptel.ac.in/course.html: Multimedia processing, Prof. Somnath Sengupta,
IIT Kharagpur
6. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/117101053: Information Theory and Coding, IIT Bombay, Prof.
S.N. Merchant

Passed in BoS meeting 18.11.2023 Approved in 66th Academic Council Meeting 16.12.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Course Contents and Lecture Schedule

Module Topic Lecture
No. Hour
1. Multimedia- Data Representation
1.1 What is Multimedia- Special features of Multimedia 1
1.2 Graphics and Image Data Representations –Fundamental 1
Concepts in Video and Digital Audio
1.3 Storage requirements for multimedia applications 1
1.4 Need for Compression, Measures of Performance 1
2. Multimedia Data Compression
2.1 Lossless Compression Techniques
2.1.1 Lossless Compression overview - Coding Redundancy-Run length 1
Coding
2.1.2 Variable Length Coding: Huffman Coding and its variations- 1
Baseline, Non-Binary, Extended
2.1.3 Adaptive Huffman 2
2.1.4 Arithmetic coding 1
2.1.5 Dictionary Based Coding –Diagrams, LZ77, LZ78, LZW 1
2.2 Lossy Compression Techniques
2.2.1 Distortion Measures, Rate Distortion Theory, differential encoding 1
2.2.2 Scalar and Vector Quantization 2
2.2.3 DCT, KL Transform coding 2
2.2.4 Wavelet Based Coding
2.2.4.1 Sub band coding 1
2.2.4.2 Embedded Zero tree of Wavelet coding 1
2.2.4.3 Set Partitioning in Hierarchical Trees (SPIHT) 1
3 Image Compression Standards
3.1 JPEG 2000 2
3.2 Bi-level Image Compression Standards: JBIG 1
3.3 HEIF (High Efficiency Image File Format) 2
4 Video Compression Standards
4.1 Video Compression Based on Motion Compensation 1
4.2 MPEG-4 1
4.3 H.264,H.265 2
4.4 MP4-Container, MOV 2
5. Audio Compression Standards
5.1 Speech compression: Vocoder 1
5.2 LPC, CELP, G.722 1
5.3 Application to audio coding – MPEG audio (MP3) 1
5.4 MPEG (AAC), M4A 2
5.5 Surround Sound- Dolby Digital and DTS X 1
5.6 Silence Compression 1

Course Designers:
• Dr.S.Md.Mansoor roomi [email protected]
• Dr.B.Sathya Bama [email protected]
• Dr.B.Yogameena [email protected]
• Dr.R.A.AlaguRaja [email protected]

Passed in BoS meeting 18.11.2023 Approved in 66th Academic Council Meeting 16.12.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Category L T P Credit
22ECPE0 SATELLITE REMOTE SENSING
PSE 3 0 0 3

Preamble
In this course the students will learn about the concepts and principles of various processes
of remote sensing, data acquisition systems and sensors, different types of remote sensing
satellites, data and their characteristics and satellite image processing operations using open
source software. They will also apply the satellite data for various societal developments
applications.
Prerequisite
NIL
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO Course Outcome TCE Expected Expected
Proficiency Proficiency Attainment
Scale in % Level %
CO1 Explain the concepts of Electromagnetic TPS2
energy, spectrum and spectral signature 70 70
curves, Satellite orbits and platforms
CO2 Interpret Multispectral, Thermal and TPS3
70 70
Hyperspectral Images
CO3 Interpret SAR (Microwave) and LIDAR TPS3
70 70
Images
CO4 Interpret the concepts of satellite and TPS3
sensor parameters and characteristics of 70 70
different platforms
CO5 Apply open source Image processing TPS3
70 70
packages to process satellite images
CO6 Choose appropriate satellite data and TPS3
70 70
apply the concepts for different applications

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO PO1 PO1 PSO PS PS
10 1 2 1 O2 O3
CO1 M L - - - - - M M L - - L L L
CO2 S M L - M M - M M L - - M L L
CO3 S M L L M M - M M L - - M - L
CO4 S M L L - - - M M L - - M - L
CO5 S M L - - - - M M L - - M - L
CO6 S M L L L M - M M L - M M - L
S- Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Passed in BoS meeting 18.11.2023 Approved in 66th Academic Council Meeting 16.12.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Assessment Pattern
Assessment - I Assessment - II
Assg. I Assg. II Terminal
CAT – I(%) CAT – II(%)
*(%) *(%) Exam(%)
TPS
Scale
1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
CO

CO1 - 10 20 - - 5 10
CO2 - 15 20 100 - - 5 10
CO3 - 15 20 - - 5 10
CO4 - - 10 10 - 5 10
CO5 - - 15 25 100 - 5 15
CO6 - - 15 25 - 5 15
Total - 40 60 100 - 40 60 100 - 30 70

Syllabus
Fundamentals: Remote Sensing Process- Satellite orbits and platforms -Image Resolution
Types-Image Resolution Types-False Color Images and Band Combinations-Radiometric and
Geometric Errors [5 Hours]
Types: Multi Spectral Sensing –Along Track & Across Track scanning-Thermal Remote
Sensing – Radiation Principles, Interpretations- Hyperspectral Sensing– Dimensionality
Reduction, Analysis Techniques- Microwave Sensing–Side looking Radar Systems, Synthetic
Aperture Radar (SAR), Radar Image Characteristics, Radar Image Interprétation- LIDAR
Remote Sensing– Data Characteristics, Point Cloud Processing. [8 Hours]
Sensors &Platforms: Multi Spectral: Landsat, SPOT, and IRS Programmes- Thermal:
AVHRR, ASTER, ATLAS, MODIS- Hyper Spectral: Hyperion, HySIS, Enmap, PROBA,
Microwave: RISAT, RADARSAT, TerraSAR, TanDEM- LIDAR: ICESat2, CALIPSO- High
Resolution Satellites: GeoEye, IKONOS, QuickBird- Remote Sensing Data Providers.
[7 Hours]
Processing using Open Source Packages: Interpretation of MSS and Thermal Data-
Statistics Computation and Band math operations on MSS Data- Preprocessing- Destriping,
Masking, Georeferencing of MSS Data- Supervised & Unsupervised Classification of MSS
Data- Adaptive & Texture Filters for Speckle Removal from Radar Data- Visualization and
Analysis of various bands of Hyperspectral Data [7 Hours]
Applications: Land Use Land Cover Change Detection and Urban Sprawl Monitoring (MSS)-
Mineral exploration & Agricultural Crop Detection (HS)- Temperature Mapping, Forest Fire
Detection (TRS)- Snow Cover Studies (SAR)- 3D Reconstruction (LIDAR)
[9 Hours]
Text Book
• T.M. Lillesand and R.W. Kiefer “Remote Sensing and Image Interpretation (7th
Edition)”, John Wiley,2015.

Reference Books
• R.A. Schowengerdt “Remote Sensing – Models and Methods for Image Processing”,
Academic Press, 2006
• John R. Jensen, “Introductory Digital Image Processing | A Remote Sensing
Perspective”, 4th Edition, Pearson Education, 2017.
• J.R. Jensen “Remote Sensing of the Environment – An Earth Resources Perspective”,
2nd Edition, Pearson Education, 2013

Passed in BoS meeting 18.11.2023 Approved in 66th Academic Council Meeting 16.12.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Course Contents and Lecture Schedule

Module No. of
Topic
No. Periods
1 Fundamentals
1.1 Remote Sensing Process 1
1.2 Satellite orbits and platforms 1
1.3 Spectral Reflectance Curve, Image Resolution Types 1
1.4 False Color Images and Band Combinations 1
1.5 Radiometric and Geometric Errors 1
2 Types
2.1 Multi Spectral Sensing – Along Track &Across Track scanning 1
2.2 Thermal Remote Sensing – Radiation Principles, Interpretations 2
2.3 Hyperspectral Sensing– Dimensionality Reduction, Analysis 2
Techniques
2.4 Microwave Sensing–Side looking Radar Systems, Synthetic 2
Aperture Radar (SAR), Radar Image Characteristics, Radar
Image Interpretation,
2.5 LIDAR Remote Sensing– Data Characteristics, Point Cloud 1
Processing
3 Sensors &Platforms
3.1 Multi Spectral: Landsat, SPOT, and IRS Programmes 1
3.2 Thermal: AVHRR, ASTER, ATLAS, MODIS 1
3.3 Hyper Spectral: Hyperion, HySIS, Enmap, PROBA, 1
3.4 Microwave: RISAT, RADARSAT, TerraSAR, TanDEM 1
3.5 LIDAR: ICESat2, CALIPSO 1
3.6 High Resolution Satellites: GeoEye, IKONOS, QuickBird 1
3.7 Remote Sensing Data Providers 1
4 Processing using Open Source Packages
4.1 Interpretation of MSS and Thermal Data
4.2 Statistics Computation and Band math operations on MSS Data 1
4.3 Preprocessing- Destriping, Masking, Georeferencing of MSS
1
Data
4.4 Supervised & Unsupervised Classification of MSS Data 2
4.5 Adaptive & Texture Filters for Speckle Removal from Radar Data 2
4.6 Visualization and Analysis of various bands of Hyperspectral Data 1
5 Applications
5.1 Land Use Land Cover Change Detection and Urban Sprawl
2
Monitoring (MSS)
5.2 Mineral exploration & Agricultural Crop Detection (HS) 2
5.3 Temperature Mapping, Forest Fire Detection (TRS) 2
5.4 Snow Cover Studies (SAR) 2
5.5 3D Reconstruction (LIDAR) 1
Total Periods 36
Course Designer(s):
• Dr.R.A.AlaguRaja [email protected]
• Dr.B.Sathya Bama [email protected]
• Dr.S.Md.Mansoor roomi [email protected]
• Dr.B.Yogameena [email protected]

Passed in BoS meeting 18.11.2023 Approved in 66th Academic Council Meeting 16.12.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Category L T P Credit
22ECPF0 SATELLITE DATA ANALYSIS
PSE 3 0 0 3

Preamble
This course deals with the qualitative and quantitative techniques applied on analyzing satellite
data and related applications. The students will learn the computation of different parameters
from satellite data, data transformation techniques, advanced feature extraction algorithms,
popular machine learning classifiers and finally data fusion algorithms.
Prerequisite
NIL
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course students will be able to
COs Course Outcomes TCE Expected Expected
Proficiency Proficiency Attainment
Scale in % Level %
CO1 Describe the Satellite data characteristics TPS2 70 60
and their resolutions
CO2 Compute different statistics and quality TPS3 70 60
parameters of satellite data for analysis
CO3 Apply various data transformation TPS3 70 60
techniques on satellite images for different
perspective of analysis
CO4 Apply advanced feature extraction TPS3 70 60
algorithms on satellite data for texture
feature extraction and analysis
CO5 Learn the types of supervised and TPS3 70 60
unsupervised machine learning classifiers
for satellite data analysis
CO6 Perform data fusion algorithms on satellite TPS3 70 60
images

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO
10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 M L - - - - - M M L - - L L L
CO2 S M - - M - - M M L - - M L L
CO3 S M L L M M - M M L - - M - L
CO4 S M L L - - - M M L - - M - L
CO5 S M L - - - - M M L - - M - L
CO6 S M L L L M - M M L - M M - L
S- Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Passed in BoS meeting 18.11.2023 Approved in 66th Academic Council Meeting 16.12.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Assessment Pattern
Assessment - I Assessment - II
Assg. I * Assg. II Terminal Exam
CAT – I (%) CAT – II (%)
(%) *(%) (%)
TPS
1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
CO
CO1 - 10 - - - 5 -
CO2 - 10 35 100 - - 5 10
CO3 - 10 35 - - 5 10
CO4 - - 10 25 - 5 15
CO5 - - 10 25 100 - 5 20
CO6 - - 10 20 - 5 15
Total - 30 70 100 - 30 70 100 - 30 70
Syllabus
Satellite Data: Satellite Image Characteristics- Spatial, Spectral, Radiometric and Multi-
Temporal Resolutions- Geometric and Radiometric Correction- Image Rectification.
[ 5 Hrs ]
Image Statistics: Univariate Statistics- Multivariate Statistics - Image quality statistics.
[ 5 Hrs ]
Data Transformation: Multispectral Ratios -Vegetation indices, Water related indices-
Principal Components, Tasseled-Cap Components- Wavelet Transform. [ 6 Hrs ]

Feature Extraction: Gray Level Co-occurrence Matrix (GLCM)- Local Binary Pattern (LBP)-
Scale Invariant Feature Transform (SIFT)- Histogram Oriented Gradient (HoG)- Wavelet
Features- Morphological Features. [ 8 Hrs ]
Learning Methods: Unsupervised learning: Clustering, EM Algorithm- Supervised learning:
SVM Classifier- Decision tree learning- Random Forest Classier- Ada Boost Classifier-
Texture Based Classification- Accuracy Assessment. [ 9 Hrs ]
Data Fusion: Brovey Method- IHS Fusion- Wavelet Fusion. [ 3 Hrs ]
Learning Resources
• Robert A. Schowengerdt, Remote Sensing Models & Methods for Image Processing,
3rdEdition, 2007.
• Shunlin Liang, Advanced Remote Sensing: Terrestrial Information Extraction and
Applications, First edition, 2019
• John R. Jensen, ― Introductory Digital Image Processing, A Remote Sensing Perspective,
Pearson Education Series, Fourth Edition, 2021.
• Shai Shalev-Shwartz, Shai Ben-David, Understanding Machine Learning From Theory to
Algorithms ,Cambridge University press, 2014.
• Ethem Alpaydin ―Introduction to Machine Learning, second edition, The MIT Press,
2010.
Course Contents and Lecture Schedule
Module Lecture
Topic
No. Hours
1 Satellite Data
1.1 Satellite Image Characteristics- Spatial, Spectral, Radiometric and 3
Multi-Temporal Resolutions
1.2 Geometric and Radiometric Correction 1
1.3 Image Rectification 1
2 Image Statistics
2.1 Univariate Statistics 2
2.2 Multivariate Statistics 2
2.3 Image quality statistics 1

Passed in BoS meeting 18.11.2023 Approved in 66th Academic Council Meeting 16.12.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Module Lecture
Topic
No. Hours
3 Data Transformation
3.1 Multispectral Ratios 1
3.2 Vegetation indices 1
3.3 Water related indices 1
3.4 Principal Components 1
3.5 Tasseled-Cap Components 1
3.6 Wavelet Transform 1
4 Feature Extraction
4.1 Gray Level Co-occurrence Matrix (GLCM) 1
4.2 Local Binary Pattern (LBP) 1
4.3 Scale Invariant Feature Transform (SIFT) 1
4.4 Histogram Oriented Gradient (HoG) 2
4.5 Wavelet Features 2
4.6 Morphological Features 1
5 Learning Methods - - -
5.1 Unsupervised learning : Clustering , EM Algorithm 2
5.2 Supervised learning : SVM Classifier- Decision tree learning-
4
Random Forest Classier- Ada Boost Classifier
5.3 Texture Based Classification 2
5.4 Accuracy Assessment 1
6 Data Fusion
6.1 Brovey Method 1
6.2 IHS Fusion 1
6.3 Wavelet Fusion 1
Total Periods 36
Course Designers:
• Dr.R.A.AlaguRaja [email protected]
• Dr.B.Sathya Bama [email protected]
• Dr.S.Md.Mansoor roomi [email protected]
• Dr.B.Yogameena [email protected]

Passed in BoS meeting 18.11.2023 Approved in 66th Academic Council Meeting 16.12.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Category L T P Credit
22ECRC0 ARRAY SIGNAL PROCESSING
PEES 2 1 0 3

Preamble
The objective of this course is to assemble in a coherent way a variety of theoretical and
practical approaches to sensor array processing problems.
Prerequisite
NIL
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO# TPS Expected Expected
Course Outcomes Scale Proficiency Attainment
in % Level %
CO1 Describe the properties of spatiotemporal TPS
70 60
propagating signals and noise. 3
CO2 Represent signal modeling and apply optimal TPS
filters, spectral estimation techniques for the 3 70 60
specific problem.
CO3 Apply spatiotemporal filtering to separate signals TPS
according to their directions of propagation and 3 70 60
their frequency content.
CO4 Determine the characteristics of apertures and TPS
find the array geometry that determines the 3 70 60
performance characteristics of arrays.
CO5 Apply Optimum beamforming techniques adjust TPS
the array pattern to optimize the characteristics of 3 70 60
received signal.
CO6 Apply Array geometries in higher dimensions TPS
70 60
based on characteristics of the observations. 3
Mapping with Programme Outcomes
COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO
10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 S M L - - - - - - M - - M M -
CO2 S M L - - - - - - M - - M M -
CO3 S M L - - - - - - M - - M M -
CO4 S M L - - - - - - M - - M M -
CO5 S M L - - - - - - M - - M M -
CO6 S M L - - - - - - M - - M M -
S- Strong; M-Medium; L-Low
Assessment Pattern
Assessment - I Assessment - II
CAT – I (%) Assg. I * (%) CAT – II (%) Assg. II *(%) Terminal Exam (%)
TPS
Scale
1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
CO

CO1 5 15 15 - - 4 10
CO2 5 15 15 100 - - 4 10
CO3 5 15 10 - - 4 15
CO4 - - - - 5 10 15 100 - - 15

Passed in BoS meeting 18.11.2023 Approved in 66th Academic Council Meeting 16.12.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

CO5 - - - - 5 15 15 - 4 15
CO6 - - - - 5 15 15 - 4 15
Total 15 45 40 100 15 40 45 100 - 20 80

Syllabus
Representation of space - time signals: Coordinate systems; propagating waves; wave
number-frequency space; arrays and apertures; space-time random processes and their
characterization; noise assumptions. [5 Hours]
Signal modeling and optimal filters: Auto-regressive (AR), Moving average (MA), ARMA
models; Autocorrelation and power spectral density of random processes; linear minimum
mean square and linear least squares error estimator; solution of normal equations; optimum
filters; matched filters. Power spectrum estimation: Nonparametric methods: Estimation of
autocorrelation function and PSD using periodogram; BlackmanTukey and Welch-Bartlett
methods; Parametric methods: Model and model order selection; PSD estimation using
rational spectral models; MUSIC; ESPRIT. [12 Hours]
Arrays and spatial filters: Frequency-wavenumber response and beam patterns, uniform
linear arrays, uniform weighted linear arrays, array steering, array performance measures:
directivity, array gain, linear apertures. [5 Hours]
Synthesis of linear arrays and apertures: Spectral weighting, array polynomials, pattern
sampling in wavenumber space, minimum beamwidth for specified sidelobe levels, broadband
arrays. [5 Hours]
Optimum beamforming: MVDR beamformers, MMSE beamformers, Eigenvector
beamformers. Adaptive beamforming: Least mean squares algorithms, Recursive least
squares; Generalized sidelobe canceler. [5 Hours]
Array geometries in higher dimensions: Rectangular arrays; Circular arrays; Spherical
arrays; Cylindrical arrays [4 Hours]

Text Book
• Harry L Van Trees, “Optimum Array Processing”,John Wiley & Sons,2004.
Reference Books
• S. Theodoridis and R. Chellapa, Academic Press Library in Signal Processing, Vol. 3:
Statistical and Array Signal Processing, Academic Press, 2013.
• S. Haykin and K. J. Ray Liu, Handbook on Array Processing and Sensor Networks,
WileyIEEE Press, 2010.
• Don H.Johnson, Dan E.Judgeon, “Array signal processing:concepts and techniques”,First
edition, Prentice hall signal processing series,1993.
• Prabhakar S. Naidu, Sensor Array Signal Processing,CRC Press,2000.
• Pillai, S. Unnikrishna, Array Signal Processing, Springer,1989.
• Vijay K. Madisetti, The Digital Signal Processing Handbook: Wireless, Networking, Radar,
Sensor Array Processing, and Nonlinear Signal Processing, CRC Press, 2nd Edn., 2010.
• P. Stoica and R. L. Moses, “Spectral Analysis of Signals,” Prentice Hall, 2005.
• Sophocles J. Orfanidis, “Optimum Signal Processing An Introduction,” McGraw-Hill
Publishing Company,2007.
Course Contents and Lecture Schedule
Lecture
# Topic
Hours
Introduction to the Course, COs POs
1 Representation of space - time signals (5)
2 Coordinate systems; propagating waves; 1
3 wave number-frequency space; 1
4 arrays and apertures; 1

Passed in BoS meeting 18.11.2023 Approved in 66th Academic Council Meeting 16.12.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

space-time random processes and their characterization; noise

5 2
assumptions.
Signal modeling and optimal filters (12)
6 Auto-regressive (AR), Moving average (MA) 1
7 ARMA models 1
8 Autocorrelation and power spectral density of random processes 1
linear minimum mean square and linear least squares error estimator;
9 1
solution of normal equations
10 optimum filters; matched filters 1
Nonparametric methods: Estimation of autocorrelation function and PSD
11 2
using periodogram
12 Power spectrum estimation: BlackmanTukey and Welch-Bartlett methods 2
13 Parametric methods: Model and model order selection 1
14 PSD estimation using rational spectral models; MUSIC; ESPRIT 2
Arrays and spatial filters
(5)
15 Frequency-wavenumber response and beam patterns, 2
16 uniform linear arrays, uniform weighted linear arrays, 1
17 array steering 1
18 array performance measures: directivity, array gain, linear apertures. 1
Synthesis of linear arrays and apertures (5)
19 Spectral weighting 2
20 array polynomials, pattern sampling in wavenumber space 1
21 minimum beamwidth for specified sidelobe levels 1
22 broadband arrays 1
Optimum beamforming (5)
23 MVDR beamformers 1
24 MMSE beamformers 1
25 Eigenvector beamformers 1
Adaptive beamforming: Least mean squares algorithms, Recursive least
26 1
squares;
27 Generalized sidelobe canceler. 1
Array geometries in higher dimensions (4)
28 Rectangular arrays 1
29 Circular arrays 1
30 Spherical arrays 1
31 Cylindrical arrays 1
TOTAL 36

Course Designers:
• Dr.S.J. Thiruvengadam [email protected]
• Dr.K.Rajeswari [email protected]
• Dr.G.Ananthi [email protected]

Passed in BoS meeting 18.11.2023 Approved in 66th Academic Council Meeting 16.12.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Category L T P Credit
STATISTICAL SIGNAL
22ECRD0
PROCESSING PEES 2 1 0 3

Preamble
The objective of this course is to present the theory and applications of statistical signal
processing methods. In this course, the key topics namely statistical estimation theory and
detection theory are discussed in detail. The topics have been chosen based on the grounds
of theoretical value and practical importance.
Prerequisite
NIL
Course Outcomes

On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to

COs Course Outcomes TCE Expected Expected
Proficiency Proficiency Attainment
Scale in % Level %
CO1 Describe the properties of commonly used TPS2 70 60
probability density functions.
CO2 Design an unbiased and consistent TPS3 70 60
estimator that meets the CRLB
CO3 Design Least square and Maximum TPS3 70 60
likelihood estimators for parameter
estimation for the given problem
CO4 Design Bayesian estimator both for scalar TPS3 70 60
and linear vector parameters estimation
CO5 Design an optimal detector that detects the TPS3 70 60
signals in noise through hypothesis testing
CO6 Design an optimal detector to determine TPS3 70 60
unknown parameters in deterministic
signals
CO7 Design an optimal detector to determine TPS3 70 60
unknown parameters of random signals
Mapping with Programme Outcomes
COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO
10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 M L - - - - - - - M - - L M -
CO2 S M L - - - - - - M - - M M -
CO3 S M L - - - - - - M - - M M -
CO4 S M L - - - - - - M - - M M -
CO5 S M L - - - - - - M - - M M -
CO6 S M L - - - - - - M - - M M -
CO7 S M L - - - - - - M - - M M -
S- Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Passed in BoS meeting 18.11.2023 Approved in 66th Academic Council Meeting 16.12.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Assessment Pattern
Assessment - I Assessment - II
CAT – I (%) Assg. I * (%) CAT – II (%) Assg. II *(%) Terminal Exam (%)
TPS
Scale
1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
CO

CO1 05 05 - - 2 - -
CO2 05 05 30 100 - 2 - 10
CO3 05 05 40 - 2 2 10
CO4 - - - - 05 - 15 2 2 15
CO5 - - - - - 05 15 100 2 2 15
CO6 - - - - 05 05 20 - 2 15
CO7 - - - - 05 05 20 - 2 15
Total 15 15 70 100 15 15 70 100 10 10 80

Syllabus
Basics: Estimation in Signal Processing, The mathematical estimation problem. Detection
theory in signal processing, The mathematical detection problem, Hierarchy of detection
problem, Role of asymptotics, Fundamental probability density functions [3 Hours]
Minimum variance unbiased estimator and CRLB: Unbiased estimators, Minimum
variance criterion, Cramer-Rao Lower Bound (CLRB) for signals in White Gaussian noise,
Vector parameter CRLB for Transformations. Signal Processing example. [5 Hours]
Least Square (LS) and Maximum Likelihood Estimators (MLE): Linear least square,
Geometrical interpretation, Finding MLE, Properties of MLE, MLE for Transformed
parameters, extension to a vector parameter, Signal Processing example. [5 Hours]
Linear Bayesian Estimators: Linear Minimum Mean Square Error (MMSE) Estimator, Vector
LMMSE estimator, sequential LMMSE estimator, Signal Processing Example.
[5 Hours]
Hypothesis Testing: Binary hypothesis testing, Bayes risk, multiple hypothesis testing,
minimum bayes risk detector, Composite hypothesis testing. [8 Hours]
Detection of Deterministic signals: Detection of deterministic signals with unknown
parameters-amplitude, arrival time, Sinusoidal detection, Generalized Likelihood Ratio Test
(GLRT) for linear model, Energy Detector [5 Hours]
Detection of Random signals: Detection of Random signals with unknown covariance,
Detection for large data records, Weak signal detection, Detection of periodic random signals
[5 Hours]
Text Books
• Steven M. Kay, “Fundamentals of Statistical Signal Processing, Vol I - Estimation Theory”,
Prentice Hall, 1993.
• Steven M. Kay, “Fundamentals of Statistical Signal Processing, Vol II - Detection Theory”,
Prentice Hall, 1998.
Reference Books
• Umberto Spagnolini, Politecnico di Milano, “Statistical Signal Processing in
Engineering”, John Wiley & Sons Ltd, 2018.
• Dimitris G. Manolakis, Vinay K. Ingle and Stephen M. Kogon, “Statistical and Adaptive
Signal Processing”, Artech House, 2005.
• John G.Proakis and Dimitris G.Manolakis, “Digital Signal Processing Principles,
Algorithms and Applications”, Prentice-Hall of India, Fourth Edition, 2006.
• Sophocles J. Orfanidis, “Optimum Signal Processing”, McGraw-Hill Publishing Company,
2007.
• Prof. Prabin Kumar Bora, IIT Guwahati, “Statistical Signal Processing”, NPTEL Video
Lectures: https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108/103/108103158/

Passed in BoS meeting 18.11.2023 Approved in 66th Academic Council Meeting 16.12.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Course Contents and Lecture Schedule

Lecture
# Topic
Hours
Introduction to the Course, COs POs
Basics (3)
Estimation in Signal Processing, The mathematical estimation problem,
1. Detection theory in signal processing, The mathematical detection 1
problem
2. Hierarchy of detection problem, Role of asymptotics 1
3. Fundamental probability density functions 1
Minimum variance unbiased estimator and CRLB (5)
4. Unbiased estimators, Minimum variance criterion 1
5. Cramer-Rao Lower Bound (CLRB) for signals in White Gaussian noise 1
6. Vector parameter CRLB for Transformations 2
7. Signal Processing example. 1
Least Square (LS) and Maximum Likelihood Estimators (MLE) (5)
8. Linear least square estimator, Geometrical interpretation 1
9. Finding MLE, Properties of MLE 1
10. MLE for Transformed parameters 1
11. Extension to a vector parameter, 1
12. Signal Processing example 1
Linear Bayesian Estimators (5)
13. Linear Minimum Mean Square Error (MMSE) Estimator 1
14. Vector LMMSE estimator 1
15. Sequential LMMSE estimator 2
16. Signal Processing Example 1
Hypothesis Testing (8)
17. Binary hypothesis testing, Bayes risk 2
18. Multiple hypothesis testing 2
19. Minimum bayes risk detector 1
20. Composite hypothesis testing 3
Detection of Deterministic signals (5)
21. Detection of deterministic signals with unknown amplitude 1
22. Detection of deterministic signals with unknown arrival time 1
23. Sinusoidal detection 1
24. Generalized Likelihood Ratio Test (GLRT) for linear model 1
25. Energy Detector 1
Detection of Random signals (5)
26. Detection of Random signals with unknown covariance 2
27. Detection for large data records 1
28. Weak signal detection 1
29. Detection of periodic random signals 1
TOTAL 36

Course Designers:
• Dr.S.J. Thiruvengadam [email protected]
• Dr.K.Rajeswari [email protected]
• Dr.G.Ananthi [email protected]

Passed in BoS meeting 18.11.2023 Approved in 66th Academic Council Meeting 16.12.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Category L T P Credit TE
SIGNAL PROCESSING WITH
22ECPG0
SMARTPHONE PSE 2 0 2 3 Practical

Preamble
This course is offered as a follow-up to the courses “Signals and Systems” and “Discrete Time
Signal Processing". The purpose of this courses is to enable students to bridge the gap
between signal processing theory and implementation aspects. Smartphones have become
powerful processing platforms led to the development of this course toward enabling students
to use their own smartphones as implementation platforms for running signal processing
algorithms.
Prerequisite
NIL
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to

CO# TPS Expected Expected

Course Outcomes Scale Proficiency Attainment
in % Level %
CO1 Describe the smartphone implementation TPS 2
70 70
tools for Android operating system
CO2 Perform signal sampling and frame based TPS 3
70 70
processing in smartphone
CO3 Determine the effects of quantization of fixed TPS 3
point and floating point arithmetic for 70 70
implementing FIR and IIR filter in smartphone
CO4 Perform adaptive filtering and frequency TPS 3
70 70
domain filtering in smartphone
CO5 Perform code optimization by exploiting TPS 3
70 70
hardware features
CO6 Transform MATLAB code for signal TPS 3
70 70
processing algorithm to smartphone

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO PSO PSO
1 2 3
CO1 M L - - L - - - L L - L L - -
CO2 S M L - L - - L L - L M - -
CO3 S M L - S - - S M - L M L M
CO4 S M L - S - - S M - L M L M
CO5 S M L - S - - S M - L M L M
CO6 S M L - S - - S M - L M L M
S- Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Passed in BoS meeting 18.11.2023 Approved in 66th Academic Council Meeting 16.12.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Assessment Pattern
Assessment - I Assessment - II
CAT – I (%) CAT – II (%) Terminal Exam (%)
TPS
1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
CO
CO1 -
- 10 - - -
CO2 - 10 30 - - -
CO3 - 10 40 - - - Practical Exam
CO4 - - 20 30
CO5 - - 10 30
CO6 - - - 10
Total - 30 70 - 30 70 100

Syllabus
Basics: Smartphone implementation tools, smartphone implementation shells, Overview of
ARM processor architecture, Android/iOS Software development tools. [2 Hours]
Sampling and Frame based processing: Sampling and Quantization, Android /iPhone audio
signal sampling [4 Hours]
Fixed-Point and Floating Point representation for real time filtering: Q-format number
representation, floating point number representation, overflow and scaling, Functional
approximation [6 Hours]
Real Time Filtering: FIR/IIR filter implementation, circular buffering, frame processing, finite
word length effect. [6 Hours]
Adaptive Signal Processing: Implementation of frequency domain adaptive filtering
algorithm. [6 Hours]
Theory: 24 Hours
Practical:
1. Getting familiar with Android Software tools
2. Android Audio Signal Sampling
3. Fixed Point operations
4. Floating Point operations
5. Real time FIR filtering, Quantization effects and overflow
6. IIR filtering and Adaptive filtering
7. Frequency domain transforms – DFT and FFT
8. Code Optimization
9. MATLAB coder implementation
Practical:24 Hours
Total: 48 Hours
Text Book
• Nasser Kehtarnavaz, Abhishek Sehgal, Shane Parris, and Arian Azaran, “Smartphone-
Based Real-Time Digital Signal Processing”, 3rd Edition, A Publication in the Morgan &
Claypool Publishers series Synthesis Lectures on Signal Processing, 2020.
Reference Books& web resources
• Nasser Kehtarnavaz, Fatemeh Saki, Adrian Druan and Arian Azarang, “Anywhere-
Anytime Signals and Systems Laboratory: From MATLAB to Smartphones”, 3rd Edition, A
Publication in the Morgan & Claypool Publishers series Synthesis Lectures on Signal
Processing, 2020.
• Sen M.Kuo, Bob H.Lee and Wenshun Tian, “Real-Time Digital Signal Processing,
Fundamentals, Implementations and Applications”, 3 rd Edition, Wiley.
https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc22_ee99/preview

Passed in BoS meeting 18.11.2023 Approved in 66th Academic Council Meeting 16.12.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Course Contents and Lecture Schedule

Lecture
# Topic
Hours
Introduction to the Course, COs POs
Basics: Smartphone implementation tools, smartphone implementation
1 1
shells
Overview of ARM processor architecture, Android/iOS Software
2 1
development tools.
Sampling and Frame based processing
3 Sampling and Quantization 2
4 Android /iPhone audio signal sampling 2
Fixed-Point and Floating Point representation for real time filtering
5 Q-format number representation 2
6 Floating point number representation 2
7 overflow and scaling 1
8 Functional approximation 1
Real Time Filtering
10 FIR/IIR filter implementation 2
11 Circular buffering 1
12 Frame processing 1
13 Finite word length effect 2
Adaptive Signal Processing
14 Implementation of frequency domain adaptive filtering algorithm 6
TOTAL 24

Course Designers:
1. Dr.S.J.Thiruvengadam - [email protected]
2. Dr.M.N.Suresh - [email protected]
3. Dr.P.G.S.Velmurugan - [email protected]

Passed in BoS meeting 18.11.2023 Approved in 66th Academic Council Meeting 16.12.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

SIGNAL PROCESSING AND Category L T P Credit

22ECPH0 MACHINE LEARNING FOR AUDIO
PSE 3 0 0 3
AND SPEECH

Preamble
This course aims to provide students with a foundational understanding of signal processing
concepts and tools essential for the application of machine learning to discrete signals.
Students will gain insights into techniques for capturing, processing, manipulating, learning,
and classifying signals. The course will delve into diverse mathematical methods integral to
machine learning, empowering students to craft and optimize their own models effectively.
Emphasizing mathematical principles, the course includes coding-based assignments tailored
for applications in audio and speech processing.
Prerequisite
Nil
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO# TPS Expected Expected
Course Outcomes Scale Proficiency Attainment
in % Level %
CO1 Apply mathematical tools and techniques on TPS 3
discrete signals for machine learning 70 70
applications
CO2 Apply signal processing tools on speech and TPS3
70 70
audio data
CO3 Apply the theory of machine learning relevant TPS 3
70 70
to Signal Processing applications
CO4 Apply multi-class discriminant and support TPS 3
vector machine for Multi-class classification,
70 70
Multi-label classification and regression
analysis.
CO5 Apply probability models and Expectation TPS 3
Maximization algorithm for processing,
70 70
manipulating, learning and classifying
signals.
CO6 Apply Neural Networks and Deep Learning TPS 3
70 70
algorithms for audio classification
CO7 Apply Neural Networks and Deep Learning TPS 3
70 70
algorithms for speech recognition

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO
10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 S M L - L - - - M - - L M L L
CO2 S M L - L - - - M - - L M L L
CO3 S M L - L - - - M - - L M L L
CO4 S M L - L - - - M - - L M L L
CO5 S M L - L - - - M - - L M L L
CO6 S M L - L - - - M - - L M L L
CO7 S M L - L - - - M - - L M L L
S- Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Passed in BoS meeting 18.11.2023 Approved in 66th Academic Council Meeting 16.12.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Assessment Pattern
Assessment - I Assessment - II
Assg. I * Assg. II Terminal Exam (%)
CAT – I (%) CAT – II (%)
(%) *(%)
TPS
Scale
2 3 4 2 3 4 2 3 4 2 3 4 2 3 4
CO

CO1 - 10 30 - - 4 15
CO2 - 10 20 100 - - 4 10
CO3 - 10 20 - - 4 15
CO4 - - - - - 10 20 - 2 10
CO5 - - - - - 10 20 100 - 2 10
CO6 - - - - - 5 20 - 2 10
CO7 5 10 2 10
Total - 30 70 100 - 30 70 100 - 20 80

Syllabus
Basics for Signal Processing and Machine Learning (ML) Systems: Mathematical
foundations for ML: Linear Algebra and convex optimization, Linear Gaussian systems and
signal processing, Human speech production, perception mechanism, Cepstrum, Mel-
Frequency Cepstral Coefficients (MFCCs), Wavelets, Short Time Fourier Transform, Time
Series Analysis, [12 Hours]
Classification Problem: Statistical decision theory – Bayes Classifiers, detecting a constant
signal in Gaussian noise, detecting change in variance, detecting known signal and detecting
correlated signal. Linear and quadratic discriminant analysis. Multi-class discriminant analysis,
Support Vector Machine in classification and regression. [6 Hours]
Probability Models and Expectation Maximization algorithm: Expectation Maximization
(EM) algorithm, Gaussian Mixture Models [6 Hours]
ML for Audio Classification: Long Short Term Memory (LSTMs) and Convolutional Neural
Networks (CNNs) [6 Hours]
ML for Speech Recognition: Hidden Markov Models, Finite State Transducers and Dynamic
Programming [6 Hours]
Total: 36 Hours

Text Book
• C.M. Bishop, Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning, 2nd Edition, Springer, 2011.
• I. Goodfellow, Y, Bengio, A. Courville, Deep Learning, MIT Press, 2016.
• D. Yu and L. Deng, Automatic Speech Recognition: A Deep Learning Approach, Springer,
2016.
• Paolo Prandoni and MartinVetterli, Signal Processing for Communications, CRC-Taylor
and Francis Group, 2008.
• Mohammed J.Zaki and Wagner Meira. J.R, Data Mining and Machine learning,
fundamental concepts and algorithm, 2nd Edition, Cambridge University Press, 2020.
• Max A. Little, Machine Learning for Signal Processing: Data Science, Algorithms, and
Computational Statistics, 1st Edition, Oxford University Press, 2019.

Course Contents and Lecture Schedule

Lecture
# Topic
Hours
Introduction to the Course, COs POs
Basics for Signal Processing and Machine Learning (ML) Systems

1 Mathematical foundations for ML: Linear Algebra 1

2 Linear Algebra and convex optimization, 2

Passed in BoS meeting 18.11.2023 Approved in 66th Academic Council Meeting 16.12.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

3 Linear Gaussian systems and signal processing 2

4 Human speech production 1
5 perception mechanism 1
6 Cepstrum 1
7 Mel-Frequency Cepstral Coefficients (MFCCs) 1
8 Wavelets 1
9 Short Time Fourier Transform 1
10 Time Series Analysis 1
Classification Problem
11 Statistical decision theory 1
12 detecting a constant signal in Gaussian noise 1
13 Bayes Classifiers 1
detecting change in variance, detecting known signal and detecting
14 1
correlated signal
Linear and quadratic discriminant analysis. Multi-class discriminant
15 1
analysis
16 Support Vector Machine in classification and regression 1
Probability Models and Expectation Maximization algorithm
17 Expectation Maximization algorithm 3
18 Gaussian Mixture Model 3
ML for Audio Classification
19 Long Short Term Memory (LSTMs) 3
20 Convolutional Neural Networks (CNNs) 3
ML for Speech Recognition
21 Hidden Markov Models 3
22 Finite State Transducers and Dynamic Programming 3
TOTAL 36

Course Designers:
• Dr.S.J. Thiruvengadam [email protected]
• Dr.G.Ananthi [email protected]
• Dr.P.G.S.Velmurugan [email protected]

Passed in BoS meeting 18.11.2023 Approved in 66th Academic Council Meeting 16.12.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Category L T P Credit TE
DIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN
22ECPJ0
USING FPGA PSE 2 0 2 3 Theory

Preamble
Digital System Design using FPGA aims to analyze the different architecture and organization
of Field Programmable Gate Arrays. Initially the different elements like Programmable logic
cell, interconnect and Input/Output cells of the FPGA are explored and analyzed. The subject
focuses on the procedure for the design and implementation of sequential digital circuits and
their mapping with the fixed platform of FPGA. It also deals with the implementation of
algorithms that is used to interface the FPGA with the external world for applications. Finally,
the learner is exposed with some reference case studies for FPGA implementation of
combinational, sequential digital circuits and interfaces for practical applications.
Prerequisite
NIL
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course students will be able to
COs Course Outcomes TCE Expected Expected
Proficiency Proficiency Attainment
Scale in % Level %
CO1 Describe the architecture, programming TPS3 70 70
technologies of standard logic families and
Programmable Logic Devices.
CO2 Use the logic and dedicated blocks to TPS3 70 70
implement combinational and sequential
logics.
CO3 Examine the Input / Output cells of FPGA for TPS3 70 70
interfacing with external peripherals.
CO4 Illustrate the routing process in interconnect TPS3 70 70
architectures of different vendors of FPGA
CO5 Verify the functionality of the digital logic TPS3 70 70
functions using the IDE tool.
CO6 Demonstrate the functioning of a digital system TPS3 70 70
in a FPGA hardware platform

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO
10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 S M L L S - - - L L - - M L L
CO2 S M L L S - - - L L - - M L L
CO3 S M L L S - - - L L - - M L L
CO4 S M L L S - - - L L - L M L L
CO5 S M L L S - - - L L - L M L L
CO6 S M L L S - - - L L - - M L L
S-Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Passed in BoS meeting 18.11.2023 Approved in 66th Academic Council Meeting 16.12.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Assessment Pattern

Assessment-I Assessment-II Terminal Exam

CAT–I(%) CAT–II(%) (Theory) (%)
TPS
1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
CO
CO1 - 10 20 - - 04 20
CO2 - 10 30 - - 04 20
CO3 - 20 10 - - 04 10
CO4 - - 05 30 - 04 10
CO5 - - 10 20 - 02 10
CO6 - - 05 30 - 02 10
Total - 40 60 - 20 80 - 20 80

Psychomotor Skill Practical

Perception -
Set -
Guided Response -
Mechanism 100
Complex Overt Responses -
Adaptation -
Origination -
Syllabus
Digital Design process: Standard IC: Logic families (TTL, ECL, CMOS), Design flow:PLD,
CPLD, FPGA and ASIC, Architectures: Programmable Logic Devices, FPGA, Programming
technologies: SRAM, DRAM, EPROM, EEPROM FLASH and Anti-fuses. [8]
Programmable Logic cells: Xilinx and Altera logic blocks, Dedicated blocks, Logic synthesis
for combinational circuits, sequential circuits - Synchronous and Asynchronous Sequential
Circuit -Finite State Machine design, Design examples. [8]
Programmable I/O cells: AC, DC inputs and outputs, Clock inputs and power inputs Xilinx I/O
cells and Altera I/O cells. [4]
Programmable interconnects: Switch matrix, Xilinx and Altera interconnect architectures.[4]

Practical: [24 hours]

1. Simulation and Implementation of Basic gates and flip flops using Altera platform.
2. Simulation and implementation of Arithmetic circuits using Altera platform.
3. Simulation and Implementation of BCD to Seven segment display
4. Design and Implementation of Synchronous Mod counters
5. Design and Simulation of Sequence Detectors using FSM Approaches.
6. Interfacing LCD and PS2 keyboard with cyclone II FPGA using Altera DE1 board.
7. Interfacing matrix, PS2 keyboard with cyclone II FPGA using Altera DE1 board.
8. Controlling the speed of DC motor using Altera DE1 board.
9. Stepper motor angle control using Altera DE1 board.
Text Book
• M. Morris Mano and Michael D. Ciletti, “Digital Design: with an Introduction to the Verilog
HDL”, 5th Edition, Prentice Hall 2012.
• M.J.S.Smith, "Application Specific Integrated Circuits", Pearson, 2003.
• Samir Palnitkar, “Verilog HDL: A guide to digital design and synthesis” Pearson Education
India, 2010.

Passed in BoS meeting 18.11.2023 Approved in 66th Academic Council Meeting 16.12.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Reference Books
• Jan M. Rabey, Anantha Chandrakasan and Borivoje Nikolic ” Digital integrated circuits: A
Design Perspective (2nd Edition) “, Pearson 2009.
• Stephen D. Brown, and Zvonko Vranesic, "Fundamentals of Digital Logic with Verilog
Design, 2nd Edition," McGraw Hill, June, 2007.
Course Contents and Lecture Schedule

Lecture
# Topic
Hours
1. Digital Design process
2. Standard IC: Logic families (TTL, ECL, CMOS IC datasheets) 3
3. Design flow: PLD, CPLD, FPGA and ASIC 1
4. Architectures: Programmable Logic Devices, FPGA 2
Programming technologies:
5. 2
SRAM, DRAM, EPROM, EEPROM FLASH and Anti-fuses
6. Programmable Logic cells
7. Xilinx and Altera logic blocks (with reference datasheet) 2
8. Dedicated blocks 1
9. Logic synthesis for combinational circuits 1
10. sequential circuits - Synchronous and Asynchronous Sequential Circuit 2
11. Finite State Machine design 2
12. Design examples
13. Programmable I/O cells
14. AC, DC inputs and outputs 1
15. Clock inputs and power inputs 1
16. Xilinx I/O cells and Altera I/O cells ( from datasheet) 2
17. Programmable interconnects
18. Switch matrix 2
19. Xilinx and Altera interconnect architectures 2

Course Designers:
• Dr.V.Vinoth Thyagarajan [email protected]
• Dr.V.R.Venkatasubramani [email protected]
• Dr.S.Rajaram [email protected]
• Dr.N.B.Balamurugan [email protected]
• Dr.D.Gracia Nirmala Rani [email protected]
• Dr.J.Shanthi [email protected]

Passed in BoS meeting 18.11.2023 Approved in 66th Academic Council Meeting 16.12.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Category L T P Credit
22ECPK0 LOW POWER VLSI DESIGN
PSE 3 0 0 3

Preamble
Increased levels of integration (increased functionality) and higher throughput under tight
power budgets has led to the need for changes in the traditional way of designing circuits
and systems. Portable communication and computation have driven the need for low-power
electronics. Recent progress has been made in creating tools for estimating power
dissipation in CMOS circuits. The research approach is to use accurate and efficient power
estimation techniques to drive the design of new low-power systems. Software tools for
testing integrated circuits, rapid fault simulation, and failure analysis are also being
developed. This course discusses design techniques, estimation and optimization of power
at various levels of design abstraction for designing energy-efficient digital systems used in
battery operated devices
Prerequisite
NIL

Course Outcomes
COs Course Outcomes TCE Expected Expected
Proficiency Proficiency Attainment
Scale in % Level %
CO1 Demonstrate various sources of power TPS3 70 70
dissipation in CMOS Digital logic Circuits.
CO2 Use techniques to design circuits for TPS3 70 70
leakage power reduction.
CO3 Estimate the switching power in CMOS TPS3 70 70
digital circuits using probabilistic and
statistical techniques.
CO4 Optimize the given Digital logic and TPS3 70 70
arithmetic circuits for reduced power
consumption.
CO5 Apply circuit design techniques to the TPS3 70 70
different elements of Memory to reduce
power consumption.
CO6 Modify the conventional digital logic circuits TPS3 70 70
into adiabatic logic circuits using the energy
recovery techniques.
Mapping with Programme Outcomes
COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO
10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 S M L - L - - - M - - L M L L
CO2 S M L - L - - - M - - L M L L
CO3 S M L - L - - - M - - L M L L
CO4 S M L - L - - - M - - L M L L
CO5 S M L - L - - - M - - L M L L
CO6 S M L - L - - - M - - L M L L
S- Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Passed in BoS meeting 18.11.2023 Approved in 66th Academic Council Meeting 16.12.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Assessment Pattern
Assessment - I Assessment - II
Assg. I * Assg. II Terminal Exam
CAT – I (%) CAT – II (%)
(%) *(%) (%)
TPS
CO 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3

CO1 - 10 10 - - 4 15
CO2 - 10 20 100 - - 4 15
CO3 - 10 40 - - 4 15
CO4 - - 5 20 - 2 15
CO5 - - 5 30 100 - 2 10
CO6 - - 10 30 - 4 10
Total - 30 70 100 - 20 80 100 - 20 80

Syllabus
Power Dissipation in CMOS: Sources of power dissipation, Hierarchy of limits of power,
Physics of power dissipation in MOSFET devices, leakage mechanism, leakage current in
deep submicrometer transistors, low power VLSI design limits and issues, Circuit techniques
for leakage power reduction. [10 hours]
Power Estimation: Signal Probability calculation, Probabilistic Techniques for signal activity
estimation, Statistical Techniques, Estimation of Glitching power, Circuit level power
estimation. [7 hours]
Power Optimization: Algorithm level, Logical level and Circuit level power optimization
techniques, Techniques for reducing power consumption in digital circuits: supply voltage
scaling, multiple supply voltages and minimizing switched capacitance. [7 hours]
Low Power Static RAM Architectures: Organization of a static RAM, MOS Static RAM
Memory cell, Banked organization of SRAMs, Reducing voltage swings on bit lines, Reducing
power in write driver circuits, Reducing power in sense amplifier circuits, method for achieving
low core voltages from a single supply. [6 hours]
Adiabatic Logic Circuits: Energy recovery circuit design, Adiabatic charging, Adiabatic
amplification, Adiabatic logic circuits, Pulsed power supply, Stepwise charging circuits,
Partially adiabatic circuits – 2N-2N2P logic, Efficient charge recovery logic, Positive feedback
logic. [6 hours]
Text Book
• Kaushik Roy and Sharat Prasad, “Low Power CMOS VLSI Circuit Design”, Wiley India,
Reprint 2009.
• A.P. Chandrakasan and R.W. Broadersen, “Low Power Digital CMOS Design”,
Kluwer,2012.
Reference Books& web resources
• P. Rashinkar, Paterson and L. Singh, “Low Power Design Methodologies”, Kluwer
Academic, 2002
• Gary Yeap, “Practical Low Power Digital VLSI Design”, Kluwer, 1998.Abdellatif Bellaouar,
Mohamed. I. Elmasry, “Low Power Digital VLSI designs” Kluwer,
1995.
• Jan Rabaey, “Low Power Design Essentials”, Springer Publications, 2009.
• Dimitrios Soudris, Chirstian Pignet, Costas Goutis, “Designing CMOS Circuits for Low
Power”, Kluwer,2002.
• J.B. Kuo and J.H Lou, “Low voltage CMOS VLSI Circuits”, Wiley, 1999.
• Wang, B. H. Calhoun and A. P. Chandrakasan, “Sub-threshold Design for Ultra
Low-Power Systems”, Springer, 2006.

Passed in BoS meeting 18.11.2023 Approved in 66th Academic Council Meeting 16.12.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Course Contents and Lecture Schedule

Module Topic No. of
No. Lectures
1 Power Dissipation in CMOS
1.1 Sources of power dissipation 1
1.2 Hierarchy of limits of power 1
1.3 Physics of power dissipation in MOSFET devices 2
1.4 Leakage mechanism, leakage current in deep submicrometer 2
transistors
1.5 Low power VLSI design limits and issues 1
1.6 Circuit techniques for leakage power reduction 3
2 Power Estimation
2.1 Signal Probability calculation 2
2.2 Probabilistic Techniques for signal activity estimation 2
2.3 Statistical Techniques 1
2.4 Estimation of Glitching power 1
2.5 Circuit level power estimation. 1
3. Power Optimization
3.1 Algorithm level 1
3.2 Logical level and Circuit level power optimization techniques 2
3.3 Techniques for reducing power consumption in digital circuits: 2
supply voltage scaling
3.4 multiple supply voltages and minimizing switched capacitance 2
4 Low Power Static Ram Architecture
4.1 Organization of a static RAM 1
4.2 MOS Static RAM Memory cell 1
4.3 Banked organization of SRAMs 1
4.4 Reducing voltage swings on bit lines 1
4.5 Reducing power in write driver circuits 1
4.6 Reducing power in sense amplifier circuits, method for achieving 1
low core voltages from a single supply.
5 Adiabatic Logic Circuits
5.1 Energy recovery circuit design 1
5.2 Adiabatic charging 1
5.3 Adiabatic amplification, Adiabatic logic circuits 1
5.4 Pulsed power supply, Stepwise charging circuits 1
5.5 Partially adiabatic circuits – 2N-2N2P logic 1
5.6 Efficient charge recovery logic, Positive feedback logic 1
Total Number of Hours 36
Course Designers:
• Dr.V.R.Venkatasubramani [email protected]
• Dr.V.Vinoth Thyagarajan [email protected]
• Dr.S.Rajaram [email protected]
• Dr.N.B.Balamurugan [email protected]
• Dr.D.Gracia Nirmala Rani [email protected]
• Dr.J.Shanthi [email protected]

Passed in BoS meeting 18.11.2023 Approved in 66th Academic Council Meeting 16.12.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Category L T P Credit
22ECRE0 CAD VLSI
PEES 3 0 0 3

Preamble
The semiconductor industry has advanced tremendously over the last ten years with features
sizes being downscaled from micrometer to nanometer regime today. Due to the increasing
high complexity of modern VLSI chip design, Computer Aided Design (CAD) tools play an
important role in delivering high system performance. This course introduces the techniques
of modelling digital systems at various abstraction levels and exploring the various algorithms
in VLSI physical design, which serve as a basis for the research and development of new
Computer Aided Design (CAD) tools.
Prerequisite
NIL
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course students will be able to
COs Course Outcomes TCE Expected Expected
Proficiency Proficiency Attainment
Scale in % Level %
CO1 Demonstrate the knowledge of TPS3 70 70
computational and optimization algorithms
and tools applicable to solving CAD related
problems
CO2 Represent mechanism for Boolean TPS3 70 70
functions that has application in logic
synthesis and Verification
CO3 Partition or divide the system into smaller TPS3 70 70
portions based on the performance such as
area, wire length and cost matrices.
CO4 Determine the approximate location of TPS3 70 70
each module in a chip area.
CO5 Use Optimization algorithms in placement TPS3 70 70
to determine the best position for each
module on the chip.
CO6 Analyse the Optimizations algorithms in TPS3 70 70
VLSI Global and Detailed Routing process
based on their wire length and area
constraints.

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO
10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 S M L - L - - L L L - L M - L
CO2 S M L - L - - L L L - L M - L
CO3 S M L - L - - L L L - L M - L
CO4 S M L - L - - L L L - L M - L
CO5 S M L - L - - L L L - L M - L
CO6 S M L - L - - L L L - L M - L
S- Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Assessment Pattern

Passed in BoS meeting 18.11.2023 Approved in 66th Academic Council Meeting 16.12.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Assessment - I Assessment - II
Assg. I * Assg. II Terminal Exam
CAT – I (%) CAT – II (%)
(%) *(%) (%)
TPS
Scale
1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
CO

CO1 - 10 10 - - 4 10
CO2 - 10 20 100 - - 4 10
CO3 - 10 40 - - 4 15
CO4 - - 5 20 - 2 15
CO5 - - 5 30 100 - 2 15
CO6 - - 10 30 - 4 15
Total - 30 70 100 - 20 80 100 - 20 80
Syllabus
VLSI Design Automation: VLSI Design Cycle, New trends in VLSI Design cycle, Physical
Design cycle, Design styles, Different Packaging Styles, Design Abstraction Levels, Evolution
of CAD Tools, Importance of Design Automation.
Data Structures and Basic Algorithms: Terminology, Complexity Issues and NP-hardness,
Data Structures for the representation of Graphs, Graph algorithms for Physical design,
Integer Linear Programming
Logic Synthesis: Combinational Logic Synthesis, Binary Decision Diagrams, Reduced
Ordered BDD principles, ROBDD Manipulation, Variable Ordering, Two Level Logic
Synthesis.
System Partitioning: Terminology, Optimization Goals, Partitioning Algorithms: Kernighan-
Lin Algorithm, Ratio Cut Algorithm, Fiduccia Mattheyess Algorithm, Clustering.
Chip Planning: Terminology, Optimization Goals in Floorplanning, Floorplan
Representations: Floorplan to a Constraint-Graph Pair, Floorplan Sizing, Cluster Growth,
Simulated Annealing, Integrated Floorplanning Algorithms.
Placement: Circuit Representation: bipatite Model Clique Model, Wire length Estimation;
Global Placement Algorithms: Min-cut Placement, Analytic Placement, and Simulated
Annealing Algorithms.
Routing: Fundamentals: Maze Running, Line Searching, Steiner Trees, and Global Routing:
Sequential Approaches, Hierarchical approaches, Integer Linear Programming, Detailed
routing: Channel Routing, switchbox Routing.
Clock and Power Routing: Clock Routing, Clocking Schemes, Design Considerations for the
Clocking System, Problem Formulation, Clock Routing Algorithms: H-tree Based Algorithm,
Power and Ground Routing.
Learning Resources
• Andrew B. Kahng, Jens Lienig, Igor L. Markov, Jin Hu, VLSI Physical Design: From Graph
Partitioning to Timing Closure, Springer Dordrecht, 2011.
• Naveed Sherwani, Algorithms for VLSI physical design Automation, Kluwer Academic
Publishers, 2010.
• S.H. Gerez, Algorithms for VLSI Design Automation, Wiley-India, Reprint 2008
• Sung Kyu Lim, “Practice Problems in VLSI physical design Automation”, Springer, 2008
• Charles J . Alpert, Dinesh P. Mehta, Sachin S. Sapatnekar, “Hand book of algorithms of
Physical design Automation “, CRC press, 2009.
• Sadiq M .Sait, Habib Youssef, “VLSI Physical design automation theory and Practice”,
World Scientific Publishing, 1999
• M. Sarrafzadeh and C.K. Wong, An Introduction to VLSI Physical Design, McGraw Hill,
1996
• D.D Gajski et al., High Level Synthesis: Introduction to Chip and System Design, Kluwer
Academic Publishers, 1992

Passed in BoS meeting 18.11.2023 Approved in 66th Academic Council Meeting 16.12.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

• https://www.coursera.org/learn/vlsi-cad-logic
• https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/106/106106088/
Course Contents and Lecture Schedule
Lecture
# Topic
Hours
1. Introduction to the Course, COs POs 1
VLSI Design Automation: VLSI Design Cycle, New trends in VLSI
2. 1
Design cycle,
3. Design styles, Different Packaging Styles 1
4. Design Abstraction Levels, 1
Physical Design cycle Evolution of CAD Tools, Importance of Design
5. 1
Automation.
6. Data Structures and Basic Algorithms: Terminology 1
7. Complexity Issues and NP-hardness 1
8. Data Structures for the representation of Graphs, 1
9. Graph algorithms for Physical design, Integer Linear Programming 1
10. Logic Synthesis: Combinational Logic Synthesis 1
11. Binary Decision Diagrams, 1
12. Reduced Ordered BDD principles, ROBDD Manipulation, 2
13. Variable Ordering, Two Level Logic Synthesis. 1
14. System Partitioning: Terminology, Optimization Goals 1
15. Kernighan-Lin Algorithm, Ratio Cut Algorithm 2
16. Fiduccia Mattheyess Algorithm 1
17. Clustering. 1
18. Chip Planning: Terminology, Optimization Goals in Floorplanning, 0.5
19. Floorplan Representations: Floorplan to a Constraint-Graph Pair 0.5
20. Floorplanning Algorithms: Floorplan Sizing, Cluster Growth, 2
21. Simulated Annealing, Integrated Floorplanning Algorithms. 2
22. Placement: Circuit Representation: bipatite Model Clique Model 0.5
23. Wire length Estimation 0.5
24. Global Placement Algorithms: Min-cut Placement, 2
25. Analytic Placement, and Simulated Annealing Algorithms 2
26. Routing: Fundamentals: Maze Running 1
27. Line Searching, Steiner Trees 1
28. Sequential Approaches, Hierarchical approaches 1
29. Integer Linear Programming, 1
30. Detailed routing: Channel Routing, switchbox Routing, 1
31. Clock and Power Routing: Clock Routing, Clocking Schemes 1
32. Design Considerations for the Clocking System, Problem Formulation, 1
Clock Routing Algorithms: H-tree Based Algorithm, Power and Ground
33. 1
Routing
36
Course Designers:
• Dr.D.Gracia Nirmala Rani [email protected]
• Dr.S.Rajaram [email protected]
• Dr.N.B.Balamurugan [email protected]
• Dr.V.Vinoth Thyagarajan [email protected]
• Dr.V.R.Venkatasubramani [email protected]
• Dr.J.Shanthi [email protected]

Passed in BoS meeting 18.11.2023 Approved in 66th Academic Council Meeting 16.12.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Category L T P Credit
22ECRF0 ASIC DESIGN
PEES 3 0 0 3

Preamble
The course aims at ASIC physical design flow, including partitioning, floor-planning,
placement, routing and testing.
Prerequisite
Nil
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to

COs Course Outcomes TCE Expected Expected

Proficiency Proficiency Attainment
Scale in % Level %
CO1 Describe the ASIC Design flow, TPS2 70 70
Programmable ASICs, ASIC types and
Library design
CO2 Use algorithms to partition the ASIC to TPS3 70 70
meet the given objectives
CO3 Use floorplanning algorithms to place the TPS3 70 70
logic cells inside the flexible blocks of an
ASIC
CO4 Use placement algorithms - Min-cut TPS3 70 70
Placement, Eigen value Placement,
Iterative Placement Improvement, Timing
Driven Placement algorithms
CO5 Use global and detailed routing algorithms TPS3 70 70
to route the channels in ASIC and apply
techniques for circuit extraction
CO6 Use techniques to test ASIC- Boundary TPS3 70 70
Scan Test, BIST.

Mapping with Programme Outcomes and Programme Specific Outcomes

COs PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO P P P PSO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 O O O 1 2 3
10 11 12
CO1 M L - - - - - L L L - L L - L
CO2 S M L - - - - L L L - L M - L
CO3 S M L - - - - L L L - L M - L
CO4 S M L - - - - L L L - L M - L
CO5 S M L - - - - L L L - L M - L
CO6 S M L - - - - L L L - L M - L
S- Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Passed in BoS meeting 18.11.2023 Approved in 66th Academic Council Meeting 16.12.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Assessment Pattern: Cognitive Domain

Assessment - I Assessment - II
Assg. I * Assg. II Terminal Exam
CAT – I (%) CAT – II (%)
(%) *(%) (%)
TPS
Scale
1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
CO

CO1 - 5 15 - - - - - 4 10
CO2 - 10 30 50 - - - - - 4 10
CO3 - 10 30 50 - - - - - 2 15
CO4 - - - - - 10 20 - 2 15
100
CO5 - - - - - 10 25 - 4 15
CO6 - - - - - 10 25 - 4 15
Total - 25 75 100 - 30 70 100 - 20 80

Syllabus
ASIC Types and Library Design: ASIC Design Flow, Types of ASIC - Full Custom, Semi
Custom – Standard Cell Based ASIC and Gate Array ASIC - Programmable ASICs-Library cell
design - Library architecture. System Partitioning: Measurement of Partitioning, Partitioning
Algorithms - Constructive Partitioning, Iterative Partitioning Improvement Algorithms -
Kernighan-Lin Algorithm, Ratio-Cut Algorithm, FPGA Partitioning. Floorplanning and
Placement: Floor Planning Measurement and tools, I/O, Power and Clock planning,
Measurement of Placement, Placement Algorithms – Min-cut Placement, Eigen value
Placement, Iterative Placement Improvement, Timing Driven Placement algorithms. Routing
and Circuit Extraction: Global Routing Measurement – Measurement of Interconnect Delay
using Elmore‘s constant, Global routing for CBIC and GA, Detailed Routing Measurement -
Measurement of Channel Density, Detailed routing Algorithms – Lee Maze and High tower
Algorithms, Circuit extraction process, Layout Design Rules, Technology related issues. ASIC
TESTING: The importance of Testing-Boundary Scan Test- Faults-Faults Models- Physical
and Logical Faults- IDDQ Test - Fault Simulation - Automatic Test-Pattern Generation, Design
for Testability- Built-in-Self-Test.
Text Book
• Michael John Sebastian Smith, - Applications Specific Integrated Circuits,
Pearson Education, 2013.
Reference Books& web resources
• H.Gerez, ―Algorithms for VLSI Design Automation, John Wiley, 1999.
• Andrew B.Khang, Lienig, Markov and Hu, VLSI Physical Design: From Graph
Partitioning to Timing Closure ―, Springer, 2011.
• J..M.Rabaey, A. Chandrakasan, and B.Nikolic, Digital Integrated Circuit Design
Perspective (2/e), PHI 2003.
• Hoi-Jun Yoo, Kangmin Leeand Jun Kyong Kim, ―Low-Power NoC for
High-Performance SoC Design, CRC Press, 2008.
• S.Pasricha and N.Dutt, On-Chip Communication Architectures System on Chip
Interconnect, Elsveir‖, 2008.
• Wayne Wolf, ―Modern VLSI design - Addison Wesley, 1998.
• Prof. Santosh Biswas, IIT Guwahati, NPTEL Video Lecture on ―Optimization
Techniques for Digital VLSI Design, weblink:
• https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108/103/108103108/www.asic-design.com.
• Prof. Santosh Biswas, IIT Guwahati, NPTEL Video Lecture on ―Design
Verification and Test of Digital VLSI Circuits, weblink:
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/103/106103116/
• Website: www.asic-world.com

Passed in BoS meeting 18.11.2023 Approved in 66th Academic Council Meeting 16.12.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Course Contents and Lecture Schedule

No. Topic No. of

Hours
1 ASIC Types and Library Design
1.1 ASIC Design Flow 1
1.2 Types of ASIC - Full Custom, Semi Custom 1
1.3 Standard Cell Based ASIC and Gate Array ASIC 2
1.4 Programmable ASICs, Library cell design 1
1.5 Library architecture 1
2 System Partitioning
2.1 Measurement of Partitioning 1
2.2 Partitioning Algorithms - Constructive Partitioning 1
2.3 Iterative Partitioning Improvement Algorithms- Kernighan-Lin 2
algorithm
2.4 Ratio-Cut Algorithm 1
2.5 FPGA Partitioning 1
3 Floorplanning and Placement
3.1 Floor Planning Measurement and tools 2
3.2 I/O, Power and clock planning 1
3.3 Measurement of Placement 1
3.4 Placement Algorithms – Min-cut Placement 2
3.5 Eigen value Placement, Iterative Placement Improvement 1
3.6 Timing Driven Placement algorithms 1
4 Routing and Circuit Extraction
5 ASIC TESTING
5.1 The importance of Testing, Boundary Scan Test 1
5.2 Faults, Faults Models 1
5.3 Physical and Logical Faults 1
5.4 IDDQTest, Fault Simulation, 2
5.6 Automatic Test-Pattern Generation 2
5.7 Design for Testability, Built-in-Self-Test. 2
Total 36

Course Designers:
• Dr.J.Shanthi [email protected]
• Dr.D.GraciaNirmala Rani [email protected]
• Dr.S.Rajaram [email protected]
• Dr.N.B.Balamurugan [email protected]
• Dr.V.VinothThyagarajan [email protected]
• Dr.V.R.Venkatasubramani [email protected]

Passed in BoS meeting 18.11.2023 Approved in 66th Academic Council Meeting 16.12.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Category L T P Credit
22ECRG0 REAL TIME SYSTEMS
PEES 3 0 0 3

Preamble
The course on Real Time Systems is designed as a theory that aims to provide students with
an understanding of operating system and real time systems principles. This subject dives into
the core principles and practical applications of the embedded systems in real-time
environments. The course covers Hard and Soft Real-Time systems, task scheduling, inter
process communication and other resources managements. The final stretch of the course is
covered with practical examples that showcase Free RTOS in action, and its API use cases.
Prerequisite
NIL
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO# TPS Expected Expected
Course Outcomes Scale Proficienc Attainment
y in % Level %
CO1 Describe the real time systems parameters TPS 3 70 60
CO2 Distinguish between conventional operating TPS 3
70 60
system and a real time operating system
CO3 Describe and exemplify the RTOS kernel TPS 3
70 60
functions
CO4 Develop pseudo codes for multitasking TPS 3
70 60
scheduler
CO5 Develop a model for a real time embedded TPS 3
system methods and protocol for validation 70 60
and testing
CO6 Develop the codes using free RTOS APIs TPS 3 70 60
Mapping with Programme Outcomes
COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO
10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 S M L L L - - L M M - - M L L
CO2 S M L L L - - L M M - - M L L
CO3 S M L L - - - L M M - - M - L
CO4 S M L L - - - L M M - L M - L
CO5 S M L L - - - L M M - L M - L
CO6 S M L L - - - L M M - - M - L
S- Strong; M-Medium; L-Low
Assessment Pattern
Assessment - I Assessment - II
Assg. I Assg. II Terminal
CAT – I(%) CAT – II(%)
*(%) *(%) Exam(%)
TPS
1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
CO
CO1 - 10 20 - - 4 10
CO2 - 10 20 100 - - 4 10
CO3 - 10 30 - - 4 15
CO4 - - 10 20 - - 15
CO5 - - 10 30 100 - 4 15
CO6 - - 10 20 - 4 15
Total - 30 70 100 - 30 70 100 - 20 80

Passed in BoS meeting 18.11.2023 Approved in 66th Academic Council Meeting 16.12.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Syllabus
Real-Time Systems: Embedded Systems and Real-Time System characteristics, Structure,
Response, Concurrency, Predictability, Safety and Reliability, Hard and Soft Real-Time
Embedded Systems.
Functions of Operating Systems: Process Management, Memory Management,
Interrupts Management, Multitasking, File System Management, I/O Management.
Real-Time Operating Systems: Characteristics of RTOS Kernels, Priority Scheduling
Intertask Communication and Resource Sharing, Real-Time Signals, Semaphores, Message
Passing, Shared Memory, Memory Locking, RTOS principles for System Bus Sharing
and RTOS Examples POSIX.
Task Management: Tasks and Specification, Task control Block, Task Assignment and
Scheduling, Clock-Driven Scheduling, Round-Robin Approach, Scheduling Algorithms: Rate
monotonic, Priority-Driven, Bin-Packing, First-Fit, First-Fit Decreasing, Rate-Monotonic First-
Fit (RMFF) and EDF
System modeling and Testing: Introduction to FSM, UML and Petri Nets.
Validation and testing: Program Validation and Testing
FreeRTOS: Datatypes and coding formats, task management APIs, IPC-Queue
management, Timer management, Interrupts management and resource sharing APIs
Text Book
• Jiacun Wang, Real-Time Embedded Systems, “Wiley publication 1st edition 2017
• Richard Barry “Mastering the FreeRTOS Real Time Kernel A Hands-On Tutorial
Guide
Reference Books

• Philip A.Laplante, “Real time systems analysis and Design-IEEE Computer Society
Press PHI-2000
• Allan.V.Shaw, Real Time systems and software”, John Wiley & Sons 2000.
Course Contents and Lecture Schedule
Lecture
# Topic
Hours
Introduction to the Course, COs POs 1
1 Real-Time Systems (2)
Embedded Systems and Real-Time Embedded
2 1
System characteristics,.
structure, response, concurrency, predictability,
3 1
safety and reliability
Functions of Operating Systems (6)
4 Process Management, and Memory Management, 1
5 Interrupts Management, 1
6 Multitasking, File System Management, I/O Management 1
Real-Time Operating Systems (10)
7 Characteristics of RTOS Kernels, Scheduling 2
8 Priority Types Scheduling 2
9 Inter Task/Process Communication and Resource Sharing, 2
Real-Time Signals, Semaphores, Message Passing, Shared Memory,
10 2
Memory Locking
RTOS principles for System Bus Sharing
11 2
and RTOS Examples POSIX
Task Management: (10)
12 Tasks and its Specification, TCB 2
13 Task Assignment and Scheduling, 2
14 Clock-Driven Scheduling, Round-Robin Approach, S 2
15 cheduling Algorithms : Priority-Driven, 2

Passed in BoS meeting 18.11.2023 Approved in 66th Academic Council Meeting 16.12.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Bin-Packing, First-Fit, First-Fit Decreasing, Rate-Monotonic First-Fit

16 2
(RMFF) and EDF
17 System modeling and Testing (2)
18 Introduction to FSM, UML and Petri Nets 1
19 Validation and testing: Program Validation and Testing 1
FreeRTOS (6)
20 Datatypes and coding formats 1
21 Task management APIs 1
22 IPC and program 1
23 Timer management 1
24 Interrupts management 1
25 resource sharing APIs 1
TOTAL 36

Course Designers:
• Dr.K.Hariharan [email protected]
• Dr.N.Ayyanar [email protected]
• Dr.G.Prabhakar [email protected]
• Dr.M.Senthilarasi [email protected]

Passed in BoS meeting 18.11.2023 Approved in 66th Academic Council Meeting 16.12.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Category L T P Credit
22ECPL0 IOT SYSTEM AND APPLICATIONS
PSE 3 0 0 3

Preamble
This course is designed to provide a comprehensive understanding and practical mastery of
Internet of Things (IoT) systems and their diverse applications. Through a structured
curriculum, students will delve into the intricacies of IoT, ranging from its foundational
characteristics, physical design, and protocols to the logical design and enabling technologies.
The course aims to empower students with the necessary skills to design, implement, and
optimize IoT systems.
Prerequisite
NIL
Course Outcomes
COs Course Outcomes TCE Expected Expected
Proficiency Proficiency Attainment
Scale in % Level %
CO1 Understand the characteristics, physical TPS2 70 60
design, protocols, logical design, and
enabling technologies of IoT systems
CO2 Use IoT design methodology - NETCONF- TPS3 70 60
YANG, enabling the development of
specifications, models, and integration
strategies for devices and applications.
CO3 Demonstrate proficiency in using Python TPS3 70 60
packages, cloud platforms, web application
frameworks, and working with basic
building blocks of IoT devices and open-
source hardware.
CO4 Apply IoT Edge fundamentals, sensor TPS3 70 60
integration with open-source hardware, and
wireless protocol implementation for
effective IoT communication.
CO5 Apply the knowledge of cloud storage TPS3 70 60
models, communication APIs, and key IoT
platforms, including WAMP, Xively, Django,
and AWS, for practical integration in IoT
scenarios.
CO6 Understand the Internet of Medical Things TPS3 70 60
(IoMT) and apply Internet of Everything
(IoE) concepts through case studies,
gaining the ability to implement real-time
applications in diverse contexts.
Mapping with Programme Outcomes
COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO
10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 M L L L - - - L M M M - L L L
CO2 S M L L - - - L M M M - M L L
CO3 S M L L - - - L M M M L M - L
CO4 S M L L L - - L M M M L M - L
CO5 S M L L L - L L M M M L M - L
CO6 S M L L L - L L M M M L M - L
S- Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Passed in BoS meeting 18.11.2023 Approved in 66th Academic Council Meeting 16.12.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Assessment Pattern
Assessment - I Assessment - II
Assg. I Assg. II Terminal
CAT – I(%) CAT – II(%)
*(%) *(%) Exam(%)
TPS
Scale 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
CO
CO1 - 25 - - 15
CO2 - 25 100 - - 15
CO3 - 50 - - 20
CO4 - - 10 20 - 10
CO5 - - 10 30 100 - 20
CO6 - - 10 20 - 5 15
Total - 25 75 100 - 30 70 100 - 20 80
Syllabus
Foundations of IoT Systems: Characteristics of IoT systems, Physical design and protocols
Logical design, enabling technologies, and IoT levels, Domain-specific IoT: Medical IoT vs
M2M. [4]
IoT Design Methodology and Specifications: Design methodology with NETCONF-YANG
IoT design specifications, models, and level specifications, Device and component integration,
and application development. [4]
Logical Design and Physical Devices in IoT: Python packages for IoT, Cloud platforms for
IoT (AWS, Google Cloud, IBM Cloud), Python web application frameworks, Basic building
blocks of IoT devices, open source hardware (NodeMCU, Raspberry Pi-4, Intel Galileo Gen -
2). [10]
IoT Edge: Introduction, sensor interface with Open Source Hardware, Wireless protocols for
Internet of Things. [4]
IoT Physical Servers & Cloud Offerings: Introduction to cloud storage models and
communication APIs,WAMP - AutoBahn for IoT, Xively Cloud for IoT, Python web application
framework- Django, Designing a RESTful Web API, Amazon web services for IoT. [8]
IoECase Studies: smart lighting, home security, weather reporting BOT, smart irrigation, IoE
in Retail Environments, Industry 4.0 Implementation. [4]
Internet of Medical Things (IoMT): Overview, Emerging Technologies, Benefits, Challenges
and Case Studies. [2]
Text Book
• ArshdeepBahga, Vijay Madisetti, ―Internet of Things – A hands-on approach,
Universities Press, 2015.

Reference Books& web resources

• Adrian McEwen, Hakim Cassimally ―Designing the Internet of Things, Wiley

Publishing,2015
• Peter Waher ―Learning Internet of Things‖, Packt Publishing, UK, 2015.
• Miguel de Sousa‖, Internet of Things with Intel Galileo‖ ‖, Packt Publishing, UK, 2015.
• Marco Schwartz, ―Internet of Things with the Arduino Yun‖, Packt Publishing, 2014.
• SahshanuRazdan&Sachin Sharma (2022) Internet of Medical Things (IoMT): Overview,
Emerging Technologies, and Case Studies, IETE Technical Review, 39:4, 775-788, DOI:
10.1080/02564602.2021.1927863
• https://www.cse.wustl.edu/~jain/cse574-16/
• https://www.techtarget.com/iotagenda/definition/IoMT-Internet-of-Medical-Things

Passed in BoS meeting 18.11.2023 Approved in 66th Academic Council Meeting 16.12.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Course Contents and Lecture Schedule

Lecture
# Topic
Hours
Foundations of IoT Systems
1 Characteristics of IoT systems, Physical design and protocols 1
2 Logical design, enabling technologies 1
3 IoT levels 1
4 Domain-specific IoT: Medical IoT vs M2M 1
IoT Design Methodology and Specifications
5 Design methodology with NETCONF-YANG 1
6 IoT design specifications, models, and level specifications, 1
7 Device and component integration 1
8 Application development. 1
Logical Design and Physical Devices in IoT
9 Python packages for IoT 2
10 Cloud platforms for IoT (AWS, Google Cloud, IBM Cloud) 2
11 Python web application frameworks 2
12 Basic building blocks of IoT devices 2
13 Open-source hardware (NodeMCU, Raspberry Pi-4, Intel Galileo Gen -2). 2
IoT Edge
16 Introduction, sensor interface with Open Source Hardware 2
17 Wireless protocols for Internet of Things. 2
IoT Physical Servers & Cloud Offerings
18 Introduction to cloud storage models and communication APIs 2
19 WAMP - AutoBahn for IoT 1
20 Xively Cloud for IoT 1
21 Python web application framework- Django 2
22 Designing a RESTful Web API 1
23 Amazon web services for IoT 1
IoECase Studies
24 Smart lighting, home security, weather reporting BOT, 2
25 Smart irrigation, IoE in Retail Environments, Industry 4.0 Implementation. 2
Internet of Medical Things (IoMT)
26 Overview, Emerging Technologies, Benefits, Challenges 1
27 Case Studies 1
TOTAL 36

Course Designers:

• Dr.K.Hariharan [email protected]
• Dr.M.Senthilnathan [email protected]
• Dr.N.Ayyanar [email protected]
• Dr.G.Prabhakar [email protected]
• Dr.M.Senthilarasi [email protected]

Passed in BoS meeting 18.11.2023 Approved in 66th Academic Council Meeting 16.12.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Category L T P Credit
22ECRH0 PARALLEL PROGRAMMING
PEES 3 0 0 3

Preamble
The goal of this course is to make the students understand the need for multi-core processors,
their architecture and various parallel programming paradigms.
Prerequisite
NIL
Course Outcomes
COs Course Outcomes TCE Expected Expected
Proficiency Proficiency Attainment
Scale in % Level %
CO1 Understand the need for multicore TPS2 70 70
architecture
CO2 Use the concepts of Parallel program TPS3 70 70
design
CO3 Apply parallel programming concepts in TPS3 70 70
Distributed Memory and shared Memory
CO4 Develop parallel programs for distributed TPS3 70 70
address space
CO5 Develop parallel programs using shared TPS3 70 70
memory paradigms
CO6 Implement parallel programs for Tree TPS3 70 70
Search

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO
10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 M L L L - - L M M - - L L L
CO2 S M L L L - - L M M - - M L L
CO3 S M L L - - - L M M - - M - L
CO4 S M L L - - - L M M - L M - L
CO5 S M L L - - - L M M - L M - L
CO6 S M L L - - - L M M - - M - L
S- Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Assessment Pattern

Assessment - I Assessment - II
Assg. II Terminal Exam (%)
CAT – I(%) Assg. I *(%) CAT – II(%)
*(%)
TPS
Scale 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3
CO
CO1 - 10 20 100 - - - - - - - 10 -
CO2 - 10 20 - - - - - - - 6 12
CO3 - 10 30 - - - - - - - 6 12
CO4 - - - - - - - 10 20 100 - 4 14
CO5 - - - - - - - 10 30 - 4 14
CO6 - - - - - - - 10 20 - 4 14
Total - 30 70 100 - 30 70 100 - 34 66

Passed in BoS meeting 18.11.2023 Approved in 66th Academic Council Meeting 16.12.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Syllabus

Parallel Hardware: Need for high speed computing device, solving problems in parallel, Von
Neumann architecture, Modifications to the von Neumann Model Parallel Hardware – SIMD
and MIMD systems – Interconnection networks - Cache coherence - Shared Memory versus
Distributed Memory Architectures, ARM-Neon-SIMD Architecture, Nividia GPU Architecture..
[8 hours]
Parallel Software: Caveats, Coordinating the processes/threads, Shared-memory,
Distributed-memory, Programming hybrid systems, Input and Output, Performance, Parallel
Program Design
[8 hours]
Distributed Memory Programming With MPI: MPI program execution – MPI constructs –
libraries – MPI send and receive – Point-to-point and Collective communication – MPI derived
datatypes – Performance evaluation
[7 hours]

Shared Memory Programming With OpenMP: OpenMP Execution Model – Memory Model
– OpenMP Directives – Work-sharing Constructs - Library functions – Handling Data and
Functional Parallelism – Handling Loops - Performance Considerations.
[8 hours]

Parallel Program Development: Case studies - n-Body solvers – Tree Search – OpenMP
and MPI implementations and comparison.
[5 hours]
Text Book
• Peter S. Pacheco, ―An Introduction to Parallel Programming, Morgan-
Kauffman/Elsevier, 2011.

Reference Books& web resources

• Darryl Gove, ―Multicore Application Programming for Windows, Linux, and Oracle
Solaris, Pearson, 2011
• Michael J Quinn, ―Parallel programming in C with MPI and OpenMP, Tata McGraw
Hill,2003.
• V. Rajaraman, C. Siva Ram Murthy M., Parallel Computers - Architecture and
Programming, PHI, 2016.
• Victor Alessandrini, Shared Memory Application Programming, 1st Edition, Concepts
and Strategies in Multicore Application Programming, Morgan Kaufmann, 2015.
• Yan Solihin, Fundamentals of Parallel Multicore Architecture, CRC Press, 2015.
• https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106102163 by Dr. Yogish Sabharwal, IIT Delhi

Course Contents and Lecture Schedule

Lecture
# Topic
Hours
1. Introduction
Parallel Hardware: Need for high speed computing device, solving 1
2.
problems in parallel
3. Von Neumann architecture, Modifications to the von Neumann Model 1
4. Parallel Hardware – SIMD 1
5. MIMD systems 1
6. Interconnection networks
1
7. Cache coherence
8. Shared Memory versus Distributed Memory Architectures 1

Passed in BoS meeting 18.11.2023 Approved in 66th Academic Council Meeting 16.12.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

9. ARM-Neon-SIMD Architecture 1
10. Nividia GPU Architecture 1
Parallel Software
11. Caveats 1
12. Coordinating the processes/threads 1
13. Shared-memory 1
14. Distributed-memory 1
15. Programming hybrid systems 1
16. Input and Output 1
17. Performance 1
18. Parallel Program Design 1
Distributed Memory Programming With MPI
19. MPI program execution 1
20. MPI constructs 1
21. Libraries 1
22. MPI send and receive 1
23. Point-to-point and Collective communication 1
24. MPI derived datatypes 1
25. Performance evaluation 1
Shared Memory Programming With OpenMP
26. OpenMP Execution Model 2
27. Memory Model 1
28. OpenMP Directives-Work-sharing Constructs 1
29. Library functions 1
30. Handling Data and Functional Parallelism 1
31. Handling Loops 1
32. Performance Considerations 1
Parallel Program Development
33. Case studies: n-Body solvers, Tree Search 2
34. OpenMP and MPI implementations and comparison 3
Total 36

Course Designers:

• Dr.K.Hariharan [email protected]
• Dr.M.Senthilnathan [email protected]
• Dr.N.Ayyanar [email protected]
• Dr.G.Prabhakar [email protected]
• Dr.M.Senthilarasi [email protected]

Passed in BoS meeting 18.11.2023 Approved in 66th Academic Council Meeting 16.12.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Category L T P Credit
ELECTRONIC MEASUREMENT AND
22ECPM0 PSE 3 0 0 3
INSTRUMENTS

Preamble
This course deals with the computation of errors in different types of electrical measurements,
analog measurement concepts, DC bridges, AC bridges, Digital measurement concepts and
the functionality of signal generators and oscilloscope.
Prerequisite
NIL
Course Outcomes
COs Course Outcomes TCE Expected Expected
Proficiency Proficiency Attainment
Scale in % Level %
CO1 Compute errors in different types of TPS3 70 70
electrical measurements
CO2 Use analog measurement concepts TPS3 70 70
CO3 Determine resistance using DC bridges. TPS3 70 70
CO4 Determine capacitance and inductance TPS3 70 70
using AC bridges.
CO5 Use Digital Measurement Concepts TPS3 70 70
CO6 Understand the functionality of Signal TPS2 70 70
generators and oscilloscope
Mapping with Programme Outcomes
COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO
10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 S M L - L - - - M - - L M L L
CO2 S M L - L - - - M - - L M L L
CO3 S M L - L - - - M - - L M L L
CO4 S M L - L - - - M - - L M L L
CO5 S M L - L - - - M - - L M L L
CO6 M L - - L - - - M - - L L L L
S- Strong; M-Medium; L-Low
Assessment Pattern
Assessment - I Assessment - II
Assg. I * Assg. II Terminal Exam
CAT – I (%) CAT – II (%)
(%) *(%) (%)
TPS
CO 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3

CO1 - 10 10 - - 4 14
CO2 - 10 20 100 - - 4 14
CO3 - 10 40 - - 4 14
CO4 - - 10 20 - 4 14
CO5 - - 10 30 100 - 4 14
CO6 - - 30 - - 10 -
Total - 30 70 100 - 50 50 100 - 30 70

Passed in BoS meeting 18.11.2023 Approved in 66th Academic Council Meeting 16.12.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Syllabus
Measurements and Measurement Error: Significance of measurements, methods of
measurements, instruments and measurement systems, Functions of instruments and
measurement systems, Calibration, Gross errors and systematic errors, Absolute and relative
errors, basic concepts of accuracy, Precision, Repeatability, Tolerance, range/Span, Linearity,
Sensitivity, threshold, Resolution and Significant figures. [8 Hours]
Analog Meters: PMMC Meter, Characteristics of Moving Coil Meter Movement, Moving Coil
Galvanometer, Torque Equation of Galvanometer, D.C. Ammeter, Properties of shunt resistor,
Multi-range Ammeter, DC Voltmeter, Multi-range Voltmeter, Sensitivity, Loading Effect,
Ohmmeter, Series Ohmmeter, Shunt Type Ohmmeter. [8 Hours]
Bridges: Measurement of Resistance, Ammeter-Voltmeter Method, Kelvin Bridge, Double
Kelvin Bridge, Substitution Method, Wheatstone Bridge, Measurement Errors in Wheatstone
Bridge, A.C. Bridges, Condition for Bridge Balance, Maxwell Inductance Bridge, Maxwell
Inductance Capacitance Bridge, Hay Bridge, Anderson Bridge, Owen Bridge, De Sauty
Bridge, Schering Bridge, Wien Bridge. [8 Hours]
Digital Meters: Digital Voltmeter Systems, Types of Digital Voltmeter, Ramp-Type DVM, Dual-
Slope Integrating Type DVM, Successive-approximation DVM, Digital Multimeter,
Specification of Digital Multimeter, Digital frequency meter System, High Frequency
Measurement. [6 Hours]
Signal generators and oscilloscope: Signal Generators, Audio Generators, Function
Generators, Pulse Generators, Spectrum Analyser, Logic Analyser, Frequency Synthesizer,
Oscilloscopes: Analog, Digital CRO and DSO. [6 Hours]

Text Book
• Reza Langari Alan S. Morris, ‘Measurement and Instrumentation Theory and
Application’ Elsevier, 3rd Edition, 2020.
Reference book & web resources
• Albert D.Helfrick and William D.Cooper “‘Modern Electronic Instrumentation and
Measurement Techniques” Pearson, 2016.
• Ernest O. Doebelin, Measurement Systems-Application and Design, TMH,2007.
• R.S. Sedha, "Electronic Measurements and Instrumentation" S. Chand & Company,
2013.
• H. S. Kalsi, “Electronic Instrumentation”, Tata McGraw Hills, 2004
• Sawhney A K, 'A course in Electrical and Electronic Measurements and
Instrumentation' Dhanpat Rai & Co, 2021.
• David A Bell “Electronic Instrumentation and Measurements”, Pearson Education,
2013.
• NPTEL course on Electrical Measurement and Electronic Instruments, Prof. Avishek
chatterjee, IIT Kharagpur.

Course Contents and Lecture Schedule

Module Topic No. of

No. Lectures
1 Measurements and Measurement Error
1.1 Significance of measurements, methods of measurements 1
1.2 instruments and measurement systems, Functions of instruments 1
and measurement systems
1.3 Calibration, Gross errors and systematic errors 1
1.4 Absolute and relative errors, basic concepts of accuracy 1
1.5 Precision, Repeatability 1
1.6 Tolerance, range/Span 1
1.7 Linearity, Sensitivity 1

Passed in BoS meeting 18.11.2023 Approved in 66th Academic Council Meeting 16.12.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

1.8 Threshold, Resolution and Significant figures 1

2 Analog Meters
2.1 PMMC Meter, Characteristics of Moving Coil Meter Movement 1
2.2 Moving Coil Galvanometer, Torque Equation of Galvanometer 1
2.3 D.C. Ammeter, Properties of shunt resistor 1
2.4 Multi-range Ammeter, DC Voltmeter 1
2.5 Multi-range Voltmeter, Sensitivity 1
2.6 Loading Effect, Ohmmeter 1
2.7 Series Ohmmeter, Shunt Type Ohmmeter. 2
3. Bridges
3.1 Measurement of Resistance, Ammeter-Voltmeter Method 1
3.2 Kelvin Bridge, Double Kelvin Bridge 1
3.3 Substitution Method, Wheatstone Bridge 1
3.4 Measurement Errors in Wheatstone Bridge, A.C. Bridges 1
3.5 Condition for Bridge Balance, Maxwell Inductance Bridge 1
3.6 Maxwell Inductance Capacitance Bridge, Hay Bridge 1
3.7 Anderson Bridge, Owen Bridge 1
3.8 De Sauty Bridge, Schering Bridge, Wien Bridge 1
4 Digital Meters
4.1 Digital Voltmeter Systems, Types of Digital Voltmeter 1
4.2 Ramp-Type DVM 1
4.3 Dual-Slope Integrating Type DVM 1
4.4 Successive-approximation DVM 1
4.5 Digital Multimeter, Specification of Digital Multimeter 1
4.6 Digital frequency meter System, High Frequency Measurement. 1
5 Signal generators and oscilloscope
5.1 Signal Generators, Audio Generators 1
5.2 Function Generators, Pulse Generators 1
5.3 Spectrum Analyser 1
5.4 Logic Analyser, Frequency Synthesizer 1
5.5 Oscilloscopes: Analog 1
5.6 Digital CRO and DSO 1
Total Number of Hours 36

Course Designers:

• Dr.K.Hariharan [email protected]
• Dr.V.R.Venkatasubramani [email protected]

Passed in BoS meeting 18.11.2023 Approved in 66th Academic Council Meeting 16.12.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Category L T P Credit
22ECPN0 FIBER OPTIC COMMUNICATION
PSE 3 0 0 3

Preamble
The objective of this course is to provide a comprehensive understanding of optical
communication systems and networks. This course provides coverage of basic optical
technology including physical aspects of light propagation, fiber optic components and its
characteristics and modulation/demodulation techniques and link design. It also covers
enabling technologies for optical network including SONET/SDH, WDM network, integrated
optics and photonics, future optical systems and Networks
Prerequisite
Nil

Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO# TPS Expected Expected
Course Outcomes Scale Proficiency Attainment
in % Level %
CO1 Determine the transmission characteristics of TPS
optical fiber and their measurement 3 70 60
procedures.
CO2 Demonstrate the characteristics of optical TPS
70 60
sources and modulation techniques. 3
CO3 Analyze various coupling losses. TPS
70 60
4
CO4 Demonstrate the characteristics of optical TPS
70 60
detectors and demodulation techniques 3
CO5 Demonstrate the characteristics of TPS
SONET/SDH, WDM network and network 3 70 60
components.
CO6 Design and analyze the performance of optical TPS
70 60
communication links. 3

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

Cos PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO
10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 S M L L L - - L M M - - M L L
CO2 S M L L L - - L M M - - M L L
CO3 S S M L - - - L M M - - S - L
CO4 S M L L - - - L M M - - M - L
CO5 S M L L - L - L M M - L M - L
CO6 S M L L - L - L M M - L M - L
S- Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Passed in BoS meeting 18.11.2023 Approved in 66th Academic Council Meeting 16.12.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Assessment Pattern
Assessment - I Assessment - II
Assg. I * Assg. II Terminal Exam
CAT – I (%) CAT – II (%)
(%) *(%) (%)
TPS
1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
CO
CO1 - 10 30 - - 4 20
CO2 - 10 20 100 - - 4 10
CO3 - 10 20 - - 4 10
CO4 - - 10 20 - 4 15
CO5 - - 10 20 100 - 4 10
CO6 - - 10 30 - - 15
Total - 30 70 100 - 30 70 100 - 20 80
Syllabus
Introduction: Motivation and evolution of fiber optic system, Role of fiber optics in telecom,
Key elements of optical fiber system: Optical Fibers: Structures, optical fiber modes and
configurations, Modal analysis, Step-index and graded index optical fibers, Multi-core fibers,
Ring core fiber, photonic crystal fiber, Fiber fabrication. Transmission characteristics of optical
fiber: Attenuation, Dispersion. Test and Measurements: Basic test equipment, Optical power
measurement and Optical time domain reflectometer. Optical Transmitters: Light Emitting
Diode: structure, LED characteristics: output power, quantum efficiency, modulation
bandwidth. Laser: laser diode mode, threshold condition, rate equation, Laser characteristics:
quantum efficiency, resonant frequency. Modulation: Direct modulation, sub carrier
modulation; Multiplexing strategies: Optical TDM, subcarrier multiplexing, OFDM, SDM.
Optical Power Launching and Coupling: Lensing schemes for coupling improvement,
Fiber-to-fiber joints, Splicing techniques, Fiber connectors. Optical Receivers: PIN photo
detector, characteristics; Avalanche photodiode, characteristics, Noise in Photo detector.
Demodulation: Direct detection, coherent detection. Optical communication system and
Networks: System design consideration point –to –point links, Link power budget, Rise time
budget. Optical network: Optical layer, SONET/SDH, high speed light wave link. WDM
concepts and Components: Coupler, Isolator, Multiplexers, switches, cross connects. Optical
amplifiers: EDFA. Integrated optics and photonics: Technologies, integrated optical
devices: Beam splitters, directional couplers, Modulators, Polarization converters and
photonic integrated circuits.
Text Book
• Gerd Kaiser, “Optical fiber communications”, MCGraw Hill Int., 5th edition, 2017.
• John Senior, “Optica fiber communication-principles and practices”, Prentice Hall of
India, 3rd edition, 2013.
Reference Books
• Rajiv Ramaswami, Kumar Sivarajan, Galen Sasaki, “Optical Networks: a practical
perspective” Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, 3rd edition, 2009.
• G.P. Agarwal, “Fiber optic communication system”, Wiley, 4 th edition, 2010.
• J.Gower, “Optical communication system”, Prentice Hall of India, 2 nd edition, 2001.
• Joseph C. Palais, “Fiber Optic Communication”, Pearson Education, 5th edition, 2011.
• Biswanath Mukherjee, “Optical WDM Network”, Springer, 1 st edition.
• H Nishihara, M Haruna and T Suhara, Optical Integrated Circuits; McGraw-Hill Book
Company, New York, 1989.
• C. R. Pollock and M Lipson, Integrated photonics, Kluwer Pub, 2003.
• José Capmany and Daniel Pérez, Photonic Integrated Circuits, Oxford University
Press, 2020.
• NPTEL course on “Introduction to photonics” by Dr. Balaji Srinivasan.Link:
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108106135/
• NPTEL course on “Fiber Optic Communication Technology” by Prof. Deepa Venkitesh.

Passed in BoS meeting 18.11.2023 Approved in 66th Academic Council Meeting 16.12.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Link: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ougKUUM3hJA

Course Contents and Lecture Schedule

Lecture
# Topic
Hours
Introduction to the Course, COs POs 1
1 Overview of Optical Fiber Communication (9)
Motivation and evolution of fiber optic system, Elements of
2 1
optical fiber transmission link, optics in telecom
Fiber Types: Step index, Graded index, Single mode,
3 1
multimode,
4 optical fiber modes and configurations 2
5 Multi-core fibers, Ring core fiber, photonic crystal fiber, Fiber fabrication. 1
6 Transmission characteristics of optical fiber: Attenuation, Dispersion. 2
Test and Measurements: Basic test equipment, Optical power
7 1
measurement and Optical time domain reflectometer.
Optical Transmitters (6)
Light Emitting Diode: structure, Characteristics: Quantum efficiency, output
8 2
power, modulation bandwidth
Laser: Structure, laser diode mode and threshold condition, rate
9 2
equation, quantum efficiency and resonant frequency
Direct modulation, sub carrier modulation/multiplexing OTDM, Optical
10 2
OFDM, SDM
Optical Power Launching and Coupling (5)
11 Lensing schemes for coupling improvement, 2
12 Fiber-to-fiber joints, Splicing techniques 2
13 Fiber connectors 1
Optical Receivers (6)
14 PIN photo detector and Avalanche photodiode: characteristics 2
15 Noise in Photo detector. 2
16 Demodulation: Direct detection, coherent detection 2
Optical communication system and Networks (10)
System design consideration point –to –point links, Link power budget, rise
17 2
time budget.
18 Optical network: Optical layer, SONET/SDH, high speed light wave link. 2
WDM concepts and Components: Coupler, Isolator, Multiplexers,
19 3
switches, cross connects. Optical amplifiers: EDFA
Integrated optics and photonics: Technologies, integrated optical devices:
20 Beam splitters, directional couplers, Modulators, Polarization converters 3
and photonic integrated circuits.
TOTAL 36

Course Designers:
• Dr.N. Ayyanar [email protected]
• Dr.K. Hariharan [email protected]
• Dr. M. S. K. Manikandan [email protected]
• Dr. E. Murugavalli [email protected]
• Dr.G. Prabhakar [email protected]

Passed in BoS meeting 18.11.2023 Approved in 66th Academic Council Meeting 16.12.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Category L T P Credit
22ECPP0 5G WIRELESS NETWORKS PSE 3 0 0 3

Preamble
The objective of this course is to introduce the students with a comprehensive understanding
of current and 5G Wireless Networks that includes 5G Fundamentals with its architecture,
small cells, 5G Internets with Internet of Thing. This course also includes cloud network and
security challenges in 5G network
Prerequisite
Nil

Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to

Course Outcomes
CO# TPS Expected Expected
Scale Proficienc Attainme
Course Outcomes
y in % nt Level
%
CO1 Apply the access technologies for realizing the TPS 70 70
capabilities of TDMA, CDMA, GSM and LTE 3
architecture of cellular networks
CO2 Illustrate the role of 5G and service-based TPS 70 75
architecture in the core and radio networks 2
CO3 Use the distributed mobility management TPS 70 70
functions for the next generation mobile networks 3
CO4 Describe the next generation application TPS 70 70
protocols such as 5GNAS, NGAP, PFCP, EAP 3
and SCTP
CO5 use Cloud, Fog and Edge computing techniques TPS 70 70
for 5G enabled IoT 3
CO6 Use the privacy-preserving techniques and TPS 70 70
Blockchain technology for the IoT systems 3

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO
10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 S M L - - - - L M M - - M - L
CO2 M L - - - - - L M M - - L - L
CO3 S M L - - - - L M M - - M - L
CO4 S M L - - - - L M M - - M - L
CO5 S M L - - - - L M M - - M - L
CO6 S M L - - - - L M M - - M - L
S- Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Passed in BoS meeting 18.11.2023 Approved in 66th Academic Council Meeting 16.12.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Assessment Pattern

Assessment - I Assessment - II
Assg. I Assg. II Terminal
CAT – I(%) CAT – II(%)
*(%) *(%) Exam(%)
TPS
1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
CO
CO1 - 10 30 - - 5 15
CO2 - 20 - 100 - - 5 -
CO3 - 10 30 - - 5 15
CO4 - - 10 20 - 5 15
CO5 - - 10 30 100 - 5 15
CO6 - - 10 20 - 5 10
Total - 40 60 100 - 30 70 100 - 30 70
Syllabus
Generation of Cellular Network: Principles of Cellular Networks, First- Generation Analog,
Second- Generation TDMA Second- Generation CDMA Third- Generation Systems Fourth
Generation Systems and LTE- LTE Architecture, Evolved Packet Core LTE Resource
Management, LTE Channel Structure and Protocols 5G Architecture overview: Overview,
5G—A new era of connectivity, The road to 5G network deployments, Core requirements,
New use cases, New technologies, Two perspectives on 5G Core, Service-based architecture
(SBA), The core of the core, Connecting the core network to mobile devices and radio
networks, Mobility and data connectivity, 5GC interworking with EPC, Voice services,
Messaging services Management of 5G Networks: PDU Session concepts, Session types,
User plane handling, Mechanisms to provide efficient user plane connectivity, Edge
computing, Session authentication and authorization, Local Area Data Network. 5G
Protocols: Protocols, 5G non-access stratum (5G NAS), NG application protocol (NGAP),
Hypertext transfer protocol (HTTP), Transport layer security (TLS), Packet forwarding control
protocol (PFCP), GPRS tunneling protocol for the User Plane (GTP-U), Extensible
Authentication Protocol (EAP), IP security (IPSec), Stream Control Transmission Protocol
(SCTP), Generic routing encapsulation. 5G Enabled Internet of Things: 5G cloud, Mobile
and Edge computing for IoT, Emerging challenges and requirements for IoT in 5G, Network
function virtualization based IoT in 5G network, 5G small cells. Privacy and Security Issues:
Privacy and security issues in 5G Enabled IoT, Privacy-preserving Techniques for the 5G
Enabled Location Based Services, Block chain Technology for the 5G Enabled IoT Systems-
Principles, Applications and Challenges.
Text Book
• Stefan Rommer, Peter Hedman, Magnus Olsson, Lars Frid, Shabnam Sultana,
Catherine Mulligan, “5G Core Networks”, Academic Press, 2020
Reference Books
• Cory Beard, William Stallings, “Wireless Communication Networks and Systems”,
Pearson, 2014.
• Stefan Rommer, Peter Hedman, Magnus Olsson, Lars Frid, Shabnam Sultana,
Catherine Mulligan, “5G Core Networks”, Academic Press, 2020
• Yulei Wu, Haojun Huang, Cheng-Xiang Wang, Yi Pan(edited),”5G Enabled Internet of
Things”, CRC Press, 2019.
• Saad Z. Asif, “5G Mobile Communications Concepts and Technologies”, CRC Press,
2019.
• Jonathan Rodriguez, Fundamental of 5G Mobile Network, Wiley, 2015.

Passed in BoS meeting 18.11.2023 Approved in 66th Academic Council Meeting 16.12.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Course Contents and Lecture Schedule

Lecture
# Topic
Hours
Introduction to the Course, COs POs 1
Generation of Cellular Network: (6)
Principles of Cellular Networks, First- Generation Analog, Second-
1 1
Generation TDMA and CDMA
2 Third- Generation Systems Fourth Generation Systems and LTE 1
3 LTE Architecture 1
4 Evolved Packet Core LTE 1
5 Resource Management 1
6 LTE Channel Structure and Protocols 1
5G Architecture overview: (7)
Overview, 5G—A new era of connectivity, The road to 5G network
7 1
deployments
Core requirements, new use cases, new technologies, Two perspectives
8 1
on 5G Core
9 Service-based architecture (SBA), The core of the core, 1
Connecting the core network to mobile devices and radio networks,
10 2
Mobility and data connectivity
11 5GC interworking with EPC 1
12 Voice services, Messaging services 1
Management of 5G Networks: (6)
13 PDU Session concepts, Session types, User plane handling 2
14 Mechanisms to provide efficient user plane connectivity 2
Edge computing, Session authentication and authorization, Local Area
15 2
Data Network
5G Protocols: (6)
5G non-access stratum (5G NAS), NG application protocol (NGAP),
16 2
Hypertext transfer protocol (HTTP)
Transport layer security (TLS), Packet forwarding control protocol
17 2
(PFCP), GPRS tunneling protocol for the User Plane (GTP-U)
18 Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP), IP security (IPSec) 1
Stream Control Transmission Protocol (SCTP), Generic routing
19 1
encapsulation
5G Enabled Internet of Things: (6)
20 5G cloud, Mobile and Edge computing for IoT 2
21 Emerging challenges and requirements for IoT in 5G 2
22 Network function virtualization based IoT in 5G network, 5G small cells 2
23 Privacy and Security Issues: (5)
24 Privacy and security issues in 5G Enabled IoT 1
Privacy-preserving Techniques for the 5G Enabled Location Based
25 2
Services
Block chain Technology for the 5G Enabled IoT Systems-Principles,
26 2
Applications and Challenges
TOTAL 36
Course Designers:
Dr. M. S. K. Manikandan [email protected]
Dr. E. Murugavalli [email protected]

Passed in BoS meeting 18.11.2023 Approved in 66th Academic Council Meeting 16.12.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Category L T P Credit
AD-HOC NETWORKS AND
22ECRJ0 PEES 3 0 0 3
APPLICATIONS

Preamble
The objective of this course is to introduce students with fundamental concepts, design issues
and solutions to the issues, architectures and protocols and the state-of-the-art research
developments in ad hoc and sensor networks. This course also includes VANET enabled
safety applications and Intelligent Transport Systems.
Prerequisite
Nil
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to
Course Outcomes
CO# TPS Expected Expected
Scale Proficienc Attainme
Course Outcomes
y in % nt Level
%
CO1 Identify the necessity of Ad Hoc and Sensor TPS 70 75
networks 2
CO2 Use various MAC protocols for Adhoc Network TPS 70 70
3
CO3 Use various routing protocols for Adhoc Network TPS 70 70
3
CO4 Use appropriate network protocol to provide TPS 70 70
solutions for transport layer issues 3
CO5 Apply appropriate protocols for sensor network TPS 70 70
based applications 3
CO6 Use VANET to disseminate information for TPS 70 70
intelligent transport systems 3
Mapping with Programme Outcomes
COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO
10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 M L L L - - - L M M - - L - L
CO2 S M L L - - - L M M - - M - L
CO3 S M L L - - - L M M - - M - L
CO4 S M L L L - - L M M - - M L L
CO5 S M L L L - - L M M - - M L L
CO6 S M L L L - - L M M - - M L L
S- Strong; M-Medium; L-Low
Assessment Pattern
Assessment - I Assessment - II
Assg. I Assg. II Terminal
CAT – I(%) CAT – II(%)
*(%) *(%) Exam(%)
TPS
CO 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
CO1 - 10 20 - - 5 -
CO2 - 10 20 100 - - 5 15
CO3 - 10 30 - - 5 15
CO4 - - 10 20 - 5 15
CO5 - - 10 30 100 - 5 15
CO6 - - 10 20 - 5 10
Total - 30 70 100 - 30 70 100 - 30 70

Passed in BoS meeting 18.11.2023 Approved in 66th Academic Council Meeting 16.12.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Syllabus
Ad-hoc Mac: Design Issues in Ad-Hoc Networks - MAC Protocols – Issues, Classifications of
MAC protocols: Contention Based Protocols, Contention Based Protocols with reservation
mechanisms, Contention Based Protocols with Scheduling Mechanism – MAC protocol with
Directional Antenna - Multi channel MAC & Power control MAC protocol. Ad-Hoc Routing
and Transport layer protocols: Issues – Classifications of routing protocols: Table Driven
Protocols, On-Demand Routing Protocols, Hybrid Routing Protocols – Hierarchical and Power
aware Routing Protocols – Ad Hoc Transport Layer Issues, TCP Over Ad Hoc – Feedback
based, TCP with explicit link, TCP-Bus, Ad Hoc TCP, and Split TCP.
Wireless Sensor Networks: Introduction – Design Issues and challenges – Energy
consumption – Clustering of sensors, MAC and Routing mechanisms of WSN Applications
and Case studies in WSN: Target detection – Habitat Monitoring – Environment disaster
Monitoring. VANET- Introduction to VANET and its Applications-VANET enabled Active Safety
Applications -Infrastructure-to-vehicle applications Vehicle-to-vehicle applications,
Pedestrian-to-vehicle applications Information Dissemination in VANETs –Intelligent
Transport Systems (ITS) Introduction Obtaining Local Measurements Information Transport
Protocols for information transport Improving network connectivity Geographical Data
Aggregation
Text Book
• C.Siva Ram Murthy and B.S. Manoj, “Ad Hoc Wireless Networks – Architectures and
Protocols”, Pearson Education, 2008.
Reference Books
• Feng Zhao and Leonidas Guibas, “Wireless Sensor Networks”, Morgan Kaufman
Publishers, 2010.
• Hannes Hartenstein Kenneth P Laberteaux, “VANET: Vehicular Applications and Inter-
Networking Technologies”, Wiley 2010.
• Jun Zheng and Abbas Jamalipour,“Wireless Sensor Network A Networking
Perspective”, A John Wiley & Sons, Inc., Publication,2009.
Course Contents and Lecture Schedule
Lecture
# Topic
Hours
Introduction to the Course, COs POs 1
1 Ad-hoc Mac: (9)
2 Design Issues in Ad-Hoc Networks - MAC Protocols – Issues 1
Classifications of MAC protocols: Contention Based Protocols, Contention
3 3
Based Protocols with reservation mechanisms
4 Contention Based Protocols with Scheduling Mechanism 2
MAC protocol with Directional Antenna - Multi channel MAC & Power
5 3
control MAC protocol
Ad-Hoc Routing and Transport layer protocols: (9)
6 Issues – Classifications of routing protocols: 1
7 Table Driven Protocols, On-Demand Routing Protocols 2
Hybrid Routing Protocols – Hierarchical and Power aware Routing
8 2
Protocols
9 Ad Hoc Transport Layer Issues, TCP Over Ad Hoc, Feedback based, 2
10 TCP with explicit link, TCP-Bus, Ad Hoc TCP, and Split TCP 2
Wireless Sensor Networks: (8)
11 Design Issues and challenges 1
12 Energy consumption 1
13 Clustering of sensors, 1
14 MAC and Routing mechanisms of WSN 2
Applications and Case studies in WSN: Target detection – Habitat
15 3
Monitoring – Environment disaster Monitoring.

Passed in BoS meeting 18.11.2023 Approved in 66th Academic Council Meeting 16.12.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

VANET: (5)
16 Introduction to VANET and its Applications 1
17 VANET enabled Active Safety Applications 1
Infrastructure-to-vehicle applications Vehicle-to-vehicle applications,
18 3
Pedestrian-to-vehicle applications
Information Dissemination in VANETs: (5)
Intelligent Transport Systems (ITS) Introduction, Obtaining Local
19 Measurements 2

20 Information Transport Protocols for information transport 1

21 Improving network connectivity Geographical Data Aggregation 2
TOTAL 36
Course Designers:
Dr. M. S. K. Manikandan [email protected]
Dr. E. Murugavalli [email protected]
Dr. N. Ayyanar [email protected]

Passed in BoS meeting 18.11.2023 Approved in 66th Academic Council Meeting 16.12.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Category L T P Credit
BLOCKCHAIN AND
22ECRK0 PEES 3 0 0 3
APPLICATIONS

Preamble
Blockchain is an emerging technology platform for developing decentralized applications and
data storage. This course includes the fundamental design and architectural primitives of
Blockchain along with consensus mechanisms, crypto currencies, and smart contracts. The
applications of Blockchain have now spread from crypto-currencies to various other domains,
including business process management, IoT, trustworthy e-governance and so on.

Prerequisite
Nil

Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to

Course Outcomes
G30 TPS Expected Expected
CO# Scale Proficienc Attainme
Course Outcomes
y in % nt Level
%
CO1 Determine the role of Hash functions and digital TPS 70 70
signature as blockchain primitives 3
CO2 Describe the operations of Bitcoin and Ethereum TPS 70 75
2
CO3 Apply the distributed consensus mechanisms of TPS 70 70
proof of work and proof of stake 3
CO4 Use the scripting language to write smart TPS 70 70
contracts and blockchain platforms to develop 3
hyperledgers
CO5 Use Geth - Mist/ Metamask and hyper Ledger to TPS 70 70
develop the blockchain framework 3
CO6 Build the Blockchain use cases in finance, TPS 70 70
industry, IoT and e-governance. 3

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO
10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 S M L - - - - L M M - - M - L
CO2 M L - - - - - L M M - - L - L
CO3 S M L - - - - L M M - - M - L
CO4 S M L - - - - L M M - - M - L
CO5 S M L - - - - L M M - - M - L
CO6 S M L - - - - L M M - - M - L
S- Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Passed in BoS meeting 18.11.2023 Approved in 66th Academic Council Meeting 16.12.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Assessment Pattern

Assessment - I Assessment - II
Assg. I Assg. II Terminal
CAT – I(%) CAT – II(%)
*(%) *(%) Exam(%)
TPS
1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
CO
CO1 - 10 30 - - 5 15
CO2 - 20 - 100 - - 5 -
CO3 - 10 30 - - 5 15
CO4 - - 10 20 - 5 15
CO5 - - 10 30 100 - 5 15
CO6 - - 10 20 - 5 10
Total - 40 60 100 - 30 70 100 - 30 70
Syllabus
Cryptography and Blockchain: Blockchain Mechanism – Centralization Vs Decentralization
– P2P Systems - Transactions and Blocks - Consensus - Cryptographic Hash functions - SHA
256 - Proof of membership - Digital Signatures - Public Key Cryptosystems - encryption
schemes and elliptic curve cryptography, Types of Blockchains.Bitcoin: Bitcoin transactions
- Bitcoin script - Wallet - Ledger - Bitcoin Blocks - Bitcoin Network - Mining - Proof -of- Work
Consensus - Cryptocurrency. Ethereum: The Ethereum Network – Components of Ethereum
Ecosystem – Ethereum Programming Languages: Runtime Byte Code, Blocks and
Blockchain- EVM - Smart Contract -Solidity. Blockchain Development Frameworks:
Ethereum Development framework - Geth - Mist/Metamask-Web3 -HyperLedger as a Protocol
- Reference Architecture - Hyperledger Fabric. Applications and Emerging Trends:
Distributed applications - Blockchain interoperability - Non-Fungible Tokens (NFTs)-
Scalability -Alt coins- Case studies - Finance, Industry – supply chain management, e-
governance, Land Registration, Internet of Things, Medical Record Management System, and
Domain Name Service.
Text Book
• Imran Bashir, “Mastering Blockchain: Distributed Ledger Technology, Decentralization
and Smart Contracts Explained”, Second Edition, Packt Publishing, 2018
Reference Books
• S.Shukla, M.Dhawan, S.Sharma, S. Venkatesan, “Blockchain Technology:
Cryptocurrency and Applications”, Oxford University Press, 2019.
• M.Antonopoulos, “Mastering Bitcoin”, Second Edition, O’Reilly Publishers .2017.
• Arvind Narayanan, Joseph Bonneau, Edward Felten, Andrew Miller, and Steven
Goldfeder Bitcoin and Cryptocurrency Technologies: A Comprehensive Introduction.
Princeton University Press ,2016.
• D. Drescher, ‘Blockchain Basics’ First Edition, Apress, 2017.
• Ambadas Tulajadas Choudhari, “Blockchain for Enterprise Application Developers”,
Wiley Publication, 2016
• Anshul Kaushik, “Block Chain & Crypto Currencies”, Khanna Publication, 2018
• NPTEL Course on Blockchain architecture design and use cases:
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/105/106105184/
• NPTEL Course on Introduction to Blockchain technology and applications:
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/104/106104220/#
• Virtual Lab: http://vlabs.iitb.ac.in/vlabs-dev/labs/blockchain/

Passed in BoS meeting 18.11.2023 Approved in 66th Academic Council Meeting 16.12.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Course Contents and Lecture Schedule

Lecture
# Topic
Hours
Introduction to the Course, COs POs 1
Cryptography and Blockchain: (8)
1 Blockchain Mechanism 1
2 Centralization Vs Decentralization, P2P Systems 1
3 Transactions and Blocks - Consensus 2
Cryptographic Hash functions - SHA 256 - Proof of membership - Digital
4 2
Signatures
5 Public Key Cryptosystems - encryption schemes 1
6 Elliptic curve cryptography, Types of Blockchains 1
Bitcoin: (7)
7 Bitcoin transactions 1
8 Bitcoin script - Wallet - Ledger 2
9 Bitcoin Blocks - Bitcoin Network - Mining 2
10 Proof -of- Work Consensus - Cryptocurrency 2
Ethereum: (7)
11 The Ethereum Network – Components of Ethereum Ecosystem 1
12 Ethereum Programming Languages: Runtime Byte Code 2
13 Blocks and Blockchain- EVM 2
14 Smart Contract -Solidity 2
Blockchain Development Frameworks: (7)
15 Ethereum Development framework 1
16 Geth - Mist/Metamask 2
17 Web3 -HyperLedger as a Protocol - Reference Architecture - 2
18 Hyperledger Fabric 2
Applications and Emerging Trends: (7)
19 Distributed applications - Blockchain interoperability 2
20 Non-Fungible Tokens (NFTs)- Scalability Alt coins 1
Case studies - Finance, Industry – supply chain management, e-
21 2
governance, Land Registration
Internet of Things, Medical Record Management System, and Domain
22 2
Name Service
TOTAL 36
Course Designers:
Dr. M. S. K. Manikandan [email protected]
Dr. E. Murugavalli [email protected]

Passed in BoS meeting 18.11.2023 Approved in 66th Academic Council Meeting 16.12.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Category L T P Credit
CRYPTOGRAPHY AND
22ECPQ0 PSE 3 0 0 3
CYBERSECURITY

Preamble
The objectives of this course are to provide in-depth understanding of the underlying concepts
of cryptographic techniques along with their network security applications. This course also
includes various cybersecurity attacks and countermeasures.
Prerequisite
Nil

Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to

Course Outcomes
CO# TPS Expected Expected
Scale Proficienc Attainme
Course Outcomes
y in % nt Level
%
CO1 Identify the threats and security attacks in the TPS 70 75
networks and corresponding services and 2
mechanism
CO2 Use conventional encryption technique, classical TPS 70 70
encryption 3
technique and modern encryption technique
CO3 Use Asymmetric encryption algorithm and Diffie- TPS 70 70
Hellman algorithm, Elliptic Curve Cryptography 3
CO4 Identify threats and services of cyber security TPS 70 70
3
CO5 Use security tools and counter measures to TPS 70 70
overcome the cyber attacks 3
CO6 Relate various system security attacks along with TPS 70 70
their countermeasures 3

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO
10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 M L L - - - - L M M - - L - L
CO2 S M L L - - - L M M - - M - L
CO3 S M L L - - - L M M - - M - L
CO4 S M L L - - - L M M - - M L L
CO5 S M L L - - - L M M - - M L L
CO6 S M L L - - - L M M - - M L L
S- Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Passed in BoS meeting 18.11.2023 Approved in 66th Academic Council Meeting 16.12.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Assessment Pattern

Assessment - I Assessment - II
Assg. I Assg. II Terminal
CAT – I(%) CAT – II(%)
*(%) *(%) Exam(%)
TPS
1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
CO
CO1 - 20 - - - 5 -
CO2 - 10 30 100 - - 5 15
CO3 - 10 30 - - 5 15
CO4 - - 10 20 - 5 15
CO5 - - 10 30 100 - 5 15
CO6 - - 10 20 - 5 10
Total - 40 60 100 - 30 70 100 - 30 70
Syllabus
Conventional Encryption: Introduction Conventional Encryption model Data Encryption
Standard block cipher Encryption algorithms confidentiality Key distribution. Public Key
Encryption and Hashing: Principles of Public key cryptosystems Number Theory-discrete
Logarithms RSA algorithm Diffie-Hellman Key Exchange, Elliptic curve cryptography Message
authentication and Hash function Hash MAC algorithms Digital signatures. System Security:
Intruders Intrusion detection-password management -Viruses and related threats-Worms
Firewall design Trusted systems Antivirus techniques digital immune systems. Case study-
Secure Electronic Transaction Cyber Security – History of Internet – Impact of Internet – CIA
Triad; Reason for Cyber Crime – Need for Cyber Security – History of Cyber Crime;
Cybercriminals – Classification of Cybercrimes – A Global Perspective on Cyber Crimes;
Cyber Laws – The Indian IT Act – Cybercrime and Punishment. Attacks and
Countermeasures OSWAP; Malicious Attack Threats and Vulnerabilities: Scope of Cyber-
Attacks – Security Breach – Types of Malicious Attacks – Malicious Software – Common
Attack Vectors – Social engineering Attack – Wireless Network Attack – Web Application
Attack – Attack Tools – Countermeasures
Text Book
• William Stallings, “Cryptography and network security”, 4 th Edition, PHI, 2012
Reference Books
• W.R. Cheswick, S.M. Bellovin and A.D. Rubin, “Firewalls and Internet Security”,
Addison Welseyy, 2003.
• Anand Shinde, “Introduction to Cyber Security Guide to the World of Cyber Security”,
Notion Press, 2021.
• Cyber Security Understanding Cyber Crimes, Computer Forensics and Legal
Perspectives by Sumit Belapure and Nina Godbole, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd., 2011
• R. C. Mishra, “Cyber Crime Impact in the New Millennium”, Author Press. 2010
• NPTEL course on Cryptography and network security:
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105031/
Course Contents and Lecture Schedule
Lecture
# Topic
Hours
Introduction to the Course, COs POs 1
1 Conventional Encryption: (6)
2 Introduction Conventional Encryption model 1
3 Data Encryption Standard 2
4 block cipher Encryption algorithms and confidentiality 2
5 Key distribution 1
Encryption and Hashing: (10)
6 Principles of Public key cryptosystems Number Theory-discrete 1

Passed in BoS meeting 18.11.2023 Approved in 66th Academic Council Meeting 16.12.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Logarithms
7 RSA algorithm 2
8 Diffie-Hellman Key Exchange, 2
9 Elliptic curve cryptography 2
10 Message authentication and Hash function and Hash MAC algorithms 2
11 Digital signatures 1
System Security: (7)
12 Intruders Intrusion detection-password management 1
13 Viruses related threats and Worms 1
14 Firewall design 2
15 Trusted systems Antivirus techniques digital immune systems. 2
16 Case study-Secure Electronic Transaction 1
Cyber Security: (6)
History of Internet – Impact of Internet – CIA Triad; Reason for Cyber
17 2
Crime – Need for Cyber Security – History of Cyber Crime;.
Cybercriminals – Classification of Cybercrimes – A Global Perspective on
18 2
Cyber Crimes;
19 Cyber Laws – The Indian IT Act – Cybercrime and Punishment 2
Attacks and Countermeasures: (7)
OSWAP; Malicious Attack Threats and Vulnerabilities: Scope of Cyber-
20 2
Attacks – Security Breach
Types of Malicious Attacks – Malicious Software – Common Attack
21 1
Vectors
Social engineering Attack – Wireless Network Attack – Web Application
22 2
Attack
23 Attack Tools – Countermeasures
TOTAL 36
Course Designers:
Dr. M. S. K. Manikandan [email protected]
Dr. E. Murugavalli [email protected]

Passed in BoS meeting 18.11.2023 Approved in 66th Academic Council Meeting 16.12.2023
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Category L T P Credit
22ECPR0 CONTROL SYSTEMS
PSE 2 1 0 3

Preamble
Control Systems plays vital role in the advance of engineering and science. Automatic control
has become an important and integral part of modern manufacturing and industrial processes.
Advances in the theory and practice of automatic control provide the means for attaining
optimal performance of dynamic systems improving productivity.
Prerequisite
NIL
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO# TPS Expected Expected
Course Outcomes Scale Proficiency Attainment
in % Level %

CO1 Compute transfer function of multiple subsystems TPS

70 60
modelled as state space representation. 3
CO2 Compute transfer function of multiple subsystems TPS
70 60
modelled as block diagram and signal flow graph. 3
CO3 Compute and describe the output response and TPS
steady state error of first, second and higher order 3 70 60
systems for standard input signals
CO4 Determine the stability of a system using Routh TPS
70 60
Hurwitz criterion. 3
CO5 Determine the stability of a system using Root TPS
70 60
locus and Nyquist criterion. 3
CO6 Find the closed loop frequency response and time TPS
response parameter given the open loop 3 70 60
frequency response.
Mapping with Programme Outcomes
COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO
10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 S M L - L - - M M M - L M - M
CO2 S M L - L - - M M M - L M - M
CO3 S M L - L - - M M M - L M - M
CO4 S M L - L - - M M M - L M - M
CO5 S M L - L - - M M M - L M - M
CO6 S M L - L - - M M M - L M - M
S- Strong; M-Medium; L-Low
Assessment Pattern
Assessment - I Assessment - II
CAT – I (%) Assg. I * (%) CAT – II (%) Assg. II *(%) Terminal Exam (%)
TPS
CO 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3

CO1 - 10 20 - - 4 10
CO2 - 10 20 100 - - 4 10
CO3 - 10 30 - - 4 15
CO4 - - 10 20 - - 15
CO5 - - 10 30 100 - 4 15
CO6 - - 10 20 - 4 15
Total - 30 70 100 - 30 70 100 - 20 80

Passed in BoS Meeting 27.04.2024 Approved in 67th Academic Council Meeting 25.05.2024
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Syllabus
Modeling of Control Systems: Basic control system components: Open loop LTI systems,
closed loop LTI systems, transfer function, electrical network transfer function, Electric circuits,
general state-space representation, converting a transfer function to state space, converting
from state space to a transfer function. Reduction of multiple subsystems: Block diagram
representation, Analysis and Design of Feedback Systems Signal flow graph, Mason’s Rule,
Signal flow graphs of state equation. Transient and steady-state analysis of LTI systems:
Poles, zeros and system response, first order systems, second order Systems, General
second order systems, underdamped second order systems, Higher order systems, System
response with additional poles, system response with zeros, Steady state error analysis.
Stability: Routh Hurwitz criterion, Root locus techniques: Lag, lead and lag-lead
compensation, Nyquist stability. Frequency response techniques: Bode plot, Nyquist
diagram, Gain margin, phase margin, transient response via gain adjustment, Lag
compensation, Lead compensation, Lag-Lead compensation
Text Book
• Norman S. Nise, ‘Control Systems Engineering, Wiley India Edition, 2019
• G. Franklin, J. Powell, A.Emami-Naemi, ‘Feedback Control of Dynamical Systems’,
Pearson, 8th Edition, 2019.
• R. C. Dorf, R. H. Bishop, ‘Modern Control Systems’, Pearson; 13th edition, 2016.
• K. Ogata, ‘Modern Control Engineering’, Pearson Education India; 5th edition, 2015

Reference Books
• M. Gopal, Control Systems: Principles and Design, 2nd Ed., Tata McGraw-Hill, 2012
• P. Belanger, Control Engineering: A modern approach, Saunders College Publishing,
s1995.
• https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc20_ee90/preview , C.S.Shankar Ram, IIT Madras

Course Contents and Lecture Schedule

Lecture
# Topic
Hours
Introduction to the Course, COs POs 1
1 Modeling of Control Systems, ,
Basic control system components: Open loop LTI systems, closed loop LTI
2 1
systems,
3 transfer function, electrical network transfer function ,Electric circuits, 1
4 general state-space representation, 1
5 converting a transfer function to state space 1
6 converting from state space to a transfer function 1
Reduction of multiple subsystems,
6 Block diagram representation 1
7 Analysis and Design of Feedback Systems 1
8 Signal flow graph 1
9 Mason’s Rule 1
10 Signal flow graphs of state equation 2
Transient and steady-state analysis of LTI systems
11 Poles, zeros and system response 1
12 first order systems 1
13 second order Systems 1
14 General second order systems 1
15 underdamped second order systems 1
16 Higher order systems 1
17 System response with additional poles 1
18 system response with zeros, Steady state error analysis 1

Passed in BoS Meeting 27.04.2024 Approved in 67th Academic Council Meeting 25.05.2024
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Stability
19 Routh Hurwitz criterion 2
20 Root locus techniques 2
21 Lag, lead and lag-lead compensation, 2
22 Nyquist stability 2
Frequency response techniques:
23 Bode plot, 2
24 Nyquist diagram, Gain margin, phase margin 2
25 transient response via gain adjustment 2
24 Lag compensation, Lead compensation, Lag-Lead compensation 2
TOTAL 36

Course Designers:
• Dr.S.J.Thiruvengadam [email protected]
• Dr.G.Ananthi [email protected]
• Dr.P.G.S.Velmurugan [email protected]

Passed in BoS Meeting 27.04.2024 Approved in 67th Academic Council Meeting 25.05.2024
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Category L T P Credit
22ECPS0 VLSI DEVICE MODELING PSE 3 0 0 3

Preamble
In the ever-evolving landscape of VLSI systems, MOSFETs have emerged as the cornerstone
of present and future generations. The VLSI industry has strategically transitioned towards the
exclusive utilization of MOSFETs across all functionalities. This course serves as an
introduction to the fundamental principles of device modeling, a discipline that amalgamates
device physics with experimentally derived characteristics. Through this synthesis,
participants will gain insights into formulating predictive equations and expressions that
delineate device performance across various excitation scenarios

Prerequisite
NIL

Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to

CO# TPS Expected Expected

Course Outcomes Scale Proficiency Attainment
in % Level %

CO1 Understand the fundamentals of VLSI device TPS 3

70 60
physics.
CO2 Analyze the I-V characteristics of MOSFET in a TPS 3
70 60
Long channel MOSFET.
CO3 Grasp the CMOS scaling theory, understand the TPS 3
threshold voltage requirements, and the effects 70 60
of short-channel MOSFET
CO4 Explore advanced CMOS engineering TPS 3
70 60
techniques including quantum confinement.
CO5 Understand the operation principles and TPS 3
characteristics of non-classical transistors 70 60
including SOI MOSFETs.
CO6 Learn the TCAD simulation flow for IC process TPS 3
and device simulation, including numerical 70 60
solution methods.
Mapping with Programme Outcomes
COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO
10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 S M L - - - - - L L - - M - L
CO2 S M L - - - - - L L - - M - L
CO3 S M L - - - - - L L - - M - L
CO4 S M L - - - - - L L L - M - L
CO5 S M L - - - - - L L L - M - L
CO6 S M L - M - - - L L L - M M L
S- Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Passed in BoS Meeting 27.04.2024 Approved in 67th Academic Council Meeting 25.05.2024
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Assessment Pattern
Assessment - I Assessment - II
CAT – I (%) Assg. I * (%) CAT – II (%) Assg. II *(%) Terminal Exam (%)
TPS
Scale
1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
CO

CO1 5 10 10 - - 4 10
CO2 5 10 10 100 - - 4 10
CO3 10 10 30 - - 4 15
CO4 - 5 10 10 - 2 15
CO5 - 5 10 30 100 - 2 15
CO6 - 10 10 10 - 4 15
Total 20 30 50 100 20 30 50 100 - 20 80
Syllabus
Introduction to VLSI Device Modeling: Overview of VLSI technology and its importance,
Semiconductor materials and their properties, Crystal structure and lattice constants, Energy
band theory and charge carriers, Carrier transport mechanisms, MOSFET structure and
operation, Threshold voltage and its dependence on device parameters.
Long Channel Effects: Ideal MOS C-V Characteristics, Effect of non-idealities on C-V, MOS
Parameter extraction from C-V characteristics and I-V characteristics - MOSFET Channel
Mobility – MOSFET capacitances, Inversion-Layer Capacitance effect and Frequency-
dependent capacitance.
MOSFET Scaling and Short Channel Effects: CMOS Scaling theory - Threshold-Voltage
Requirement – MOSFET Channel Length - Short Channel MOSFETs: Drain Induced Barrier
Lowering, Channel Length Modulation, Velocity saturation, Punch through Effect, Hot Carrier
effects, threshold roll-off, Sub-threshold conduction, Mobility Degradation.
MOSFET Scaling and Short Channel Effects: CMOS Scaling theory– MOSFET Channel
Length - Short Channel MOSFETs: Drain Induced Barrier Lowering, Channel Length
Modulation, Velocity saturation, Punch through Effect, Hot Carrier effects, threshold roll-off,
Sub-threshold conduction, Mobility Degradation.
CMOS Engineering and Technological Remedies: Quantum effects, Volume inversion,
Channel and Source / Drain engineering, High-k dielectric, Strain engineering, Multigate
technology mobility, Gate stack Engineering, Halo implants.
Non – Classical Transistors: SOI MOSFET structures, Partially Depleted (PD) and Fully
Depleted SOI MOSFETs – Double Gate, Surrounding Gate, Multigate MOSFETs – FINFETs
- TFETs – HEMTs – Silicon Nanowires – Junction less FETs.
TCAD Simulation: TCAD Flow for IC Process and Device Simulation, Numerical Solution
Methods, Drift Diffusion Calculations, Energy Balance Calculation, Classical Models -
Thermodynamic and Schrodinger Model - Random Dopant Fluctuations, Ballistic Transport.
Text Book
• Das Gupta, Nandita, and Amitava Das Gupta. Semiconductor devices: Modelling and
Technology. PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., 2004.
Reference Books
• N. B. Balamurugan - “Analog Electronic circuits: Theory and Practicals”, AICTE, New
Delhi, 2024, https://ekumbh.aicte-india.org/book.php#.
• Y. Taur and T. H. Ning – “Fundamentals of Modern VLSI Devices”, Cambridge University
Press, Cambridge, United Kingdom, 2014.
• A.B.Bhattacharyya – “Compact MOSFET Models for VLSI Design”, John Wiley, 2015
• Trond Ytterdal, Yuhua Cheng and Tor A. Fjeldly Wayne Wolf – “Device Modeling for
Analog and RF CMOS Circuit Design”, John Wiley & Sons Ltd, 2015
• J.P.Colinge ―FinFETs and other Multigate Transistors‖, Springer, Germany, 2010.
• Visvendra Singh Poonia, IIT Roorkee, Physics of Nano Scale Devices, NPTEL video
Lectures: https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc24_ee70.
Course Contents and Lecture Schedule

Passed in BoS Meeting 27.04.2024 Approved in 67th Academic Council Meeting 25.05.2024
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Lecture
# Topic
Hours
Introduction to VLSI Device Modeling:
1 Overview of VLSI technology and its importance. 2
Semiconductor materials and their properties, Crystal structure and lattice
2 2
constants
3 Energy band theory and charge carriers. 1
4 Carrier transport mechanisms 2
MOSFET structure and operation, Threshold voltage and its dependence
5 1
on device parameters.
Long Channel Effects:
6 Ideal MOS C-V Characteristics, Effect of non-idealities on C-V. 1
MOS Parameter extraction from C-V characteristics and I-V
7 1
characteristics.
8 MOSFET Channel Mobility. 1
MOSFET capacitances, Inversion-Layer Capacitance effect and
9 1
frequency dependent capacitance.
MOSFET Scaling and Short Channel Effects:
10 CMOS Scaling theory 1
11 Threshold-Voltage Requirement 1
12 MOSFET Channel Length 1
Short Channel MOSFETs: Drain Induced Barrier Lowering, Channel
13 Length Modulation, Velocity saturation, Punch through Effect, Hot Carrier 1
effects, threshold roll-off, Sub-threshold conduction, Mobility Degradation.
MOSFET Scaling and Short Channel Effects:
14 Quantum effects, Volume inversion 1
15 Channel and Source / Drain engineering. 2
16 High-k dielectric, Strain engineering 1
17 Multigate technology mobility 1
18 Gate stack Engineering, Halo implants. 1
Non – Classical Transistors:
19 SOI MOSFET structures. 1
20 Partially Depleted (PD) and Fully Depleted SOI MOSFETs. 1
21 Double Gate. 1
22 Surrounding Gate, Multigate MOSFETs. 1
23 FINFETs - TFETs – HEMTs. 1
24 Silicon Nanowires – Junctionless FETs. 1
TCAD Simulation:
TCAD Flow for IC Process and Device Simulation, Numerical Solution
25 1
Methods.
26 Drift Diffusion Calculations, Energy Balance Calculation. 1
27 Classical Models - Thermodynamic and Schrodinger Model. 1
28 Random Dopant Fluctuations, Ballistic Transport. 1
TOTAL 36
Course Designers:
• Dr.N.B.Balamurugan [email protected]
• Dr.S.Rajaram [email protected]
• Dr.V.Vinoth Thyagarajan [email protected]
• Dr.D.Gracia Nirmala Rani [email protected]
• Dr.V.R.Venkatasubramani [email protected]
• Dr.J.Shanthi [email protected]

Passed in BoS Meeting 27.04.2024 Approved in 67th Academic Council Meeting 25.05.2024
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

SYLLABI

FOR

INDUSTRY SUPPORTED COURSES

B.E. DEGREE PROGRAMME

IN

ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

FOR THE STUDENTS ADMITTED IN THE

ACADEMIC YEAR 2022-23 ONWARDS

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

THIAGARAJAR COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING
(A Government Aided Autonomous Institution Affiliated to Anna University)
MADURAI – 625 015, TAMILNADU
Phone : 0452 – 2482240, 41
Fax : 0452 2483427
Web : www.tce.edu

Passed in BoS Meeting 27.04.2024 Approved in 67th Academic Council Meeting 25.05.2024
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Category L T P Credit
FIELD TESTS FOR
22EC1A0
5G COMMUNICATION PEES 1 0 0 1

Preamble
The advent of the Fifth Generation of Mobile Networks is creating a huge expectation in the
enhancements of mobile services regarding higher throughput, low latency, ultra-high
reliability, and higher connectivity density. The main goal of field test is to determine the
throughput and coverage that the 5G-range transceiver can achieve under real conditions.
This course aims to provide solid foundation on basic understanding of RF test and
measurements for 5G, base station RF parametric test, Interference troubleshooting,
electromagnetic field measurements, Over the air test and Inter-RAT (Radio access
technology).
Prerequisite
Nil
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course students will be able to
CO# Course Outcomes TPS Expected Expected
Scale Proficiency Attainment
in % Level %
CO1 Interpret RF test instruments, passive & TPS 2 70 60
active component test and characterization
CO2 Illustrate the base station test, EVM TPS 3 70 60
measurement, Interference troubleshooting
with real time spectrum analysis
CO3 Illustrate the EM field measurement test, OTA, TPS 3 70 60
Coverage test with phased array antenna,
Inter-RAT

Mapping with Programme Outcomes and Programme Specific Outcomes

CO PO PO PO PS PS PS
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9
s 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
CO1 M L - - - - - - - - - - M - L
CO2 S M L - S - - - M M - - M M L
CO3 S M L - S - - - M M - - M M L
S- Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Assessment Pattern: Cognitive Domain

TPS Continuous Assessment Test-I Terminal Exam (%)
Scale (%)
1 2 3 1 2 3
CO
CO1 - 10 20 - 10 20
CO2 - 5 30 - 5 30
CO3 - 5 30 - 5 30
Total - 20 80 - 20 80

Passed in BoS Meeting 27.04.2024 Approved in 67th Academic Council Meeting 25.05.2024
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Syllabus
RF concepts and understanding of RF Test & RF Instruments -Frequency vs Time domain
analysis - testing active and passive devices Base station RF Parametric Test - Performance
verification of gNB such as cable and antenna conditions, transmit power, RF spurious
responses. Interference troubleshooting with Real time Spectrum Analysis - Detect 5G
synchronization signals and interference with RTSA, EVM measurement, detection of SSB
offset, subcarrier spacing. Electromagnetic Field Measurement for total human RF
exposure - Measurement of total field strength, Pass/fail limit testing. 5G NR Over the air
testing - Capturing and demodulating over-the-air transmissions of 5G NR FR1 and FR2
control channels, key performance indicators, isolate power issues Coverage test with
phased array antenna - Coverage testing of 5G base stations, collecting signal power data
across azimuth and elevation. Inter-RAT (Radio access technology) optimization - RAT
handovers between 4G and 5G networks in non-standalone (NSA) mode.
Learning Resources
• Joel P. Dunsmore, Handbook of Microwave Component Measurements: with Advanced
VNA Techniques, 2nd Edition, Wiley, 2020.
• Carvalho N, Schreurs D, Microwave and Wireless Measurement Techniques, Cambridge
University Press, 2013.
• Allen W. Scott, Rex Frobenius, RF Measurements for Cellular Phones and Wireless Data
Systems, Wiley-IEEE Press, 2011.
• Richard Collier, Doug Skinner, Microwave Measurements, Third edition, IET, 2007.
Course Contents and Lecture Schedule
No. Topic Lecture
Hours
1. RF concepts and basic understanding of RF Test & RF 2
Instruments -Frequency vs Time domain, spectrum analysis
2. Testing active and passive devices, time domain analysis. 2
3. Base station RF Parametric Test - Performance verification of gNB 2
such as cable and antenna conditions, transmit power, RF spurious
responses.
4. Interference troubleshooting with Real time Spectrum Analysis - 2
Detect 5G synchronization signals and interference with RTSA, EVM
measurement, detection of SSB offset, subcarrier spacing
5. Electromagnetic Field Measurement for total human RF exposure 1
- Measurement of total field strength, Pass/fail limit testing.
6. 5G NR Over the air testing - Capturing and demodulating over-the- 2
air transmissions of 5G NR FR1 and FR2 control channels, key
performance indicators, isolate power issues.
7. Coverage test with phased array antenna - Coverage testing of 5G 2
base stations, collecting signal power data across azimuth and
elevation
8. Inter-RAT (Radio access technology) optimization - RAT 1
handovers between 4G and 5G networks in non-standalone (NSA)
mode.
Total Hours 14
Course Designers:
• Ms.Renuka Wekhande Andankar,Senior Application Engineer,Keysight Technologies,
• Dr.S.Kanthamani [email protected]
• Dr.K.Vasudevan [email protected]

Passed in BoS Meeting 27.04.2024 Approved in 67th Academic Council Meeting 25.05.2024
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Category L T P Credit
DEEP LEARNING WITH
22EC1B0
TENSOR FLOW PEES 1 0 0 1

Preamble
Deep Learning has received a lot of attention over the past few years and has been employed
successfully by companies like Google, Microsoft, IBM, Facebook, Twitter. Recent
developments in deep learning approaches have significantly advanced the performance of
many computer vision applications. This course is a deep dive into the details of deep learning
architecture with a focus on learning end-to-end models for the image classification task.
Students will gain a detailed understanding of neural networks and will learn to implement and
train their neural networks.
Prerequisite
NIL
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course students will be able to
CO# Course Outcomes TPS Expect Expected
Scale ed Attainme
Profici nt Level
ency in %
%
CO1 Illustrate the design of deep neural network TPS 3 70 70
architecture.
CO2 Explore an entire TensorFlow deep learning pipeline. TPS 3 70 70
CO3 Construct the design of convolutional neural network TPS 3 70 70
architecture.
CO4 Make use of the Alexnet deep convolutional model TPS 3 70 70
for imageclassification.
Mapping with Programme Outcomes and Programme Specific Outcomes
COs PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 M L - - - - - - L - - M L L L
CO2 S M L - M - - - M - - M M L M
CO3 S M L - M - - - M - - M M L M
CO4 S M L - M - - - M - - M M L M
S- Strong; M-Medium; L-Low
Assessment Pattern: Cognitive Domain
CAT – I (%) Terminal Exam (%)
TPS
1 2 3 1 2 3
CO
CO1 - 5 20 - 5 20
CO2 - 5 20 - 5 20
CO3 - 5 20 - 5 20
CO4 - 5 20 - 5 20
Total - 20 80 - 20 80
Syllabus
Learning Paradigms: AI, Machine learning, Deep learning, ANN, Designing a Deep Neural
Network. Tensor flow and its elements: TensorFlow's core API, tensors, operations, graphs,
and sessions. Running a simple TensorFlow net and establishing a baseline, Dropout, testing
different optimizers in TensorFlow, Increasing the number of epochs, Controlling the
optimizer learning rate. Convolutional Neural Network: CNN Architecture, CNN for
classification: Training, vanishing gradients, Testing, Validation. Deep Convolutional Model:

Passed in BoS Meeting 27.04.2024 Approved in 67th Academic Council Meeting 25.05.2024
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Alexnet Architecture, Anchor boxes, Loss functions. Case Study: Alexnet based Image
classification by Transfer learning with TensorFlow. Auto Encoders.
Learning Resources
• GGiancarlo Zaccone, Md. Rezaul Karim, “Deep Learning with TensorFlow: Explore neural
networks with Python”, 2018.
• Kapoor, Amita, Gulli, Antonio, Pal, Sujit, Chollet, Francois, “Deep learning with Tensor Flow
and Keras 3/e, ISBN: 9781803232911, 2017.
• Ian Goodfellow, Yoshuva Benjio, Aaron Courville, “Deep Learning”, MIT Press, 2016.
• Richard O Duda, Peter E. Hart, David G. Stork, “Pattern Classification”, Wiley, 2/e, 2007.
• Dr.Prabir Kumar Biswas, Deep Learning, NPTEL Video Lectures:
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/105/106105215/
• https://www.coursera.org/specializations/deep-learning
• https://online.stanford.edu/courses/cs230-deep-learning
Course Contents and Lecture Schedule
Lecture
# Topic
Hours
Learning Paradigms:
1. AI, Deep learning, ANN, Designing a Deep Neural Network: Neural 1
Networks, Architecture with one hidden layer
2. Activation function, Derivatives, Gradient Descent, Batch size, 1
Scaling features, number of epochs, Optimization, Hyperparameters tuning
3. Batch Normalization, drop out, learning rate, Loss function, choosing the 2
loss function: Regression loss (MSE), Binary classification loss and multi-
classification loss
Simple neural network using TensorFlow:
4. Running a simple TensorFlow net and establishing a baseline 1
5. Improving the simple net in TensorFlow with hidden layers and 1
Dropout
6. Testing different optimizers in TensorFlow 1
7. Increasing the number of epochs, Controlling the optimizer learningrate 1
Convolutional Network
8. CNN Architecture:Convolution 1
9. Stride and padding in convolutional layers, activation function, Pooling 1
layers, Normalization, FCN
10. CNN for classification: Training, Testing, Validation 1
Deep Convolutional Model Alexnet
11. Anchor boxes, Ground Truth Anchor boxes, Loss functions 1
12. Alexnet Model Architecture 1
13. Case Study: Alexnet based image classification 1
14
Course Designers:
• Dr. D.Antony Louis Piriyakumar, [email protected]. Indian patent agent,
Founder director, BudhiAI (GoI recognized Startup)
• Dr.S.Md.Mansoor Roomi, [email protected]
• Dr.B.Yogameena, [email protected]
• Dr.B. Sathyabama, [email protected]

Passed in BoS Meeting 27.04.2024 Approved in 67th Academic Council Meeting 25.05.2024
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Category L T P Credit
22EC1C0 EMBEDDED FIRMWARE
PEES 1 0 0 1

Preamble
Embedded systems have seamlessly integrated into the fabric of contemporary society,
permeating sectors ranging from domestic appliances and transportation networks to cutting-
edge healthcare devices and industrial machinery. Proficiency in understanding embedded
systems serves as a cornerstone for a prosperous career in Embedded Engineering. This
course explores the pivotal role of the C and RUST programming languages in the realm of
embedded systems, along with practical applications of data structures. Participants will delve
into the intricacies of the power-on-reset sequence of an MCU, bootloader functionality, and
the memory organization of C programs. Through meticulously crafted practical
demonstrations, participants will glean a comprehensive understanding of these concepts,
ensuring a robust grasp of embedded systems principles.
Prerequisite
NIL
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course students will be able to
CO# TPS Expected Expected
Scale Proficienc Attainme
Course Outcomes
y in % nt Level
%
CO1 Compile and build a C program using cross- TPS 70 60
compiler for MCU by developing linker and make 3
files and understand the various memory
sections of the program’s executable
CO2 Develop startup code for an MCU TPS 70 60
3
CO3 Design and develop bootloader TPS 70 60
3
CO4 Implement embedded C, RUST and Data TPS 70 60
structure concepts 3
Mapping with Programme Outcomes and Programme Specific Outcomes
CO P P P P P P P P P P P P PS PS PS
s O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 S M M - S - - - M L - L M M L
CO2 S M L - S - - - M L - L M M L
CO3 S M L - S - - - M L - L M M M
CO4 S M L - S - - - M L - L M M M
S- Strong; M-Medium; L-Low
Assessment Pattern: Cognitive Domain

CAT – I (%) Terminal Exam (%)

TPS Scale
1 2 3 1 2 3
CO
CO1 - 6 20 - 6 20
CO2 - 4 20 - 4 20
CO3 - 6 20 - 6 20
CO4 - 4 20 - 4 20
Total - 20 80 - 20 80

Passed in BoS Meeting 27.04.2024 Approved in 67th Academic Council Meeting 25.05.2024
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Syllabus
Language Processing System: Cross-compilation Toolchain, Preprocessing, Compiling,
Assembling, Linking and Debugging. Memory Organization in C: Memory layout of a C
program, Storage Classes. Boot Sequence: How a MCU is booted upon Power-on-Reset,
Vector Table, Reset Handler, Introduction and development of Startup Code. Bootloader:
Introduction to Bootloader & Memory Design considerations for bootloader and bootable
application, Development of a simple bootloader and bootable application. Embedded C
Programming: Data types, Variables, Keywords and Constants, Preprocessors, Macros and
Board Support Package (BSP). Implementation of Data Structure: Queue, Singly Linked
List, Double Linked List. RUST Programming: Variables and Data types, Ownership, Structs,
Enums, Generics and Traits, Smart Pointers and Memory management. Version Control
System: Importance of version control system with Git.
Learning Resources
• Using the GNU Compiler Collection, https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc-8.1.0/gcc/ARM-
Options.html
• David E Simon, An Embedded Software Primer, First Edition, 2002
• https://www.beningo.com/wp-
content/uploads/images/Papers/bootloader_design_for_microcontrollers_in_embedded_
systems%20.pdf
• https://doc.rust-lang.org/book/
Course Contents and Lecture Schedule
Lecture
# Topic
Hours
1. Language Processing System: Cross-compilation Toolchain, 1.5
Preprocessing, Compiling, Assembling, Linking and Debugging.
2. Memory Organization in C: Memory layout of a C program, Storage 1
Classes.
3. Boot Sequence: How a MCU is booted upon Power-on-Reset, 2
Vector Table, Reset Handler, Introduction and development of
Startup Code.
4. Bootloader: Introduction to Bootloader & Memory Design 2.5
considerations for bootloader and bootable application, Development
of a simple bootloader and bootable application.
5. Embedded C Programming: Data types, Variables, Keywords and 2
Constants, Preprocessors, Macros and Board Support Package
(BSP).
6. Implementation of Data Structure: Queue, Singly Linked List, 2
Double Linked List.
7. RUST Programming: Variables and Data types, Ownership, Structs, 2
Enums, Generics and Traits, Smart Pointers and Memory
management.
8. Version Control System: Importance of version control system, 1
Hands-on demo using Git.
Total Hours 14
Course Designers:
• Ms.A.Ishwarya, Senior Firmware Engineer, Analog Devices,
[email protected]
• Dr.K.Hariharan, [email protected]
• Dr.K.Rajeswari, [email protected]
• Dr.G.Prabhakar, [email protected]

Passed in BoS Meeting 27.04.2024 Approved in 67th Academic Council Meeting 25.05.2024
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Category L T P Credit
22EC1D0 AUTOMOTIVE RADAR SYSTEMS
PEES 1 0 0 1

Preamble
Radio Detection and Ranging (Radar) is at the forefront of modern technology, playing crucial
roles in various fields like aviation, meteorology, defence, and even automotive safety.
Understanding RADAR systems can give insights into the latest technological advancements.
In this course, comprehensive insights are offered on Radar terminologies, typical system
configurations, and advanced signal processing techniques essential for Radar operations.
Moreover, applications in in-cabin radar are highlighted to ensure a thorough understanding
of its current practical significance.
Prerequisite
NIL
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course students will be able to
CO# Course Outcomes TPS Expected Expected
Scale Proficienc Attainment
y in % Level %

CO1 Design radar parameters by understanding TPS 3 70 60

the terminologies and components of
different types Radar.
CO2 Measure range, doppler shift, angle of arrival TPS 3 70 60
and radar cross-section (RCS) using RADAR
equations.
CO3 Detect targets using frequency representation TPS 3 70 60
of the received RADAR signal
CO4 Design automotive in-cabin radar system to TPS 3 70 60
monitor the interior of the vehicle to enhance
the passenger safety and comfort.

Mapping with Programme Outcomes and Programme Specific Outcomes

COs PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 S M L - - - - - - - - L S - L
CO2 S M L - S - - - M M - L S M L
CO3 S M L - S - - - M M - L S M M
CO4 S M L - S - - - M M - L S M M
S- Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Assessment Pattern: Cognitive Domain

CAT – I (%) Terminal Exam (%)
TPS Scale
1 2 3 1 2 3
CO
CO1 - 5 20 - 5 20
CO2 - 5 20 - 5 20
CO3 - 5 20 - 5 20
CO4 - 5 20 - 5 20
Total - 20 80 - 20 80

Passed in BoS Meeting 27.04.2024 Approved in 67th Academic Council Meeting 25.05.2024
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Syllabus
Introduction: Automotive Radar, Types of Automotive Radars, Frequency and Band of
Operation, How Radar Sensor Look, Radar sensors on Vehicle, Different types of Radar,
FMCW. Radar Terminologies: Frequency, Wavelength, Bandwidth, ADC bits, Signal to
Noise Ratio (SNR), Noise, Radar Cross Section (RCS), Channel behaviour – properties,
Attenuation, Absorption, Multipath. Typical Radar System: Components of Radar System,
Radar System Design, Design Limitations. Radar Signal Processing: Components of Radar
Signal processing, Range Equation, Measurement of Range (Distance) & Doppler (Velocity),
Measurement of Angle/Angle of Arrival, Measurement of RCS. Radar Signal Processing
using FFT: Range FFT and Doppler FFT, Angle FFT and RD Map, Clutter Removal and
CFAR, Final Detection List. Automotive in-Cabin Radar: Near Range Applications -
Occupant Detection, Classification, Gesture Recognition, Automotive Radar Trends.

Learning Resources
• Simon Kingsley & Shaun Quegan, Understanding RADAR Systems, McGraw Hill Books
Co., 2001.
• Merrill Skolnik, Introduction to RADAR Systems, McGraw Hill Education, 2nd Edition,
2017.
• NPTEL Course, Principles and Techniques of Modern RADAR Systems,
https://archive.nptel.ac.in/courses/108/105/108105154/

Course Contents and Lecture Schedule

Lecture
# Topic
Hours
1. Introduction: Automotive Radar, Types of Automotive Radars, 1
Frequency and Band of Operation, How Radar Sensor Looks, Radar
sensors on Vehicle, Different types of Radar, FMCW.
2. Radar Terminologies: Frequency, Wavelength, Bandwidth, ADC 2
bits, Signal to Noise Ratio (SNR), Noise, Radar Cross Section (RCS),
Channel behaviour – properties, Attenuation, Absorption, Multipath.
3. Typical Radar System: Components of Radar System, Radar 2
System Design, Design Limitations.
4. Radar Signal Processing: Components of Radar Signal processing, 2
Range Equation, Measurement of Range (Distance) & Doppler
(Velocity), Measurement of Angle/Angle of Arrival, Measurement of
RCS.
5. Radar Signal Processing using FFT: Range FFT and Doppler FFT, 2
Angle FFT and RD Map,
6. Clutter Removal and Constant False Alarm Rate (CFAR) Detection, 2
Final Detection List.
7. Automotive in-Cabin Radar: Near Range Applications - Occupant 4
Detection, Classification, Gesture Recognition, Automotive Radar
Trends
Total Hours 15
Course Designers:
• Dr.A.R.Karthikeyan, Sr.Principal Engineer, Harman International India Pvt. Ltd.,
[email protected]
• Mr.B.Srinivasan, Senior Software Engineer II, Harman International India Pvt. Ltd.,
[email protected]
• Dr.S.J.Thiruvengadam, [email protected]
• Dr.K.Rajeswari, [email protected]

Passed in BoS Meeting 27.04.2024 Approved in 67th Academic Council Meeting 25.05.2024
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

VLSI IMPLEMENTATION OF Category L T P Credit

22EC1E0
COMMUNICATION TRANSCEIVERS
PEES 1 0 0 1

Preamble

In the ever-evolving world of telecommunications, this course delves into communication

transceivers and digital signal processing (DSP). Students explore FM transceivers and DSP
techniques, laying a robust foundation. Through lectures and labs, they learn digital filter
design principles, emphasizing FPGA implementation. The course elucidates PLLs in
communication systems, differentiating between analog and digital variants. Practical
sessions provide hands-on experience, preparing students to tackle real-world challenges in
telecommunications.

Prerequisite
NIL
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course students will be able to
CO# Course Outcomes TPS Expected Expected
Scale Proficienc Attainment
y in % Level %

CO1 Understanding of communication transceivers, TPS 3 70 60

including both receivers and transmitters, with a
focus on Frequency Modulation (FM)
transceivers
CO2 Acquire knowledge and skills in Digital Signal TPS 3 70 60
Processing (DSP) techniques applicable to
communication systems, particularly in the
context of FM transceivers.
CO3 Demonstrate proficiency in designing and TPS 3 70 60
implementing digital filters using Real-Time
Logic (RTL) coding techniques, with a specific
emphasis on Finite Impulse Response (FIR)
filters
CO4 Understand the principles and applications of TPS 3 70 60
Phase-Locked Loops (PLLs) in communication
systems, distinguishing between different types
including Integer PLLs and Fractional PLLs

Mapping with Programme Outcomes and Programme Specific Outcomes

CO P P P P P P P P P P P P PS PS PS
s O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 S M L - - - - - - - - L M - L
CO2 S M L - S - - - M M - L M M L
CO3 S M L - S - - - M M - L M M M
CO4 S M L - S - - - M M - L M M M
S- Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Passed in BoS Meeting 27.04.2024 Approved in 67th Academic Council Meeting 25.05.2024
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Assessment Pattern: Cognitive Domain

CAT – I (%) Terminal Exam (%)
TPS Scale
1 2 3 1 2 3
CO

CO1 - 5 20 - 5 20
CO2 - 5 20 - 5 20
CO3 - 5 20 - 5 20
CO4 - 5 20 - 5 20
Total - 20 80 - 20 80

Syllabus
Introduction to Communication Transceivers: Communication receivers and transmitters,
Frequency Modulation (FM) transceivers, Digital signal processing in communication
systems, Digital Filters and Phase-Locked Loops (PLLs). Digital Signal Processing in
Communication Transceivers: FM Transceiver with a focus on digital signal processing
techniques, Digital filter design principles and techniques, Real-time logic (RTL) coding for
digital synthesis. Design and Implementation of Digital Filters: RTL coding and synthesis
for digital FIR filters, FPGA implementation of digital FIR filters, Architectures for digital filters:
Pipelining, Parallel architecture, CSD implementation, Low power implementation of multi-
rate filters. Phase-Locked Loops (PLLs) in Communication Systems: Types of PLLs:
Integer PLLs, Fractional PLLs, Analog vs. digital PLLs: Tradeoffs and applications, Analysis
of PLL metrics: Response time, Noise bandwidth, Performance evaluation. Building Blocks
of PLLs: Components of a PLL: Voltage Controlled Oscillator (VCO), Phase Frequency
Detector (PFD), Time-to-Digital Converter (TDC) Laboratory practices: Emulation of basic
digital FIR filters and PLLs on FPGA Implementation of ALU-RAM based multi-rate digital
filters

Learning Resources
• PLL Performance, Simulation and Design Handbook 4th Edition, National
Semiconductor, http://www.national.com/analog/timing/pll_designbook
• K K Parhi, “VLSI Digital Signal Processing Systems’, Wiley India Pvt Ltd, 2007,
• B Razavi, “RF Microelectronics”, Prentice Hall, 1998

Course Contents and Lecture Schedule

Lecture
# Topic
Hours
1. Introduction to Communication Transceivers: Communication 2
receivers and transmitters, Frequency Modulation (FM) transceivers,
Digital signal processing in communication systems, Digital Filters
and Phase-Locked Loops (PLLs).
2. Digital Signal Processing in Communication Transceivers: FM 2
Transceiver with a focus on digital signal processing techniques,
Digital filter design principles and techniques, Real-time logic (RTL)
coding for digital synthesis.
3. Design and Implementation of Digital Filters: RTL coding and 2
synthesis for digital FIR filters, FPGA implementation of digital FIR
filters, Architectures for digital filters: Pipelining, Parallel architecture,
CSD implementation, Low power implementation of multi-rate filters.
4. Phase-Locked Loops (PLLs) in Communication Systems: Types 2

Passed in BoS Meeting 27.04.2024 Approved in 67th Academic Council Meeting 25.05.2024
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

of PLLs: Integer PLLs, Fractional PLLs, Analog vs. digital PLLs:

Tradeoffs and applications, Analysis of PLL metrics: Response time,
Noise bandwidth, Performance evaluation.
5. Building Blocks of PLLs: Components of a PLL: Voltage Controlled 2
Oscillator (VCO), Phase Frequency Detector (PFD), Time-to-Digital
Converter (TDC)
6. Laboratory practices: Emulation of basic digital FIR filters and PLLs 2
on FPGA Implementation of ALU-RAM based multi-rate digital filters
Total Hours 12
Course Designers:
• Mr.Sundarrajan, Texas Instruments
• Dr.N.B.Balamurugan, [email protected]
• Dr.S.Rajaram, [email protected]
• Dr.V.Vinoth Thyagarajan, [email protected]
• Dr D.Gracia Nirmala Rami, [email protected]
• Dr.V.R.Venkatasubramani, [email protected]
• Dr.J.Shanthi, [email protected]

Passed in BoS Meeting 27.04.2024 Approved in 67th Academic Council Meeting 25.05.2024
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Category L T P Credit
22EC1F0 EMBEDDED SYSTEM HARDWARE
PEES 1 0 0 1

Preamble
Microcontrollers are at the heart of almost every engineering system around us. It is essential
that an applications engineer is equipped with the knowledge to understand and design an
embedded system. This course provides insight on the key components of a microcontroller-
based system, focusing on the core peripherals and their interfacing to develop a complete
solution. The course aims to bring a hands-on experience to developing firmware on a
microcontroller using the latest IDEs and programming/debugging tools.
Prerequisite
NIL
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course students will be able to
CO# Course Outcomes TPS Expected Expected
Scale Proficienc Attainment
y in % Level %

CO1 Explain the architecture of PIC devices, AVR TPS 2 70 60

devices and the working of essential peripherals
CO2 Develop embedded-c code for various TPS 3 70 60
peripherals
CO3 Use low power techniques, linking, compilation TPS 3 70 60
and start-up process
CO4 Implement a complete system by interfacing TPS 3 70 60
various peripherals, using latest development
tools

Mapping with Programme Outcomes and Programme Specific Outcomes

COs PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 M M L - - - - - - - - L L - L
CO2 S M L - S - - - M M - L M M L
CO3 S M L - S - - - M M - L M M M
CO4 S M L - S - - - M M - L M M M
S- Strong; M-Medium; L-Low
Assessment Pattern: Cognitive Domain
CAT – I (%) Terminal Exam (%)
TPS Scale
1 2 3 1 2 3
CO

CO1 - 25 - - 25 -
CO2 - 5 20 - 5 20
CO3 - 5 20 - 5 20
CO4 - 5 20 - 5 20
Total - 40 60 - 40 60

Passed in BoS Meeting 27.04.2024 Approved in 67th Academic Council Meeting 25.05.2024
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Syllabus
Introduction: Architecture Overview: AVR and PIC, 8-bit and 32-bit MCUs
Essential peripherals: Introduction to basic MCU peripherals and their purpose, Clocks,
GPIOs, Timer and Counter, Waveform Generation (PWM), Lab-1, Serial Communication:
Universal Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter (UART), Two Wire Interface (I2C), Lab-2
Low power design techniques: Sleep modes, Event System, Factors affecting low power,
Lab-3, Hardware design considerations
Moving the design from concept to reality: Ecosystem (Development Tools), From
Embedded-C to Microcontroller, Home Automation – Putting together a real-world application
Learning Resources
• I2C(Master):http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/AppNotes/00002480A.pdf
• I2C(Slave):http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/AppNotes/atmel-2565-using-the-twi-
module-as-i2c-slave_applicationnote_avr311.pdf
• USART: http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/AppNotes/Atmel-1451-Using-the-AVR-
USART-on-tinyAVR-and-megaAVR-devices_ApplicationNote_AVR306.pdf
• Efficient C coding for VR:http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/AppNotes/doc1497.pdf
• Low power techniques:
http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/AppNotes/00002515B.pdf
• Muhammad Ali Mazidi, The AVR microcontroller and embedded systems using assembly
and C, Pearson Education,2011.
• Ajay V. Deshmukh, Microcontrollers –Theory and applications, TMH Publication,2005.
• Fernando E. Valdes –Perez, Microcontrollers-Fundamentals and applications with PIC,
CRC Press, 2009.
Course Contents and Lecture Schedule
Lecture
# Topic
Hours
1. Introduction: Architecture Overview: AVR and PIC, 8-bit and 32-bit 2
MCUs
2. Essential peripherals: Introduction to basic MCU peripherals and 4
their purpose, Clocks, GPIOs, Timer and Counter, Waveform
Generation (PWM), Lab-1, Serial Communication: Universal
Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter (UART), Two Wire Interface (I2C),
Lab-2
3. Low power design techniques: Sleep modes, Event System, Factors 3
affecting low power, Lab-3, Hardware design considerations
4. Moving the design from concept to reality: Ecosystem 3
(Development Tools), From Embedded-C to Microcontroller, Home
Automation – Putting together a real-world application
Total Hours 12

Course Designers:
• Mr. Enoch Richbert, Application Engineer, Microchip Technology,
[email protected]
• Dr.K.Hariharan, [email protected]
• Dr M S K Manikandan, [email protected]
• Dr.V.R. Venkatasubramani, [email protected]
• Dr. G. Prabhakar, [email protected]

Passed in BoS Meeting 27.04.2024 Approved in 67th Academic Council Meeting 25.05.2024
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Category L T P Credit
22EC1G0 GREEN NETWORKS
PEES 1 0 0 1

Preamble
Green networking is the practice of selecting energy-efficient networking technologies and
products and minimizing resource use whenever possible. The goal of the course is to
understand and apply the concepts of Energy Consumption Models, Battery Life Estimations
and Enhancements
Prerequisite
NIL
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course students will be able to
CO# Course Outcomes TPS Expected Expected
Scale Proficien Attainment
cy in % Level %
CO1 Understand Digital Networking Fundamentals TPS 2 70 60
and Energy Consumption Models
CO2 Apply Modulation Costs Energy Efficiency & TPS 3 70 60
Entropy
CO3 Apply QoS Approximations and Workload TPS 3 70 60
Characterizations
CO4 Understand Battery Life Estimations and TPS 2 70 60
Enhancements and AI Techniques in Symbol
Recovery

Mapping with Programme Outcomes and Programme Specific Outcomes

COs PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 M L L - - - - - - - - L L - L
CO2 S M L - S - - - M M - L M M L
CO3 S M L - S - - - M M - L M S S
CO4 M L L - S - - - M S - L L M M
S- Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Assessment Pattern: Cognitive Domain

CAT – I (%) Terminal Exam (%)
TPS Scale
1 2 3 1 2 3
CO

CO1 - 10 15 - 10 15
CO2 - 10 15 - 10 15
CO3 - 10 15 - 10 15
CO4 - 10 15 - 10 15
Total - 40 60 - 40 60

Passed in BoS Meeting 27.04.2024 Approved in 67th Academic Council Meeting 25.05.2024
 B.E (ECE). Degree Programme - 2022-23

Syllabus
Digital Networking Fundamentals: Introduction to All-IP Networks, IP protocol overview,
Reduced Header Compression Cross Layer Optimizations. Energy Consumption Models:
Joules / Bit. Modulation Costs Energy Efficiency & Entropy: Error Correction Codes, Error
Correction Costs. QoS Approximations and Workload Characterization: Energy Aware
Computing & Communications, Computing Energy Costs, Connection Overhead Costs
Battery Life Estimations and Enhancements: Energy Harvesting Technique,
Advancements in Energy Harvesting, Introduction to TSN. AI Techniques in Symbol
Recover: 6G Advancements.
Learning Resources
• Konstantinos Samdanis, Peter Rost, Andreas Maeder, Michela Meo, and Christos
Verikoukis, “Green Communications: Principles, Concepts and Practice”, Wiley, 2017.
• Brendan Gregg, “Systems Performance”, Addison Wesley, 2021.
• Anne Currie, Sarah Hsu, and Sara Bergman, “Building Green Software”, O'Reilly Media,
Inc.,2024
Course Contents and Lecture Schedule
Lecture
# Topic
Hours
1. Digital Networking Fundamentals- 3
• Introduction to All-IP Networks
• IP protocol overview
• Reduced Header Compression
• Cross Layer Optimizations

2. Energy Consumption Models 2

• Joules / Bit
3. Modulation Costs Energy Efficiency & Entropy 3
• Error Correction Codes
• Error Correction Costs

4. QoS Approximations and Workload Characterizations 3

• Energy Aware Computing & Communications
• Computing Energy Costs
• Connection Overhead Costs

5. Battery Life Estimations and Enhancements 1

• Energy Harvesting Techniques
• Advancements in Energy Harvesting
• Introduction to TSN
6. AI Techniques in Symbol Recovery 2
• 6G Advancements
Total Hours 14
Course Designers:
• Dr S B Anand, Senior Architech, Qualcomm, Bengaluru
• Dr MSK Manikandan, [email protected]
• Dr E Murugavalli, [email protected]

Passed in BoS Meeting 27.04.2024 Approved in 67th Academic Council Meeting 25.05.2024
 B.E / B.Tech. Degree Programme - 2022-23

SYLLABI

FOR

INTERDISCIPLINARY ELECTIVE COURSES

B.E. / B.Tech. DEGREE PROGRAMME

FOR THE STUDENTS ADMITTED IN THE

ACADEMIC YEAR 2022-23 ONWARDS

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

THIAGARAJAR COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING
(A Government Aided Autonomous Institution Affiliated to Anna University)
MADURAI – 625 015, TAMILNADU
Phone : 0452 – 2482240, 41
Fax : 0452 2483427
Web : www.tce.edu

Passed in BoS Meeting 27.04.2024 Approved in 67th Academic Council Meeting 25.05.2024
 B.E / B.Tech. Degree Programme - 2022-23

Category L T P Credit
22ECGA0 CONSUMER ELECTRONICS
IE 3 0 0 3

Preamble
This course offers a comprehensive overview of consumer electronics. It provides a better
understanding to students about the construction and working principles of audio systems,
display technologies, automotive electronics, and a wide array of consumer devices and home
appliances.
Prerequisite
Nil
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO# TPS Expected Expected
Course Outcomes Scale Proficiency Attainmen
in % t Level %

Describe the characteristics and working TPS

CO1 70 60
principle of microphones and loud speakers 2
Describe the key features of digital audio TPS
CO2 70 60
system. 2
Construct digital television system with essential TPS
CO3 70 60
features and functionalities. 3
Utilize the characteristics of display TPS
CO4 70 60
technologies to build an output devices. 3
Identify the components present in the TPS
CO5 70 60
infotainment of automotives 3
Idetify the features and functionalities of various
TPS
CO6 electronic components and circuitry present in 70 60
consumer devices and domestic appliances. 3

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO
10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 M L L L - - - L L M - L L - L
CO2 M L L L - - - L L M - L L - L
CO3 S M L L - - - L L M - L M - L
CO4 S M L L - - - L L M - L M - L
CO5 S M L L - - - L L M - L M - L
CO6 S M L L - - - L L M - L M - L
S- Strong; M-Medium; L-Low
Assessment Pattern
Assessment - I Assessment - II
CAT – I(%) Assg. I *(%) CAT – II(%) Assg. II *(%) Terminal Exam(%)
TPS
Scale
1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
CO

CO1 - 10 30 - - 4 20
CO2 - 10 20 100 - - 4 10
CO3 - 10 20 - - 4 10
CO4 - - 10 20 - - 10
CO5 - - 10 20 100 - 4 10
CO6 - - 10 30 - 4 20
Total - 30 70 100 - 30 70 100 - 20 80
Syllabus

Passed in BoS Meeting 27.04.2024 Approved in 67th Academic Council Meeting 25.05.2024
 B.E / B.Tech. Degree Programme - 2022-23

Introduction: Overview, Era of consumer devices, Components of a typical consumer device.

Analog Audio System: Microphones and its types- Carbon, Velocity, Crystal, Condenser,
Cordless; Loud Speaker: Direct radiating, horn loaded woofer, tweeter, mid-range, multi-
speaker system, baffles and enclosures, Hi-Fi system, pre-amplifier, amplifier, Equalizer
system, stereo amplifiers, Sound bars.
Digital Audio System: Digital Audio player, storage audio formats, Internet Audio Formats,
MP3 Portable Players, Internet Radio Digital Audio Radio Online Music Distribution, Digital
Physical Media Formats, Audio over IP – Dante, AES67.
Digital Television System: Digital TV System and Standards, HDTV, Hardware Architecture
of a Digital Set-top Box, Home Theatre, DTH. Cable TV and Cable TV in internet and Digital
Video Recorder, Audio Video Receiver.
Digital Display System: Organic LEDs, LCD, Plasma, Plasma Addressed LCD, and
Quantum LED.
Automotive Electronics: Standards for In-vehicle Multimedia Electronics, Vehicle Area
Network Bus, Controller Area Networks, Media-oriented Systems Transfer Technologies,
Components of a Telematics System and Automotive Software Technologies.
Consumer Devices/Domestic appliances: Smart Phones, Smart TV, Digital Still Cameras,
Refrigeration cycle, Types of compressors, Refrigerator, Air Conditioner, Induction cook top,
Washing machines, Microwave oven, Dish washer, Vacuum cleaner, GPS Tracker.
Text Book
• Bali S.P, “Consumer Electronics”, Pearson Education, 2022.
• Amit Dhir, “The Digital Consumer Technology Handbook: A Comprehensive Guide
to Devices, Standards, Future Directions, and Programmable Logic Solutions”, Elsevier
2004
Reference Books
• Jordan Frith, "Smartphones as Locative Media ", Wiley. 2014.
• R.S. Khandpur, “Troubleshooting Electronic Equipment: Includes Repair and
Maintenance”, Second Edition, McGraw Hill Education (India) Private Limited., 2003.
• Philp Hoff "Consumer Electronics for Engineers" - Cambridge University Press.1998.
• Lal A. K, “Trouble Shooting and Maintenance of Electronics Equipments”, McGraw Hill
Education, 2020.
• Thomas M. Coughlin, "Digital Storage in Consumer Electronics", Elsevier and Newness
2012.
• Nick vandome, Smart homes in easy steps, - Master smart technology for your home 2018.
Course Contents and Lecture Schedule
Lecture
# Topic
Hours
Introduction
1 Overview of consumer electronics, Era of consumer devices
2
2 Components of a typical consumer device
3 Analog Audio System
Microphones and its types- Carbon, Velocity, Crystal, Condenser,
4 2
Cordless
5 Loud Speaker: Direct radiating, horn loaded woofer, tweeter 2
6 Mid-range, multi-speaker system
7 baffles and enclosures
1
8 Hi-Fi system
9 Pre-amplifier/amplifier
10 Equalizer system
11 Stereo amplifiers 1
12 Sound bars
Digital Audio System
13 Digital Audio player 1

Passed in BoS Meeting 27.04.2024 Approved in 67th Academic Council Meeting 25.05.2024
 B.E / B.Tech. Degree Programme - 2022-23

14 Storage audio formats

15 Internet Audio Formats
16 MP3 Portable Players 1
17 Internet Radio
1
18 Digital Audio Radio
19 Online Music Distribution
1
20 Digital Physical Media Formats
21 Audio over IP – Dante, AES67 1
Digital Television System
22 Digital TV System and Standards
1
23 HDTV
24 Hardware Architecture of a Digital Set-top Box 1
25 Home Theatre
26 DTH 1
27 Cable TV
1
28 Cable TV in internet
29 Digital Video Recorder 1
30 Audio Video Receiver 1
Digital Display System
31 Organic LEDs 1
32 LCD 1
33 Plasma
1
34 Plasma Addressed LCD
35 Quantum LED 1
Automotive Electronics
36 Standards for In-vehicle Multimedia Electronics
1
37 Vehicle Area Network Bus
38 Controller Area Networks
1
39 Media-oriented Systems Transfer Technologies
40 Components of a Telematics System 1
41 Automotive Software Technologies 1
Consumer Devices/Domestic appliances
42 Smart Phones, Smart TV 2
43 Digital Still Cameras 1
44 Refrigeration cycle, Types of compressors, Refrigerator 2
45 Air Conditioner 1
46 Induction cook top, Microwave oven 1
47 Washing machines, Dish washer 1
48 Vacuum cleaner, GPS Tracker 1
TOTAL 36

Course Designers:
• Dr.S.Mohamed Mansoor Roomi [email protected]
• Dr.K.Hariharan [email protected]
• Mr.M.Senthilnathan [email protected]
• Dr.G.Prabhakar [email protected]
• Dr.N.Ayyanar [email protected]
• Dr.M.Senthilarasi [email protected]

Passed in BoS Meeting 27.04.2024 Approved in 67th Academic Council Meeting 25.05.2024
 B.E / B.Tech. Degree Programme - 2022-23

Category L T P Credit
22ECGB0 MULTIMEDIA SYSTEMS IE 3 0 0 3

Preamble
Multimedia Systems are becoming an integral part of our heterogeneous computing and
communication environment. There is an explosive growth of multimedia computing,
communication, and applications over the last decade. The World Wide Web, conferencing,
digital entertainment, and other widely used applications are using not only text and images
but also video, audio, and other continuous media. In the future, all computers and networks
will include multimedia devices. They will also require corresponding processing and
communication support to provide appropriate services for multimedia applications in a
seamless and often also ubiquitous way.

Prerequisite
Nil

Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to

CO# TPS Expected Expected

Course Outcomes Scale Proficiency Attainmen
in % t Level %

CO1 Understand the fundamentals of multimedia and

networks to support media and data streams, TPS 70 75
sound/audio, image, graphics, and video. 2
CO2 Use the digitization mechanisms to encode TPS
70 70
multimedia information. 3
CO3 Use the compression principles including coding
TPS
requirements, entropy and hybrid coding, 70 70
3
encoders and decoders to multimedia.
CO4 Apply the compression techniques to text, image, TPS
70 70
audio and video. 3
CO5 Relate the communication network standards and TPS
70 70
protocols to multimedia information. 2
CO6 Analyze the multimedia networking and steaming TPS
70 65
protocols. 4
Mapping with Programme Outcomes
COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO
10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 M L L - - - - L - M - - L L L
CO2 S M L - - - - L - M - - M L L
CO3 S M L - L - - L - M - - M - L
CO4 S M L L L - - L M M - L M - L
CO5 M L L - - - - L - M - - L - L
CO6 S S M L L - - L M M - L S - L
S- Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Passed in BoS Meeting 27.04.2024 Approved in 67th Academic Council Meeting 25.05.2024
 B.E / B.Tech. Degree Programme - 2022-23

Assessment Pattern
Assessment - I Assessment - II
CAT – I(%) Assg. I *(%) CAT – II(%) Assg. II *(%) Terminal Exam(%)
TPS
Scale
1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
CO

CO1 - 20 - - - 6 -
CO2 - 10 30 100 - - 4 10
CO3 - 10 30 - - 4 15
CO4 - - 10 40 - 5 30
CO5 - - 15 - 100 - 6 -
CO6 - - 10 35 - 5 15
Total - 40 60 100 - 35 65 100 - 30 70
Syllabus
Multimedia communications: Introduction to Multimedia information, Multimedia networks-
telephone networks, data networks, broadcast television networks, integrated services digital
networks, broadcast multiservice networks. Multimedia applications - interpersonal
communications, interactive applications over the internet, and entertainment applications.
Networking terminology- media types, communication modes, network types, network QoS,
application QoS.periodic. Multimedia information representation: Digitization principles-
analog signals, encoder design, decoder design. Text - unformatted text, formatted text,
hypertext. Images- graphics, digitized documents, digitized pictures. Audio-PCM speech, CD
quality audio, Video- Broadcast television. Text and image compression: Compression
principles-source encoders and destination decoders, lossless and lossy compression,
entropy encoding. Text compression- Huffman coding, Image compression – JPEG standard,
High Efficiency Image File Format (HEIF). Audio and video compression: Audio
compression-differential pulse code modulation, adaptive differential PCM, adaptive predictive
coding, linear predictive coding, MPEG audio coders, Surround sound - Dolby Digital Video
compression - Principles, H.261, H.263, H.264, MPEG standards, High Efficiency Video
Coding (HEVC) Standards for multimedia communications: Reference models- TCP/IP
reference model, protocol basics, Real time streaming transport protocols –, RTP and RTCP,
Session Initiation Protocol (SIP)Real Time Streaming Protocol (RTSP),P2P Video Streaming,
Standards relating to interpersonal communications-circuit mode networks, packet switched
networks
Text Book
• Fred Halsall, “Multimedia Communications: Applications, Networks, Protocols and
Standards”, Addison-Wesley, 2012.
Reference Books
• Larry L. Peterson, Bruce S. Davie, “Computer Networks: A Systems Approach”, Sixth
Edition, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, 2021
• K. Rammohan Rao, Z. S. Bolzkovic and D. A. Milanovic, “Multimedia Communication:
Techniques, Standards, and Networks”, Prentice Hall, 2002.
• Ze-Nian Li and Mark S. Drew, “Fundamentals of Multimedia”, Pearson Prentice Hall,
October 2011.
• Yao Wang, Joern Ostermann, and Ya-Qin Zhang, “Video Processing and
Communications”, Prentice Hall, 2011.
• Stephen McGloughlin, “Multimedia: Concepts and Practice”, November 2000, Prentice
Hall, 2012.

Passed in BoS Meeting 27.04.2024 Approved in 67th Academic Council Meeting 25.05.2024
 B.E / B.Tech. Degree Programme - 2022-23

Course Contents and Lecture Schedule

Lecture
# Topic
Hours
Introduction to the Course, COs POs 1
1 Multimedia communications:
2 Introduction to Multimedia information, Multimedia networks 1
3 telephone networks, data networks, broadcast television networks 1
4 integrated services digital networks, broadcast multiservice networks. 1
Multimedia applications - interpersonal communications, interactive
5 1
applications over the internet, and entertainment applications
Networking terminology- media types, communication modes, network
6 1
types, network QoS, application QoS.periodic
Multimedia information representation:
7 Digitization principles- analog signals 1
8 encoder design, decoder design. 1
9 Text - unformatted text, formatted text, hypertext 1
10 Images- graphics, digitized documents, digitized pictures. 2
11 Audio-PCM speech, CD quality audio, Video- Broadcast television. 2
Text and image compression:
12 Compression principles-source encoders and destination decoders 1
13 lossless and lossy compression, entropy encoding 1
14 Text compression- Huffman coding 1
15 Image compression – JPEG standard 2
High Efficiency Image File Format (HEIF). 1
Audio and video compression:.
Audio compression-differential pulse code modulation, adaptive
16 2
differential
17 PCM, adaptive predictive coding, linear predictive coding, 3
18 MPEG audio coders, Surround sound - Dolby Digital 2
19 Video compression - Principles, H.261, H.263, H.264, 1
20 MPEG standards, High Efficiency Video Coding (HEVC) 3
Standards for multimedia communications:
21 Reference models- TCP/IP reference model, protocol basics 1
22 Real time streaming transport protocols –, RTP and RTCP, 2
23 Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) 1
Standards relating to interpersonal communications-circuit mode
24 2
networks, packet switched networks
TOTAL 36

Course Designers:
• Dr MSK Manikandan [email protected]
• Dr E Murugavalli [email protected]

Passed in BoS Meeting 27.04.2024 Approved in 67th Academic Council Meeting 25.05.2024
 B.E / B.Tech. Degree Programme - 2022-23

Category L T P Credit
22ECGC0 TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEMS IE 3 0 0 3

Preamble
The objective of this course is to introduce the concepts of digital communication systems,
satellite communication systems, Radio Detection and Ranging (RADAR) systems, Optical
communication systems and wireless communication systems & Standards. In this course,
mathematical techniques have been kept relatively at modest level, making it accessible to
any discipline of Engineering.

Prerequisite
Nil

Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to

CO# TPS Expected Expected

Course Outcomes Scale Proficiency Attainmen
in % t Level %

CO1 Describe the functionality of digital

communication system and determine the
signal to noise ratio (SNR) at the input of a TPS 3 70 70
digitalcommunication receiver and at the output
of the detector.
CO2 Describe the functionality of Rad a r system and
TPS 3 70 70
determine the link analysis using Friss formula
CO3 Describe the optical fiber communication
link and the physical structure and guiding TPS 3 70 70
properties of optical fibers.
CO4 Describe the functionality of Satellite
communication system and determine the SNR TPS 3 70 70
for both the uplink and downlink
CO5 Describe the functionality of a data
TPS 2 70 75
communication network
CO6 Describe the cellular concept of Wireless
Communication Systems, 2G, 3G and 4G
wireless standards for mobile communication, TPS 2 70 75
IEEE 802.11b, g Wireless Local area network
(WLAN) standards.
Mapping with Programme Outcomes
COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO1 S M L - - - - M M - - - M L -
CO2 S M L - - - - M M - - - M L -
CO3 S M L - - - - M M - - - M L -
CO4 S M L - - - - M M - - - M L -
CO5 M L - - - - - M M - - - M L -
CO6 M L - - - - - M M - - - M L -
S- Strong; M-Medium; L-Low

Passed in BoS Meeting 27.04.2024 Approved in 67th Academic Council Meeting 25.05.2024
 B.E / B.Tech. Degree Programme - 2022-23

Assessment Pattern
Assessment - I Assessment - II
CAT – I (%) Assg. I * (%) CAT – II (%) Assg. II *(%) Terminal Exam (%)
TPS
Scale
CO 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3

CO1 - 10 20 - - 4 15
CO2 - 20 20 100 - - 4 15
CO3 - 10 20 - - 4 15
CO4 - - 20 40 - 4 15
CO5 - - 20 - 100 - 12 -
CO6 - - 20 - - 12 -
Total - 40 60 100 - 60 40 100 - 40 60
Syllabus
Introduction: Communication system model, Bandwidth and spectrum, modulation and
demodulation, decibel gain and loss ratios, Signal to noise ratio and system level decibel
Analysis Transmission Media : Twisted-Pair, Coaxial Cable, Microwave, Satellite, Fiber Optics
Propagation mechanism: Friis Link Equation, Decibel forms for the oneway link equations,
Line of Sight Propagation Reflection and refraction, Ground wave propagation, Sky wave
propagation ,Satellite link. Digital Communication System: Pulse code modulation(PCM)-
encoding and quantization, baseband encoding forms, Time Division Multiplexing, Binary
digital modulation schemes (ASK, PSK, FSK), Bit Error Rate Analysis. Radar system: Radar
link equation, pulse radar. Fiber Optic Communication System: Optical Spectral bands,
WDM Concepts, Key Elements of Optical Fiber Systems, Optical Fiber Modes and
Configurations. Satellite Communication Systems: Orbital Mechanics, Satellite Alignment,
Space craft communication Systems, Antennas Aboard Satellites and Earth Station, Satellite
Link Analysis. Data communication networks: Networking Modes and Switching Modes-The
PSTN Versus the Internet- The Evolution of Data Communications, Data Flow, The OSI
Reference Model and the TCP/IP Reference Model. Wireless Communication Systems:
Cellular Concept: Frequency Reuse, Channel Assignment Strategies, Handoff Strategies,
Interference, System Capacity, Wireless Standards: 2G, 3G, 4G and 5G Mobile Standards,
IEEE 802.11b, g Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN) standards
Text Book

• Goleniewski," Telecommunications essentials the Complete Global Source", 2nd edition,

Addison Vesley,2006.
• William D.Stanley amd John.M. Jeffords, “ Electronic Communications Principles and
Systems”, Cengage Learning, 2009 ,India Editi, B.P.Lathi, ZhiDing, Hari Mohan Gupta,
”Modern Digital and Analog Communication Systems”, Fourth Edition, Oxford University
Press, 2017.
• Theddore S.Rappaport, “Wireless Communications: Principles and Practice”, Second
Edition, PHI,2006.
• Gerd kaiser, “Optical Fiber Communications”, Fifth Edition, Tata McGraw – Hill Publishing
Company Limited, 2013.
• George Kennedy, “Electronic Communication Systems”, Tata McGraw Hill, Third Edition,
1996. Wayne Tomasi, “Advanced Electronic Communication Systems”, Prentice Hall
International Inc., Fourth Edition, 1998Book1 (Author(s), Title, edition, publisher, year of
publication).

Passed in BoS Meeting 27.04.2024 Approved in 67th Academic Council Meeting 25.05.2024
 B.E / B.Tech. Degree Programme - 2022-23

• Satellite Communication Systems Course in NPTEL:

https://nptel.ac.in/courses/117/105/117105131/, By Professor Kalyan Kumar
Bandyopadhyay, IIT Kharagpur.
• Principles and Techniques of Modern RADAR Systems Course in NPTEL:
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108105154/ By Professor Amitabha Bhattacharya, IIT
Kharagpur.
• Fiber Optic Communication Systems and Techniques – Course in NPTEL:
http://www.digimat.in/nptel/courses/video/117104127/L22.html By Professor Pradeep
Kumar K, IIT Madras.
• Introduction to Wireless and Cellular Communications Course in NPTEL:
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106/106/106106167/ By Professor David Koilpillai, IIT Madras
Reference Books

• Principles of Communication Systems Part - 1 Course in NPTEL:

http://www.digimat.in/nptel/courses/video/108104091/L25.html By Professor Aditya K
Jagannatham, IIT Kanpur.
• Principles of Communication Systems Part - 2 Course in NPTEL:
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/108104098/#, By Professor Aditya K Jagannatham, IIT Kanpur.
Course Contents and Lecture Schedule

No. Topic Lecture

COs
Hours
1 Introduction
1.1 Communication system model 1 CO1
1.2 Bandwidth and spectrum, modulation and demodulation 1 CO1
1.3 decibel gain and loss ratios 1 CO1
1.4 Signal to noise ratio and system level decibel Analysis 1 CO1
2 Transmission Media
2.1 Twisted-Pair, Coaxial Cable, Microwave, 1 CO1
2.2 Satellite, Fiber Optics 1 CO1
3 Propagation mechanism
3.1 Friis Link Equation 1 CO1
3.2 Decibel forms for the oneway link equations 1 CO1
3.3 Line of Sight Propagation Reflection and refraction 1 CO1
3.4 Ground wave propagation, Sky wave propagation 1 CO1
3.5 Satellite link 1 CO1
4 Digital Communication System
4.1 Pulse code modulation (PCM)- encoding and quantization 1 CO1
4.2 baseband encoding forms 1 CO1
4.3 Time Division Multiplexing 1 CO1
4.4 Binary digital modulation schemes (ASK, PSK, FSK) 1 CO1
4.5 Bit Error Rate Analysis 1 CO1
5 Radar system
5.1 Radar link equation 2 CO2
5.2 pulse radar 1 CO2
6 Fiber Optic Communication System
6.1 Optical Spectral bands, WDM Concepts 1 CO3
6.2 Key Elements of Optical Fiber Systems 1 CO3
6.3 Optical Fiber Modes and Configurations 1 CO3
7 Satellite Communication Systems
7.1 Orbital Mechanics, Satellite Alignment, Space craft 1 CO4
communication Systems

Passed in BoS Meeting 27.04.2024 Approved in 67th Academic Council Meeting 25.05.2024
 B.E / B.Tech. Degree Programme - 2022-23

7.2 Antennas Aboard Satellites and Earth Station, Satellite Link 1 CO4
Analysis
8 Data communication networks
8.1 Networking Modes and Switching Modes-The PSTN Versus 1 CO5
the Internet
8.2 The Evolution of Data Communications, Data Flow 1 CO5
8.3 The OSI Reference Model and the TCP/IP Reference Model 2 CO5
9 Wireless Communication Systems
9.1 Cellular Concept 1 CO6
9.2 Frequency Reuse, Channel Assignment Strategies, Handoff 2 CO6
Strategies
9.3 Interference, System Capacity, 1 CO6
9.4 Wireless Standards: 2G, 3G, 4G and 5G Mobile Standards, 2 CO6
9.5 IEEE 802.11b,g Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN) 2 CO6
standards
Total Hours 36

Course Designers:
• Dr.S.J.Thiruvengadam [email protected]
• Dr.M.N.Suresh [email protected]
• Dr.P.G.S.Velmurugan [email protected]

Passed in BoS Meeting 27.04.2024 Approved in 67th Academic Council Meeting 25.05.2024
 B.E / B.Tech. Degree Programme - 2022-23

Category L T P Credit
22ECGD0 APPLIED IMAGE PROCESSING
IE 3 0 0 3

Preamble
The purpose of this course is to provide the basic concepts and methodologies for digital
Image Processing in three different levels. At the lower level, the course introduces the
terminology of image processing, image acquisition, digitization, formation, storage, and the
relationship between pixels. Further, it provides image enhancement by improving the contrast
and noise removal in spatial domain and applications of transformations for enhancement and
coding. In the middle-level, it addresses region-based segmentation, representation, and
description processes to extract meaningful information with geometrical operations.
Morphological processing is introduced to clean up and cluster such regions for real world
image processing applications.
Prerequisite
Nil
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO# TPS Expected Expected
Course Outcomes Scale Proficiency Attainmen
in % t Level %

CO1 Demonstrate the human visual perception, digital TPS

image acquisition and relationship between pixels 2 70 75
for grayscale and color images.
CO2 Enhance the visual perception of digital imagery TPS 70
from poor contrast and noise degradation in 3 70
spatial domain.
CO3 Enhance the given image in frequency domain by TPS 70
applying image transforms such as Fourier and 3 70
DCT.
CO4 Extract regions of interest from an image using TPS 70
thresholding, edge and region-based 3 70
segmentation algorithms.
CO5 Describe the segmented region using boundary TPS 70
as well as region representors and descriptors 3 70
with the combination of morphological operations.
CO6 Develop image processing algorithms for TPS
detecting vehicle license plate, missing 3
component, abnormality in CT/US images,
70 70
Watermarking, fault analysis in power system,
change detection in satellite images, DCT coding
for image compression.
Mapping with Programme Outcomes
COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO
10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 M L - - - L - L - - - L - -
CO2 S M L - L L - L - L - - M - L
CO3 S M L - L L - L L L - - M - L
CO4 S M L - - - - - - - - - M - -
CO5 S M L - - - - - - - - - M - -
CO6 S M L - L L - L - L - L M L L
S- Strong; M-Medium; L-Low
Assessment Pattern

Passed in BoS Meeting 27.04.2024 Approved in 67th Academic Council Meeting 25.05.2024
 B.E / B.Tech. Degree Programme - 2022-23

Assessment - I Assessment - II
CAT – I (%) Assg. I * (%) CAT – II (%) Assg. II *(%) Terminal Exam (%)
TPS
1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
CO
CO1 - 20 - - 15 -
CO2 - 40 100 - - - 20
CO3 - 40 - - - 15
CO4 - - 10 20 - - 15
CO5 - - 30 100 - - 15
CO6 - - 40 - - 20
Total - 20 80 100 - 10 90 100 - 15 85
Syllabus
Image acquisition and Fundamentals: Elements of visual perception, light and the
Electromagnetic spectrum, Imaging modalities, Digital image model, Image file formats, Image
Sampling and Quantization. Basic relationship between pixels: Adjacency, Connectivity- 4, 8
and m connectivity, region, boundaries, and Distance measures Color models and Conversion
Image Enhancement: Intensity Transformation functions, Image negatives, Contrast
stretching, Log transformation, Gamma correction, Histogram Equalization, Color Histogram
processing, Noise Removal: Noise models, Gaussian, Uniform, salt and pepper noise. Spatial
Filtering: Smoothing: mean, Order statistics filter: median, min, max and mid-point filtering.
Sharpening: Laplacian filter, unsharp masking. Frequency domain filtering:
Transformations: Fourier, Discrete cosine Transforms, Low pass and high pass filters in
frequency domain, Principal Component Analysis Transform (PCA) Image Compression:
JPEG compression. Segmentation: Thresholding: Local and global, Edge based: Point, Line
and Edge detection, Prewitt, Sobel, Canny and Robert’s operators. Region based
segmentation: Region growing, Region splitting and merging. Gray-scale Morphological
operations. Feature Extraction: Boundary feature descriptors, Region feature Descriptors,
Topological descriptors: Texture feature descriptors. Real world Applications: Vehicle
license plate detection, PCA-based face recognition, Digital image watermarking, Missing
component detection for automatic industry inspection, Non-destructive testing, Detecting
cyst/tumour in Ultrasound (US)/CT images, Fault analysis in power system, Remote sensing-
change detection, building, road extraction in satellite images.
Sample Assignments/Mini projects:
1. Vehicle number plate detection for traffic surveillance applications
2. Detecting cyst/tumour or muscle disorders in US/CT/MRI/XRay images.
3. Industry inspection in IR/Thermal images (Non-Destructive Testing).
4. Change detection between two remotely sensed satellite images, land cover usage.
5. Fault diagnosis/analysis in power systems.
Text Book
• Rafael.C.Gonzalez, Richard.E. Woods and Steven L. Eddins, “Digital Image Processing
using Matlab”, 4th Edition, Gatesmark Publishing, 2018, ISBN 10: 1-292-22304-9.
Reference Books
• William K. Pratt, “Introduction to Digital Image Processing”, CRC Press, 2013.
• Oge Marques, “Practical Image and Video Processing using MATLAB”, Wiley-IEEE Press,
2011, ISBN: 978-0-470-04815-3.
• Al.Bovik, “The Essential Guide to Image Processing”, Academic Press, 2009.
• Anil K.Jain, “Fundamentals of Digital Image Processing”, Pearson Education 2003.
• NPTEL course Digital Image Processing: https://nptel.ac.in/courses/noc18_ee40/
• www.imageprocessingplace.com/
• http://www.mathworks.com/
• https://www.coursera.org/course/images

Passed in BoS Meeting 27.04.2024 Approved in 67th Academic Council Meeting 25.05.2024
 B.E / B.Tech. Degree Programme - 2022-23

Course Contents and Lecture Schedule

Lecture
# Topic
Hours
1 Introduction to the Course and course outcomes 1
Introduction to Image processing, Need and applications
2 Elements of visual perception 1
3 Light and the Electromagnetic spectrum 1
4 Imaging modalities- X-Ray, CT, Ultrasound, 1
5 Visible, Infrared, Thermal 1
6 Digital image Model, Image file formats, Color space conversion 1
7 Image Sampling and Quantization 1
8 Basic relationship between pixels, Adjacency, Connectivity- 4, 8 and m
connectivity, region, boundary 1
9 Distance measures- Euclidean, city-block, chessboard 1
Full color image processing, Color model-RGB, CMY, HSI 1
10 Color models-RGB, CMY, HSI 1
11 HVS and color space: (RGB to HSI, YCbCr color space), Extendible of 1
grayscale methods into color
12 Image Enhancement: Intensity Transformations, Image Negative, Contrast 1
stretching
13 Log transformation- Gamma correction 1
14 Histogram equalization, color histogram processing 1
15 Assignment 1: Image contrast Enhancement
16 Noise Removal-Spatial Filtering- Smoothing-Noise models – Salt and 1
Pepper, Uniform, Gaussian
17 Mean- Order statistics filter-median filters Min, Max and Mid-point 1
18 Spatial filtering – Sharpening- Laplacian filter, unsharp masking 1
Spectral representation for enhancement and coding:
19 Fourier, Discrete cosine Transform 2
20 Principal Component Analysis Transform 2
21 Low pass and high pass filters in frequency domain 1
22 JPEG compression 1
23 Assignment II: Noise removal in spatial/frequency domain
24 Segmentation: Thresholding – Local and global 1
25 Edges- Point, line detection, Edge detection, Prewitt, Sobel and Roberts 1
operators
26 Region based segmentation- Region growing, Region splitting and merging 1
27 Gray-scale Morphological operations: dilation and erosion – opening and 1
closing
Representation and Description:
28 Boundary representation- Chain codes–Signatures 1
29 Boundary descriptors–Shape numbers-Fourier descriptors 1
30 Regional Descriptors-Topological Descriptors-Texture 1
Real world Applications:
31 Vehicle number plate detection 1
32 Digital image watermarking, Missing component detection for automatic industry
1
inspection
33 Detecting cyst/tumour in Ultrasound/CT images 1
34 Fault analysis in power system 1
TOTAL 36
Course Designers:
• Dr.B.Yogameena [email protected]
• Dr.S.Md.Mansoor Roomi [email protected]

Passed in BoS Meeting 27.04.2024 Approved in 67th Academic Council Meeting 25.05.2024
 B.E / B.Tech. Degree Programme - 2022-23

Category L T P Credit
COMPUTER VISION FOR
22ECGE0
ENGINEERING APPLICATIONS IE 3 0 0 3

Preamble
This course focuses on how computers treat vision to understand the human visual world. It
deals with the construction of explicit meaningful descriptions of physical objects or other
observable phenomena from images and how they are visualized by a computer and its
applications. It focuses on the theoretical and algorithmic basis by which valuable information
about the world can be automatically extracted and visualized from a single image or a set of
images. Since images are two-dimensional projections of the three-dimensional world,
knowledge about the objects in the scene and projection and photometric geometries are
required for the low-level vision process. In mid-level, it describes how the feature points such
as interest points corner points are detected, matched and the alignment of matched feature
points. Subsequently, it deals with various clustering and segmentation algorithms to obtain
meaningful segments using similarity and discontinuity properties for further analysis. The
higher-level vision encompasses object recognition and categorization, which includes various
classifiers. Finally, it explores applications such as face detection and recognition for visual
authentication, Optical Character Recognition (OCR) for automatic number plate recognition,
Image stitching, medical image segmentation, and augmented reality .
Prerequisite
Nil
Course Outcomes
On the successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO# TPS Expecte Expected
Scal d Attainmen
Course Outcomes
e Proficien t Level %
cy in %
CO1 Illustrate image formation using projective and TPS
photometric geometry with the relationship between 2 70 75
world coordinates and image coordinates.
CO2 Measure the similarity between two images by TPS 70
applying rotation, scale invariant and oriented 3
70
gradient feature detectors with Euclidean distance
matching and least squares alignment method.
CO3 Obtain meaningful segments using similarity-based TPS 70
K Means clustering segmentation algorithm and 3
70
discontinuity based active contour segmentation
algorithm.
CO4 Recognize the detected objects by applying TPS 70
supervised algorithms like K-nearest neighbour and 3 70
SVM.
CO5 Recognize the detected objects by applying PCA, an TPS 70
unsupervised algorithm and deep learning 3
70
algorithms such as Convolutional Neural Networks
(CNN), and Region-based CNN.
CO6 Make use of algorithms for computer vision TPS
applications such as face detection and recognition, 3
visual authentication, Optical Character Recognition
(OCR) for automatic number plate recognition, Case 70 70
study on implementing a vision system for robotic
picking, medical image segmentation and
Augmented Reality.

Passed in BoS Meeting 27.04.2024 Approved in 67th Academic Council Meeting 25.05.2024
 B.E / B.Tech. Degree Programme - 2022-23

Mapping with Programme Outcomes

COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO PO PO PSO PSO PSO
10 11 12 1 2 3
CO1 M L - - - - - - L - - M L L L
CO2 S M L - M - - - M - - M M M M
CO3 S M L - M - - - M - - M M M M
CO4 S M L - L - - - M L - M M L L
CO5 S M L - M - - - M - - M M L M
CO6 S M L - M M - M M M - M M L M
S- Strong; M-Medium; L-Low
Assessment Pattern
Assessment - I Assessment - II
CAT – I (%) Assg. I * (%) CAT – II (%) Assg. II *(%) Terminal Exam (%)
TPS
Scale
1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
CO

CO1 - 20 - - 15 -
CO2 - 40 100 - - - 20
CO3 - 40 - - - 15
CO4 - - 10 20 - - 15
CO5 - - 30 100 - - 15
CO6 - - 40 - - 20
Total - 20 80 100 - 10 90 100 - 15 85
Syllabus
Computer Vision: Low Level Vision: History and Evolution of Computer Vision, Applications,
Geometric image formation, projection, Pinholes, Lenses, perspective, orthographic
projections, 2D Transformations, 3D Transformations, camera intrinsic and extrinsic
parameters, Photometric image formation, Image scaling, rotation, and translation.
Middle Level Vision: Feature detectors and descriptors, Interest points, Harris corner
detection, Scale Invariant Feature Transform (SIFT), blob detection, feature matching
algorithms, Euclidean distance metric, Error rates, K-Means Clustering, Active Contour Model
High Level Vision: Classifiers-Machine Learning: Supervised vs Unsupervised, K-nearest
neighbour, SVM, PCA, Deep Learning: Neural networks, Convolutional Neural Networks
(CNN), Region-based CNN (R-CNN).
Applications: Face detection using R-CNN and face recognition using PCA, Optical
Character Recognition (OCR) for automatic number plate recognition, Case study on
implementing a vision system for robotic picking, Medical Image Segmentation, and
augmented reality.
Text Book
• R Szeliski, “Computer vision: algorithms and applications”, Springer Science & Business
Media, 2021.
Reference Books
• David A. Forsyth, Jean Ponce, “Computer Vision – A Modern Approach”, Prentice Hall,
2015, ISBN: 9781292014081.
• Prince, S.J.D, “Computer Vision: Models, Learning, and Inference”, Cambridge University
Press, 2012
• Richard Hartley and Andrew Zisserman, “Multiple View Geometry in Computer Vision”,
Second Edition, Cambridge University Press, March 2004.
• Al Bovik, “Handbook of Image & Video Processing”, Academic Press, 2000, ISBN:
0121197905.
• Ragav VenRagav Venkatesan and Baoxin Li, “Convolutional Neural Networks in
- Visual Computing A Concise Guide”, CRC Press, Taylor and Francis Group, LCCN
- 2017029154| ISBN 9781498770392 (hardback: alk. paper), 2017.
• http://www.ius.cs.cmu.edu/demos/facedemo.html

Passed in BoS Meeting 27.04.2024 Approved in 67th Academic Council Meeting 25.05.2024
 B.E / B.Tech. Degree Programme - 2022-23

• https://nptel.ac.in/courses/106105216/Course on Computer Vision by Jayanta

Mukhopadhyay.
• https://www.coursera.org/courses?query=computer%20vision.
Course Contents and Lecture Schedule
Lecture
# Topic
Hours
Introduction to the Course and course outcomes 1
1Low Level Vision – Introduction -Pinholes 1
2Image formation-Geometric image formation-projection 1
3Lenses-perspective-orthographic 1
4Camera intrinsic and extrinsic parameters 1
52D Transformations 1
63D Transformations 1
7Photometric image formation 1
8Image scaling 1
9Rotation and Translation 1
Middle Level Vision- Feature detection, matching and alignment 1
10 Feature detectors and descriptors-Interest points-Harris corner detection 1
11 Scale Invariant Feature Transform (SIFT) 1
12 Histogram of Oriented Gradients (HOG) 1
13 Feature matching algorithms 1
14 Euclidean distance metric 1
15 Feature alignment algorithms 1
16 Error rates 1
17 Clustering and Segmentation- K-Means Clustering 2
18 Active Contour Model 1
Assignment 1: Feature Extraction and Segmentation
19 High Level Vision-Classifiers 1
20 -Machine Learning: Supervised 1
21 K-nearest neighbour 1
22 SVM 2
23 Unsupervised- PCA 1
24 Deep Learning 1
25 Neural networks 1
26 Convolutional Neural Networks (CNN) 1
27 Region-based CNN 1
Assignment II: PCA/ RCNN classifiers
Applications: Face detection using RCNN 1
28 Face recognition using PCA for visual authentication 1
29 Face recognition using RCNN for visual authentication
30 Optical Character Recognition (OCR) for automatic number plate 1
recognition
31 Case study: Implementing a vision system for robotic picking 1
32 Medical Image Segmentation 1
33 Augmented reality 1
Assignment III: Mini Project on CV Applications
TOTAL 36
Course Designers:
• Dr.B.Yogameena [email protected]
• Dr.S.Md.Mansoor Roomi [email protected]

Passed in BoS Meeting 27.04.2024 Approved in 67th Academic Council Meeting 25.05.2024